CA2377084A1 - Methods and compositions for engineering of attenuated vaccines - Google Patents
Methods and compositions for engineering of attenuated vaccines Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2377084A1 CA2377084A1 CA002377084A CA2377084A CA2377084A1 CA 2377084 A1 CA2377084 A1 CA 2377084A1 CA 002377084 A CA002377084 A CA 002377084A CA 2377084 A CA2377084 A CA 2377084A CA 2377084 A1 CA2377084 A1 CA 2377084A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- viruses
- virus
- attenuated
- nucleic acid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 270
- 229940031567 attenuated vaccine Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 126
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 43
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims abstract description 446
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 225
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 200
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 175
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 175
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 170
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 116
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 59
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 430
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 202
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 103
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 claims description 86
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 claims description 86
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 78
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 74
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 68
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 claims description 64
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 51
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 49
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 49
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 49
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 48
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 46
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 46
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 45
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 44
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 39
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 claims description 36
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 25
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 23
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 claims description 23
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000008774 maternal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 108091060545 Nonsense suppressor Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 241000725643 Respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000007918 pathogenicity Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 claims description 11
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 8
- 241001135989 Porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus Species 0.000 claims description 8
- 241000187644 Mycobacterium vaccae Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000710961 Semliki Forest virus Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002519 immonomodulatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000701806 Human papillomavirus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000702670 Rotavirus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000710815 Dengue virus 2 Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000701074 Human alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010061041 Chlamydial infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010008631 Cholera Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010018693 Granuloma inguinale Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000186366 Mycobacterium bovis Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241001505332 Polyomavirus sp. Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000606651 Rickettsiales Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000021633 leukocyte mediated immunity Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000004881 Amebiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010001980 Amoebiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000002909 Aspergillosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000036641 Aspergillus infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000004429 Bacillary Dysentery Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010044583 Bartonella Infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010005098 Blastomycosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000003508 Botulism Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010006500 Brucellosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010069748 Burkholderia pseudomallei infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000027312 Bursal disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010007134 Candida infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000242722 Cestoda Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010008803 Chromoblastomycosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000015116 Chromomycosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000710777 Classical swine fever virus Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000223205 Coccidioides immitis Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000007336 Cryptococcosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000221204 Cryptococcus neoformans Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010012504 Dermatophytosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000588921 Enterobacteriaceae Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000710803 Equine arteritis virus Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000714201 Feline calicivirus Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000006353 Filariasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000724675 Hepatitis E virus Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000002563 Histoplasmosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000700588 Human alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000701085 Human alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000702617 Human parvovirus B19 Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000004554 Leishmaniasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010024229 Leprosy Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010024238 Leptospirosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241001460074 Microsporum distortum Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000041810 Mycetoma Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000204031 Mycoplasma Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010028470 Mycoplasma infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000244206 Nematoda Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010029443 Nocardia Infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010029444 Nocardiosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000233872 Pneumocystis carinii Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010040550 Shigella infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010041736 Sporotrichosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000014897 Streptococcus lactis Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000002474 Tinea Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000005485 Toxoplasmosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000242541 Trematoda Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000869417 Trematodes Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010044608 Trichiniasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000034784 Tularaemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000710772 Yellow fever virus Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000607734 Yersinia <bacteria> Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010061418 Zygomycosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000007691 actinomycosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000008680 babesiosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010004145 bartonellosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000003984 candidiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004308 chancroid Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000003486 coccidioidomycosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 244000053095 fungal pathogen Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000006592 giardiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000005252 hepatitis A Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004015 melioidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000007524 mucormycosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004409 schistosomiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000005113 shigellosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000006379 syphilis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000003982 trichinellosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000007588 trichinosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000002311 trypanosomiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241001148471 unidentified anaerobic bacterium Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940051021 yellow-fever virus Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000712891 Arenavirus Species 0.000 claims 1
- 241000304886 Bacilli Species 0.000 claims 1
- 241000186810 Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Species 0.000 claims 1
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 208000005331 Hepatitis D Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 241001479210 Human astrovirus Species 0.000 claims 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 claims 1
- 241000194035 Lactococcus lactis Species 0.000 claims 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 claims 1
- 206010043376 Tetanus Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 201000010284 hepatitis E Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 48
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 48
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 48
- 208000022361 Human papillomavirus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 47
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 36
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 33
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 32
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 31
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 31
- 230000008696 hypoxemic pulmonary vasoconstriction Effects 0.000 description 28
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 26
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 24
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 21
- 241000710959 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 20
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 19
- 229960004854 viral vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 19
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 17
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 17
- 241000701083 Bovine alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 16
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 16
- 241001467552 Mycobacterium bovis BCG Species 0.000 description 16
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 229960000190 bacillus calmette–guérin vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 208000001490 Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 241000711450 Infectious bronchitis virus Species 0.000 description 13
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 description 13
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 13
- 241000710780 Bovine viral diarrhea virus 1 Species 0.000 description 12
- 241000701931 Canine parvovirus Species 0.000 description 12
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 12
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 12
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 12
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 11
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 11
- 241000341655 Human papillomavirus type 16 Species 0.000 description 11
- 241000702626 Infectious bursal disease virus Species 0.000 description 11
- 208000003152 Yellow Fever Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 11
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 10
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000712083 Canine morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 8
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 8
- 241000710831 Flavivirus Species 0.000 description 8
- 241000701047 Gallid alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 8
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 8
- 241000712431 Influenza A virus Species 0.000 description 8
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 6
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004077 genetic alteration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 231100000118 genetic alteration Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 210000004392 genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 6
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 5
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 241000725619 Dengue virus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000710829 Dengue virus group Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 5
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 5
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 5
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000000147 enterotoxin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 231100000655 enterotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012750 in vivo screening Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003505 mutagenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960002566 papillomavirus vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000712045 Morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108090001074 Nucleocapsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000272534 Struthio camelus Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 4
- 229960001212 bacterial vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- -1 for example Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 244000144980 herd Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000003471 mutagenic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940021993 prophylactic vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000010153 skin papilloma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 4
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010051219 Cre recombinase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000004232 Enteritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000007514 Herpes zoster Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010093488 His-His-His-His-His-His Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000150452 Orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000009608 Papillomavirus Infections Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000702263 Reovirus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000009714 Severe Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 3
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000000260 Warts Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000002950 dengue hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000037451 immune surveillance Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000037797 influenza A Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940031348 multivalent vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 231100000219 mutagenic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007420 reactivation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 244000052613 viral pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 210000000605 viral structure Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 244000000057 wild-type pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 229940124718 AIDS vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000006677 Appel reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000711404 Avian avulavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010068051 Chimerism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710139375 Corneodesmosin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701832 Enterobacteria phage T3 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091029865 Exogenous DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000000666 Fowlpox Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000005577 Gastroenteritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060003393 Granulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010061192 Haemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006758 Marek Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000005505 Measles Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710163801 Minor capsid protein L2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710141454 Nucleoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010037742 Rabies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101150054830 S100A6 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010008038 Synthetic Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000700647 Variola virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000711975 Vesicular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010000210 abortion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000176 abortion Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000030741 antigen processing and presentation Effects 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940065181 bacillus anthracis Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009395 breeding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001488 breeding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012219 cassette mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000019065 cervical carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003837 chick embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 101150055782 gH gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010211 hemagglutination inhibition (HI) assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000707 mutagenic chemical Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 201000009240 nasopharyngitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940124551 recombinant vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000017443 reproductive system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013605 shuttle vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940083538 smallpox vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940031626 subunit vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005100 tissue tropism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- VGONTNSXDCQUGY-RRKCRQDMSA-N 2'-deoxyinosine Chemical group C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(N=CNC2=O)=C2N=C1 VGONTNSXDCQUGY-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMYBFLOWKQRBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid;nickel Chemical compound [Ni].OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O FMYBFLOWKQRBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-fluorophenyl)oxane-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(F)C=CC=1C1(C(=O)O)CCOCC1 CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013607 AAV vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003399 Arthropod bite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000238421 Arthropoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100022717 Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001533426 Avibirnavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010004078 Balanoposthitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702628 Birnaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000005220 Bischofia javanica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010893 Bischofia javanica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000013165 Bowen disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019337 Bowen disease of the skin Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001260012 Bursa Species 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241001493160 California encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711506 Canine coronavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700664 Capripoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000565 Capsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001466804 Carnivora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100023321 Ceruloplasmin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CXRFDZFCGOPDTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C CXRFDZFCGOPDTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004638 Circular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001112696 Clostridia Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000003322 Coinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024206 Collectin-10 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710194645 Collectin-10 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000009802 Colorado tick fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710184994 Complement control protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010741 Conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100031673 Corneodesmosin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700626 Cowpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709687 Coxsackievirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709675 Coxsackievirus B3 Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010011732 Cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011238 DNA vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710088194 Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001533413 Deltavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000655 Distemper Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001115402 Ebolavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001466953 Echovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588877 Eikenella Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000078127 Eleusine coracana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013499 Eleusine coracana subsp coracana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010014596 Encephalitis Japanese B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010053025 Endemic syphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000984570 Enterobacteria phage T4 Baseplate wedge protein gp53 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710146739 Enterotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710204837 Envelope small membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010066919 Epidemic polyarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000997743 Escherichia phage Mu Serine recombinase gin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000725579 Feline coronavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713800 Feline immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711475 Feline infectious peritonitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714165 Feline leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701915 Feline panleukopenia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701925 Feline parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710198 Foot-and-mouth disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091006027 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000606807 Glaesserella parasuis Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710114810 Glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000008913 Hantavirus Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710154606 Hemagglutinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724709 Hepatitis delta virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709721 Hepatovirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000678879 Homo sapiens Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000599862 Homo sapiens Intercellular adhesion molecule 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000599940 Homo sapiens Interferon gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001002657 Homo sapiens Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001061851 Homo sapiens V(D)J recombination-activating protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000724642 Human astrovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001207270 Human enterovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700005307 Human papillomavirus HPV L1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713196 Influenza B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713297 Influenza C virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010061833 Integrases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037871 Intercellular adhesion molecule 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000010789 Interleukin-2 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038453 Interleukin-2 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004684 Internal Ribosome Entry Sites Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000005807 Japanese encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710843 Japanese encephalitis virus group Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701646 Kappapapillomavirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000713102 La Crosse virus Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001492282 Lambdapapillomavirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010023849 Laryngeal papilloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010023927 Lassa fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700563 Leporipoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010024971 Lower respiratory tract infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701043 Lymphocryptovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000030289 Lymphoproliferative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710145006 Lysis protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000711828 Lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710141347 Major envelope glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001115401 Marburgvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710085938 Matrix protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010090054 Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012750 Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710127721 Membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000005647 Mumps Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711386 Mumps virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701034 Muromegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000202934 Mycoplasma pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091007491 NSP3 Papain-like protease domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006007 Nairobi Sheep Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710144111 Non-structural protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000011931 Nucleoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010061100 Nucleoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000702259 Orbivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713112 Orthobunyavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712464 Orthomyxoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150218 Orthonairovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283977 Oryctolagus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710093908 Outer capsid protein VP4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710135467 Outer capsid protein sigma-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700639 Parapoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606860 Pasteurella Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713137 Phlebovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010089430 Phosphoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007982 Phosphoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000014676 Phragmites communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000364051 Pima Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723784 Plum pox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000474 Poliomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002565 Polyethylene Glycol 400 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010076039 Polyproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000702619 Porcine parvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710176177 Protein A56 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940096437 Protein S Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037151 Psittacosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100014660 Rattus norvegicus Gimap8 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035415 Reinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018569 Respiratory Tract disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038687 Respiratory distress Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061603 Respiratory syncytial virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701037 Rhadinovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010041388 Ribonucleotide Reductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000505 Ribonucleotide Reductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000034712 Rickettsia Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713124 Rift Valley fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000006257 Rinderpest Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710942 Ross River virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710799 Rubella virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010039438 Salmonella Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001138501 Salmonella enterica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000287231 Serinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000019802 Sexually transmitted disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000001203 Smallpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710167605 Spike glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710198474 Spike protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000605008 Spirillum Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010041896 St. Louis Encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710888 St. Louis encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001478880 Streptobacillus moniliformis Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000057717 Streptococcus lactis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194021 Streptococcus suis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700568 Suipoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010042971 T-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027585 T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710771 Tick-borne encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701067 Varicellovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000870995 Variola Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010058874 Viraemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010087302 Viral Structural Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000028227 Viral hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000018265 Virus Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010066342 Virus Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000120645 Yellow fever virus group Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000012873 acute gastroenteritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003314 affinity selection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000027645 antigenic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000003836 bluetongue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010006060 bowenoid papulosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940023860 canarypox virus HIV vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003560 cancer drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000014058 canine distemper Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001386 capillary affinity electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000234 capsid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940030156 cell vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003679 cervix uteri Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009614 chemical analysis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007012 clinical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003740 cowpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009109 curative therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000035250 cutaneous malignant susceptibility to 1 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031513 cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002498 deadly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036576 dermal application Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010013023 diphtheria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003651 drinking water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020188 drinking water Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000002491 encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000026502 entry into host cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007071 enzymatic hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006047 enzymatic hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000004306 epidermodysplasia verruciformis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010502 episomal replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009786 epithelial differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020774 essential nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037433 frameshift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011554 guinea pig model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035931 haemagglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029629 hantavirus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005802 health problem Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000185 hemagglutinin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000844 hepatocellular carcinoma Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 1
- 244000052637 human pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000028996 humoral immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007124 immune defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008073 immune recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000026278 immune system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003125 immunofluorescent labeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124589 immunosuppressive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037798 influenza B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003130 interferon gamma Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOBAEOGBNPPUQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron;trihydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.[Fe].[Fe] YOBAEOGBNPPUQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000005264 laryngeal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000089 larynx squamous papilloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001226 live attenuated influenza Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124590 live attenuated vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001201 live attenuated varicella Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940023012 live-attenuated vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000001581 lymphogranuloma venereum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003563 lymphoid tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032575 lytic viral release Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000011475 meningoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000033607 mismatch repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000010805 mumps infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027531 mycobacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000957 no side effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000014207 opsonization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000901 ornithosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005030 other vaccine in atc Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003101 oviduct Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000003154 papilloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002023 papillomaviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009984 peri-natal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940116317 potato starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000144977 poultry Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013594 poultry meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000062645 predators Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001915 proofreading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000009305 pseudorabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011555 rabbit model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000002079 ragi Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032537 response to toxin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000005404 rubella Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039447 salmonellosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001338 self-assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000405 serological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001540 sodium lactate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005581 sodium lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011088 sodium lactate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012421 spiking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940031351 tetravalent vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940021747 therapeutic vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001147422 tick-borne encephalitis virus group Species 0.000 description 1
- QQJLHRRUATVHED-UHFFFAOYSA-N tramazoline Chemical compound N1CCN=C1NC1=CC=CC2=C1CCCC2 QQJLHRRUATVHED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001262 tramazoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical class [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000010415 tropism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002109 tuberculosis vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000724775 unclassified viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125575 vaccine candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009447 viral pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006656 viral protein synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017613 viral reproduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007810 virus-infected cell apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010484 vulvovaginitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000009482 yaws Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001515 yellow fever vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N7/00—Viruses; Bacteriophages; Compositions thereof; Preparation or purification thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/145—Orthomyxoviridae, e.g. influenza virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/155—Paramyxoviridae, e.g. parainfluenza virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/21—Retroviridae, e.g. equine infectious anemia virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/245—Herpetoviridae, e.g. herpes simplex virus
- A61K39/255—Marek's disease virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/245—Herpetoviridae, e.g. herpes simplex virus
- A61K39/265—Infectious rhinotracheitis virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/29—Hepatitis virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/51—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
- A61K2039/525—Virus
- A61K2039/5254—Virus avirulent or attenuated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/51—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
- A61K2039/53—DNA (RNA) vaccination
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2710/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA dsDNA viruses
- C12N2710/00011—Details
- C12N2710/16011—Herpesviridae
- C12N2710/16034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2710/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA dsDNA viruses
- C12N2710/00011—Details
- C12N2710/16011—Herpesviridae
- C12N2710/16311—Mardivirus, e.g. Gallid herpesvirus 2, Marek-like viruses, turkey HV
- C12N2710/16334—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2720/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA dsRNA viruses
- C12N2720/00011—Details
- C12N2720/12011—Reoviridae
- C12N2720/12311—Rotavirus, e.g. rotavirus A
- C12N2720/12334—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2740/00—Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
- C12N2740/00011—Details
- C12N2740/10011—Retroviridae
- C12N2740/16011—Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV
- C12N2740/16034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2760/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses negative-sense
- C12N2760/00011—Details
- C12N2760/16011—Orthomyxoviridae
- C12N2760/16111—Influenzavirus A, i.e. influenza A virus
- C12N2760/16134—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2760/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses negative-sense
- C12N2760/00011—Details
- C12N2760/18011—Paramyxoviridae
- C12N2760/18511—Pneumovirus, e.g. human respiratory syncytial virus
- C12N2760/18534—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/10011—Arteriviridae
- C12N2770/10034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/12011—Astroviridae
- C12N2770/12034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/20011—Coronaviridae
- C12N2770/20034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24111—Flavivirus, e.g. yellow fever virus, dengue, JEV
- C12N2770/24134—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24111—Flavivirus, e.g. yellow fever virus, dengue, JEV
- C12N2770/24161—Methods of inactivation or attenuation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/32011—Picornaviridae
- C12N2770/32411—Hepatovirus, i.e. hepatitis A virus
- C12N2770/32434—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/36011—Togaviridae
- C12N2770/36034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
This invention provides attenuated vaccines, and methods of obtaining attenuated vaccines. The vaccines of the invention include recombinant viral , bacterial, parasite, and other organisms that are evolved to exhibit increas ed attenuation without loss of effectiveness as a vaccine. The methods involve the creation of libraries of recombinant nucleic acids (e.g., whole or parti al genomes, or particular nucleic acids) which are introduced into the vaccine viruses or other organisms, followed by screening and/or selection for those viruses or organisms that are attenuated.
Description
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR ENGINEERING OF
ATTENUATED VACCINES
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
Not Applicable.
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
Not Applicable.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention This invention pertains to the field of vaccine development. Methods are provided for obtaining attenuated vaccines that exhibit improvements compared to previously available attenuated vaccines.
Background Edward Jenner demonstrated in 1796 that inoculation of a person with the cowpox virus would confer protection against its deadly relative, smallpox.
Jenner's discovery was followed by Louis Pasteur's development in 1879-1881 of attenuated vaccines for chicken cholera, anthrax, and rabies. Since these early discoveries, attenuated vaccines have provided a significant addition to medicine's arsenal of weapons against a wide variety of infectious and other diseases.
Attenuated vaccines are otherwise pathogenic organisms that lack certain characteristics that are necessary to produce disease. Both bacteria and viruses are suitable for use as attenuated vaccines. Attenuated virus vaccines include, for example, vaccinia virus and other attenuated poxvirus vectors. One such poxvirus attenuated vaccine, the NYVAC
vaccine, was obtained by attenuating the Copenhagen strain of vaccinia by complete deletion of the reading frames of 18 genes involved in virulence, tissue tropism and host range (Tartaglia et al., Yirolo~ 188: 217-32 (1992)). The resultant vector, which is highly WO 01/00234 PCT/i1S00/16984 attenuated but nevertheless has the immunogenic potential of the original Copenhagen strain, is used in clinical trials as a human vaccine vector (Lanar et al., Infect.
Immure. 64: 1666-71 (1996); Limbach and Paoletti, Epidemiol. Infect. 116: 241-56 (1996); Paoletti et al., Dev.
Biol. Stand. 84:19-63 (1995)). Another poxvirus vector, the ALVAC vector, is a highly attenuated strain derived from canarypox and is licensed as a veterinary vaccine for canaries.
It is a safe and efficacious vector in several mammalian species, including man. The TROVAC vector is based on a highly attenuated fowlpox vaccine strain and is used to immunize day-old chicks against fowlpox disease. TROVAC can also be used as a vector for vaccination of chicks against avian influenza virus and Newcastle disease virus (Paoletti et al., supra.). Other attenuated viral vaccines include those that are useful against polio, measles, mumps, rubella, yellow fever and varicella. Examples of attenuated bacteria that are useful as vaccines include, for example, BCG (Bacillus Calmette-Guerin), Salmonella and E.
coli.
Attenuated viruses and bacteria have been produced by the various methods, including UV irradiation (Hristov and Karadjov, Yet. Med. Nauki, 13: 8 (1975)), chemical attenuation by formalin or ethanol treatment (Zuschek et al., J. Am. Vet. Med Assoc. 139:
236 (1961); Haralambiev, Acta Vet. Acad. Sci. Hung. 26: 215 (1976)), and passage under conditions of stress in vitro or in vivo. An example of in vitro passage under stress was the development of the first attenuated virus licensed as a smallpox vaccine, which was obtained by conducting 36 passages of the original Lister strain (LO) of vaccinia in primary rabbit kidney cells at 30°C, followed by another 6 passages. Selection then yielded LC16m0 as a temperature sensitive and medium pock-forming virus. LC-16m8 was cloned from LC 16m0 as a small-pock forming variant (see, e.g., Sugimoto, Vaccine 12: 675-681 (1994); Morita et al., Vaccine 5: 65-70 (1987)). Another example of the development of a vaccine by serial passage in vitro is the passage of vaccinia virus through >570 passages in chick embryo fibroblasts to generate the modified vaccinia virus (MVA) that is host restricted, unable to replicate in human and other mammalian cells. MVA is avirulent in normal and immunosuppressed animals and produced no side effects, unlike the conventional smallpox vaccine strains. MVA had at least 30,000 by of DNA deleted with loss of at least two host range genes.
ATTENUATED VACCINES
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
Not Applicable.
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
Not Applicable.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention This invention pertains to the field of vaccine development. Methods are provided for obtaining attenuated vaccines that exhibit improvements compared to previously available attenuated vaccines.
Background Edward Jenner demonstrated in 1796 that inoculation of a person with the cowpox virus would confer protection against its deadly relative, smallpox.
Jenner's discovery was followed by Louis Pasteur's development in 1879-1881 of attenuated vaccines for chicken cholera, anthrax, and rabies. Since these early discoveries, attenuated vaccines have provided a significant addition to medicine's arsenal of weapons against a wide variety of infectious and other diseases.
Attenuated vaccines are otherwise pathogenic organisms that lack certain characteristics that are necessary to produce disease. Both bacteria and viruses are suitable for use as attenuated vaccines. Attenuated virus vaccines include, for example, vaccinia virus and other attenuated poxvirus vectors. One such poxvirus attenuated vaccine, the NYVAC
vaccine, was obtained by attenuating the Copenhagen strain of vaccinia by complete deletion of the reading frames of 18 genes involved in virulence, tissue tropism and host range (Tartaglia et al., Yirolo~ 188: 217-32 (1992)). The resultant vector, which is highly WO 01/00234 PCT/i1S00/16984 attenuated but nevertheless has the immunogenic potential of the original Copenhagen strain, is used in clinical trials as a human vaccine vector (Lanar et al., Infect.
Immure. 64: 1666-71 (1996); Limbach and Paoletti, Epidemiol. Infect. 116: 241-56 (1996); Paoletti et al., Dev.
Biol. Stand. 84:19-63 (1995)). Another poxvirus vector, the ALVAC vector, is a highly attenuated strain derived from canarypox and is licensed as a veterinary vaccine for canaries.
It is a safe and efficacious vector in several mammalian species, including man. The TROVAC vector is based on a highly attenuated fowlpox vaccine strain and is used to immunize day-old chicks against fowlpox disease. TROVAC can also be used as a vector for vaccination of chicks against avian influenza virus and Newcastle disease virus (Paoletti et al., supra.). Other attenuated viral vaccines include those that are useful against polio, measles, mumps, rubella, yellow fever and varicella. Examples of attenuated bacteria that are useful as vaccines include, for example, BCG (Bacillus Calmette-Guerin), Salmonella and E.
coli.
Attenuated viruses and bacteria have been produced by the various methods, including UV irradiation (Hristov and Karadjov, Yet. Med. Nauki, 13: 8 (1975)), chemical attenuation by formalin or ethanol treatment (Zuschek et al., J. Am. Vet. Med Assoc. 139:
236 (1961); Haralambiev, Acta Vet. Acad. Sci. Hung. 26: 215 (1976)), and passage under conditions of stress in vitro or in vivo. An example of in vitro passage under stress was the development of the first attenuated virus licensed as a smallpox vaccine, which was obtained by conducting 36 passages of the original Lister strain (LO) of vaccinia in primary rabbit kidney cells at 30°C, followed by another 6 passages. Selection then yielded LC16m0 as a temperature sensitive and medium pock-forming virus. LC-16m8 was cloned from LC 16m0 as a small-pock forming variant (see, e.g., Sugimoto, Vaccine 12: 675-681 (1994); Morita et al., Vaccine 5: 65-70 (1987)). Another example of the development of a vaccine by serial passage in vitro is the passage of vaccinia virus through >570 passages in chick embryo fibroblasts to generate the modified vaccinia virus (MVA) that is host restricted, unable to replicate in human and other mammalian cells. MVA is avirulent in normal and immunosuppressed animals and produced no side effects, unlike the conventional smallpox vaccine strains. MVA had at least 30,000 by of DNA deleted with loss of at least two host range genes.
Another approach to development of attenuated vaccines involves the specific deletion of genes known to confer virulence. For example, in the case of vaccinia virus the following genes have been deleted to alter the viral phenotype: TK, growth factor, hemagglutinin, 13.8 kb secreted protein, ribonucleotide reductase, envelope proteins, steroid dehydrogenase, complement control protein, host range genes (Moss, Dev. Biol.
Stand. 82:
55-63 (1994); Blanchard et al., J. Gen. Virol. 79: 1159-1167 (1998); Carroll and Moss, Virology 238: 198-211 (1997)). The example of development of the NYVAC vector, discussed above, is notable in that the entire genome was sequenced and relevant genes were precisely deleted. Thus, this is an example of the construction of an attenuated vaccine wherein the exact alterations are known and distance from the wild type understood. Such precise delineations of the genetic alterations of an attenuated strain are obviously more accessible technically-with a virus than with the larger genomes of bacteria.
Similarly, HSV
lacking an essential glycoprotein (gH gene) can undergo a single round of replication in normal cells, but the virus particles derived from this infection are noninfectious. They are called DISC viruses (disabled infectious single cycle) and in the case of an HSV-2 lacking gH sequences have been shown in a guinea pig model of genital HSV-2 infection to protect against infection and against primary and recurrent disease (Boursnell et al., J. Infect. Dis.
175 : 16-25 ( 1997)).
The insertion of specific genes into the viral genome provides another approach to developing attenuated vaccines. For example, lymphokine genes have been inserted into the genome of vaccinia in order to decrease virulence without affecting immunogenicity. Murine or human IL-2 or interferon gamma have been inserted into the genome of vaccinia to produce virus of much lower pathogenicity yet unaltered immunogenicity (Moss, Dev. Biol. Stand., 82: 55-63 (1994)). A similar approach involved the insertion of the B5R gene of the LO strain of vaccinia virus into LC16m8 infected RK13 cells with derivation of the LOTC virus strains (LOTC-1 through 5). The BR5 gene is responsible for plaque and pock size and host range and corresponds to-the pslhr gene (Sugimoto, Vaccine 12: 675-678 (1994)).
In some of the cases described above, defined genetic alterations have been performed with an already attenuated virus while in others, particularly with bacterial vaccines, there is little or no knowledge of the genetic lesions that confer attenuation.
Diverse types of genetic alterations are presumed to have been generated in the course of attenuation, including point mutations, DNA deletion and rearrangement. These methods of attenuation do not, in themselves, dictate the precise nature of the genetic alterations that confer the attenuated phenotype. Even though mutations may be chemically or UV
irradiation induced via characterized chemical mechanisms, the positions of mutation are not controllable by current technologies. Nor are the number of sites in the genome that have been altered controlled or characterized. Although there may be a dose response relationship between concentration of mutagen, for example, and degree of phenotypic alteration, whether there are 10 or 100 genes whose function has been disrupted in the process of attenuation is unknown. Consequently, these mutagenesis methods do not control which genes or control elements have been modified. In the absence of sequencing the entire genome of the bacterium or virus (until recently not a practical or technical feasibility), the positions of mutations/deletions/rearrangements in the genome are unknown. An attenuated phenotype could therefore reflect modification in one virulence gene and many other genes not relevant to virulence, or modification of 10 virulence genes as ~.vell as many other genes unrelated to virulence. In such cases, the degree of difference between the attenuated genotypes is very different genetically but may appear little different phenotypically.
Other problems that are associated with current methods of attenuation include, for example, the reversion of attenuated organisms to wild type phenotype in vaccinees, with consequent disease pathology including severe morbidity and death. Vaccine strains of infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) are one example of attenuated vaccines that easily revert to more virulent strains in vivo (Hopkins and Yoder;rvian Dis., 30: 221-3 (1986)). A
related problem is the inability to monitor the stability of the genetic alterations in the attenuated vaccine organism during the process of developing, manufacturing, and distributing the vaccine over many years or decades. If one has not defined what is altered, it is impossible to identify whether the genotype is in flux and whether the organism is reverting closer to wild type phenotype. Vaccine manufacturers monitor the phenotype of the attenuated organism by standard protocols to ensure that the organism appears stable under standard conditions, but such methods are imprecise and do not allow any understanding of whether the number of mutations that separate the attenuated organism from wild type phenotype may have decreased to such a number that a very small number of additional reversions in genotype might confer wild type phenotype). An additional problem with previously available methods for developing attenuated vaccines is a loss of immunogenicity due alteration of genes, by loss or altered sequence, that are important for elicitation of desired immune responses in vaccinees.
Another problem, the retention of replication competence in an attenuated vaccine or vaccine vector raises safety concerns, particularly in immunocompromised persons or animals in whom even a substantially attenuated virus or bacterium may cause disease. The retention of replication competence, on the other hand, can be an advantage for the stimulation of broad based and long lasting immunity. One approach to solving this dilemma is to engineer the virus to undergo only one round of replication such that its capacity to cause disease is eliminated yet capacity to immunize effectively enhanced compared to replication incompetent virus or inactivated virus. An example is the DISC
virus vaccine approach, as exemplified with HSV-1 or HSV-2 viruses in which the essential gH gene is deleted. Reactivation of latent Herpes zoster virus elicited by immunization with a live attenuated varicella virus vaccine is another drawback to the use of attenuated vaccines (Garnett and Grenfell, Epidemiol. Infect. 108: 513-528 (1992)).
Although the potential problems associated with attenuated vaccines are significant, the attenuated vaccines have shown promise against infectious diseases for which other vaccines are not yet available. For example, an International AIDS
Vaccine Initiative report indicates that some people infected with a weak strain of HIV have remained healthy for more than a dozen years, and at least one person with a weakened HIV strain may have successfully warded off multiple exposures to other HIV strains. This finding is supported by some primate studies. Accordingly, given the great need for an AIDS vaccine, attenuated vaccines are currently receiving a great deal of attention.
However, a recent study which used attenuated versions of the HIV analog SIV, which infects monkeys, found that some monkeys may have acquired AIDS from the attenuated vaccine. Therefore, a need exists for improved attenuated vaccines, and for methods of developing such vaccines. The present invention fulfills these and other needs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides methods for obtaining attenuated vaccines.
The vaccines are useful for therapeutic and prophylactic purposes, and are effective against pathogenic agents such as viruses, bacteria, parasites, and others. In some embodiments, the methods involve recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments that comprise a complete or partial genomic library of a virus or a cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments. Viruses or cells that contain members of the resulting library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments are then screened to identify those that are attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism. For example, the viruses or cells can be ''attenuated" in that they are less able to propagate andlor cause disease in the host organism than a naturally occurring isolate of the viruses or cells.
In presently preferred embodiments, the attenuated viruses or cells are screened to identify those that can induce an immune response against a pathogenic agent that displays an immunogenic determinant that is also displayed by the attenuated viruses or cells. Attenuated viruses or cells that can induce the immune response are useful as attenuated vaccines against the pathogenic agent.
In some embodiments, the methods involve performing recursive recombination and screening/selection. This involves recombining polynucleotides from the attenuated cells or viruses obtained in a first round of recombination and screening/selection with a further set of one or more forms of a nucleic acid, to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids. Viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments are screened to identify those viruses or cells that are further attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism. The recombination and selection/screening can be repeated until the resulting attenuated viruses or cells have lost the ability to replicate or cause disease under physiological conditions that exist in the host organism.
The nucleic acid segments of at least one of the sets are, in some embodiments, obtained from a non-pathogenic strain of a virus or cell. In such cases, at least one of the other sets of nucleic acid segments are typically derived from a pathogenic agent, which can be of the same species as the nonpathogenic strain, or of a different species. One or more of the sets of nucleic acid segments can comprise a complete or substantially complete genomic library of the cell or virus from which the segments are derived, or can be a partial genomic library of the cell or virus. The nucleic acid segments can also include those that encode all or part of an immunogenic polypeptide that is displayed on a pathogenic agent, or that encode a polypeptide, such as an immunomodulatory molecule or therapeutic protein, that has a desirable effect on an immune response induced by the vaccine.
In presently preferred embodiments of the invention, the attenuated viruses or cells are backcrossed to remove superfluous mutations. Backcrossing, according to the invention, involves recombining nucleic acids from the attenuated viruses or cells with a library of nucleic acids from a wild-type or naturally occurring strain of the virus or cell to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids. Viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acids are then screened to identify backcrossed viruses or cells that remain attenuated under physiological conditions present in an inoculated host organism. The library of nucleic acids from the wild-type strain is, in some embodiments, a partial or complete genomic library of the naturally occurring strain. The backcrossed attenuated viruses or cells can also be screened to identify those that can induce an immune response against a pathogenic agent that displays an immunogenic determinant that is also displayed by the attenuated viruses or cells. The backcrossing can be repeated one or more times, as desired.
The methods can also involve screening the attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that propagate under permissive conditions used for production of the attenuated viruses or cells, but do not propagate significantly in an inoculated host organism.
The permissive conditions used for production can differ from the physiological conditions in the host in, for example, temperature, pH, sugar content, a compromised immune system, absence of complement or complement components, and presence or absence of serum proteins.
In some embodiments, the permissive condition used for the production of the attenuated vaccine is the presence of a suppressor tRNA molecule that can suppress termination of translation at non-naturally occurring stop codons that are introduced into the genome of the attenuated virus or cell. The nucleic acid segments subjected to recombination include one or more polynucleotides that encode all or part of a polypeptide that is involved in replication or pathogenicity of the virus or cells. The polypeptide-encoding polynucleotides can be included within a complete or partial genomic library of a virus or cell. Also included in the recombination is a population of oligonucleotides that have one or more stop codons interspersed within the coding sequences for the polypeptide.
The oligonucleotides undergo recombination with the polypeptide-encoding polynucleotides to form a library of recombinant nucleic acids in which at least one nonnaturally occurring stop codon is interspersed within the coding sequence of the replication polypeptide. The attenuated viruses or cells are obtained by contacting the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments with suppressor tRNA molecules that suppress the termination of translation at the nonnaturally occurring stop codons and collecting progeny viruses or cells that propagate in the presence of the suppressor tRNA molecules but not in the absence of the suppressor tRNA molecules.
The invention also provides methods of obtaining an attenuated vaccine by introducing a library of nucleic acid fragments into a plurality of cells, whereby at least one of the fragments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are screened to identify conditionally defective cells that have evolved toward loss of the ability to proliferate under physiological conditions as found in a host organism. The conditionally defective cells are, in turn, screened to identify those modified cells that have maintained the ability to replicate under permissive conditions used for production of the attenuated vaccine. The conditionally defective cells that replicate under permissive conditions but not in a host mammal are suitable for use as an attenuated vaccine organism.
In other embodiments, the invention provides methods of obtaining a chimeric attenuated vaccine. These methods generally involve recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments from a virus or cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments. The nucleic acid segments of the second set generally confer upon viruses or cells that contain the nucleic acid segments a property that is desirable for vaccination. A library of recombinant DNA fragments is .thus formed.
Attenuated viruses or cells are then identified by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant DNA fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions present in a host organism inoculated with the viruses or cells. The attenuated viruses or cells are then screened to identify those that exhibit an improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination. The screening can be conducted in any order.
In some embodiments, at least one of the sets of nucleic acid segments is a partial or substantially complete genomic li'orary of a virus or cell. For example, one set can be from a pathogenic virus or cell, while another set is from a non-pathogenic isolate of virus or cell. The pathogenic and non-pathogenic isolates can be of the same or different species.
The recombination is performed, in some embodiments, by introducing the second set of nucleic acid segments into a plurality of nonpathogenic cells.
At least one member of the second set of nucleic acid segments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the nonpathogenic cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are then screened to identify attenuated chimeric cells that are nonpathogenic and exhibit an improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
In some embodiments, the methods of obtaining chimeric vaccines involve recursive recombination and screening. For example, one can recombine nucleic acids from the attenuated chimeric cells or viruses with a further set of nucleic acid segments to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids. Attenuated chimeric viruses or cells that exhibit further improvement in attenuation or in the property that is desirable for vaccination are identified by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant DNA fragments to identify those that exhibit further improved attenuation or desirable property. The recombination and screening can be repeated one or more times as desired until the attenuated chimeric viruses or cells have achieved a desired level of pathogenicity loss or improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
The invention also provides attenuated and chimeric viruses and cells that are produced using the methods described herein. Also provided are vaccine compositions and methods of vaccinating using the vaccine compositions of the invention.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows a schematic representation of recombinatorial shuffling of a collection of families of viral genomes having a variety of mutations or distinct genome portions; distinct genome segments (e.g., obtained from the genomes of different virus isolates) are indicated by shaded boxes.
Figure 2 shows a schematic of a protocol for screening chimeric viral vaccines that are obtained using the recombination methods of the invention.
Figure 3 shows a summary of a strategy for using the methods of the invention to evolve a multivalent viral vaccine. HPV is used as an illustrative example. T'ne arrows in the right lane of the figure point to each subsequent task after successful accomplishment of the previous. The broken arrows in the left lane outline steps of alternative methods if the previous task fails to lead to the next step.
Figure 4 shows a phylogenetic tree of papillomavirus (source: Human Papillomavirus comp. 1997).
Figure 5 shows a high throughput (HTP) in vitro screening assay for identifying recombinant nucleic acids that encode an improved antigen.
Figure 6 shows a schematic of a protocol for an antigen library immunization and cross-neutralization assay.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definitions A "pathogenic agent" refers to an organism or virus that is capable of infecting a host cell. Pathogenic agents are typically capable of causing a disease or other adverse effect on an infected cell or organism. Pathogenic agents include, for example, viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites, and the like. The term "virus" includes not only complete virus particles, but also virus-like particles (VLPs) that include one or more viral polypeptides.
The term "attenuated," when used with respect to a virus or cell, means that the virus or cell has lost some or all of its ability to proliferate and/or cause disease or other adverse effect when the virus or cell infects an organism. For example, an "attenuated" virus or cell can be unable to replicate at all, or be limited to one or a few rounds of replication, when present in an organism in which a wild-type or other pathogenic version of the attenuated virus or cell can replicate. Alternatively or additionally, an "attenuated" virus or cell might have one or more mutations in a gene or genes that are involved in pathogenicity of the viruses or cells.
A "host organism" is an animal that is a target of vaccination with the attenuated and chimeric vaccines of the invention. Such host organisms have an immune system that is responsive to inoculation with an immunogen. Suitable host organisms include, for example, humans, livestock, birds, and other animals in which it is desirable to vaccinate for either therapeutic or prophylactic purposes.
A "vaccine," as used herein, refers to an immunogen that, upon inoculation into a host organim, can induce complete or partial immunity to pathogenic agents, or can reduce the effects of diseases associated with pathogenic agents. Vaccines are also useful to alleviate immune system disorders other than those associated with pathogenic agents, such as autoimmune conditions.
The term "screening" describes, in general, a process that identifies vaccines that have optimal properties, such as attenuation. Selection is a form of screening in which identification and physical separation of attenuated vaccines are achieved simultaneously.
For example, expression of a selection marker, which, in some genetic circumstances, allows cells expressing the marker to survive while other cells die (or vice versa) can be used as a selection method. Screening markers include, for example, genes that express luciferase, (3-galactosidase and green fluorescent protein, or other gene products that are readily detected upon expression. Selection markers include, for example, drug and toxin resistance genes.
Because of limitations in studying primary immune responses in vitro, in vivo studies are particularly useful screening methods. In these studies, the putative vaccines are introduced into test animals, and the immune responses are subsequently studied by analyzing protective immune responses or by studying the quality or strength of the induced immune response using, for example, lymphoid cells derived from the immunized animal.
Although spontaneous selection can and does occur in the course of natural evolution, in the present methods selection is performed by man.
A "exogenous DNA segment", "heterologous sequence" or a "heterologous nucleic acid", as used herein, is one that originates from a source foreign to the particular host cell, or, if from the same source, is modified from its original form.
Thus, a heterologous gene in a host cell includes a gene that is endogenous to the particular host cell, but has been modified. Modification of a heterologous sequence in the applications described herein typically occurs through the use of DNA shuffling. Thus, the terms refer to a DNA segment which is foreign or heterologous to the cell, or homologous to the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the element is not ordinarily found.
Exogenous DNA segments are expressed to yield exogenous polypeptides.
The term "gene" is used broadly to refer to any segment of DNA associated with a biological function. Thus, genes include coding sequences and/or the regulatory sequences required for their expression. Genes also include nonexpressed DNA
segments that, for example, form recognition sequences for other proteins. Genes can be obtained from a variety of sources, including cloning from a source of interest or synthesizing from known or predicted sequence information, and may include sequences designed to have desired parameters.
The term "isolated", when applied to a nucleic acid or protein, denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It is preferably in a homogeneous state although it can be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high performance liquid chromatography. A protein which is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified. In particular, an isolated gene is separated from open reading frames which flank the gene and encode a protein other than the gene of interest.
The term "purified" denotes that a nucleic acid or protein gives rise to essentially one band in an electrophoretic gel. Particularly, it means that the nucleic acid or protein is at least about 50% pure, more preferably at least about 85% pure, and most preferably at least about 99% pure.
The term "naturally-occurring" is used to describe an object that can be found in nature as distinct from being artificially produced by man. For example, an organism, or a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses, bacteria, protozoa, insects, plants or mammalian tissue) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally-occurring.
The term "nucleic acid" refers to deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides and polymers thereof in either single- or double-stranded form. Unless specifically limited, the term encompasses nucleic acids containing known analogues of natural nucleotides which have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid and are metabolized in a manner similar to naturally occurring nucleotides. Unless otherwise indicated, a particular nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof (e.g.
degenerate codon substitutions) and complementary sequences and as well as the sequence explicitly indicated. Specifically, degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating sequences in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is substituted with mixed-base and/or deoxyinosine residues (Batzer et al. (1991) Nucleic Acid Res. 19: 5081; Ohtsuka et al. (1985) J. Biol. Chem. 260: 2605-2608; Cassol et al. (1992) ;
Rossolini et al. (1994) l~Iol. Cell. Probes 8: 91-98). The term nucleic acid is used interchangeably with gene, cDNA, and mRNA encoded by a gene.
"Nucleic acid derived from a gene" refers to a nucleic acid for whose synthesis the gene, or a subsequence thereof, has ultimately served as a template. Thus, an mRNA, a cDNA reverse transcribed from an mRNA, an RNA transcribed from that cDNA, a DNA amplified from the cDNA, an RNA transcribed from the amplified DNA, etc., are all derived from the gene. and detection of such derived products is indicative of the presence and/or abundance of the original gene and/or gene transcript in a sample.
A nucleic acid is "operably linked" when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it increases the transcription of the coding sequence.
Operably linked means that the DNA sequences being linked are typically contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, contiguous and in reading frame.
However, since enhancers generally function when separated from the promoter by several kilobases and intronic sequences may be of variable lengths, some polynucleotide elements may be operably linked but not contiguous.
A specific binding affinity between two molecules, for example, a ligand and a receptor, means a preferential binding of one molecule for another in a mixture of molecules. The binding of the molecules can be considered specific if the binding affinity is about 1 x 104 M -1 to about 1 x 106 M ~~ or greater.
The term "recombinant" when used with reference to a cell or virus indicates that the cell or a cell infected by the virus, replicates a heterologous nucleic acid, or expresses a peptide or protein encoded by a heterologous nucleic acid.
Recombinant cells and viruses can contain genes that are not found within the native (non-recombinant) form of the cell or virus. Recombinant cells and viruses can also contain genes found in the native form of the cell or virus wherein the genes are modified and re-introduced into the cell by artificial means. The term also encompasses cells and viruses that contain a nucleic acid endogenous to the cell that has been modified without removing the nucleic acid from the cell; such modifications include those obtained by gene replacement, site-specific mutation, and related techniques.
A "recombinant expression cassette" or simply an "expression cassette" is a nucleic acid construct, generated recombinantly or synthetically, with nucleic acid elements that are capable of effecting expression of a structural gene in hosts compatible with such sequences. Expression cassettes include at least promoters and optionally, transcription termination signals. Typically, the recombinant expression cassette includes a nucleic acid to be transcribed (e.g., a nucleic acid encoding a desired polypeptide), and a promoter.
Additional factors necessary or helpful in effecting expression may also be used as described herein. For example, an expression cassette can also include nucleotide sequences that encode a signal sequence that directs secretion of an expressed protein from the host cell.
Transcription termination signals, enhancers, and other nucleic acid sequences that influence gene expression, can also be included in an expression cassette.
The terms "identical" or percent "identity," in the context of two or more nucleic acid or polypeptide sequences, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence, as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by visual inspection.
The phrase "substantially identical," in the context of two nucleic acids or polypeptides, refers to two or more sequences or subsequences that have at least 60%, preferably 80%, most preferably 90-95% nucleotide or amino acid residue identity, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence, as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by visual inspection. Preferably, the substantial identity exists over a region of the sequences that is at least about ~0 residues in length, more preferably over a region of at least about 100 residues, and most preferably the sequences are substantially identical over at least about 150 residues. In a most preferred embodiment, the sequences are substantially identical over the entire length of the coding regions.
For sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are input into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identity for the test sequences) relative to the reference sequence, based on the designated program parameters.
Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith & Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm ofNeedleman & Wunsch, J. ~~Iol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA
85:2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 57~
Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by visual inspection (see generally Ausubel et al., infra).
One example of an algorithm that is suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the BLAST algorithm, which is described in Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (1990). Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov~. This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive-valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al., supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are then extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always > 0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always < 0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when:
the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
The BLAST
algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, an expectation (E) of 10, a cutoff of 100, M=5, N=-4, and a comparison of both strands. For amino acid sequences, the BLASTP program uses as defaults a wordlength (~ of 3, an expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff &
Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915).
In addition to calculating percent sequence identity, the BLAST algorithm also performs a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, e.g., Karlin & Altschul (1993) Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. US4 90:5873-5787). One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P(I~), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance. For example, a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.1, mere preferably less than about 0.01, and most preferably less than about 0.001.
Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules hybridize to each other under stringent conditions.
The phrase "hybridizing specifically to", refers to the binding, duplexing, or hybridizing of a molecule only to a particular nucleotide sequence under stringent conditions when that sequence is present in a complex mixture (e.g., total cellular) DNA or RNA. "Bind(s) substantially"
refers to complementary hybridization between a probe nucleic acid and a target nucleic acid and embraces minor mismatches that can be accommodated by reducing the stringency of the hybridization media to achieve the desired detection of the target polynucleotide sequence.
"Stringent hybridization conditions" and "stringent hybridization wash conditions" in the context of nucleic acid hybridization experiments such as Southern and northern hybridizations are sequence dependent, and are different under different environmental parameters. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures.
An extensive guide to the hybridization of nucleic acids is found in Tijssen (1993) Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology--Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes part I chapter 2 "Overview of principles of hybridization and the strategy of nucleic acid probe assays", Elsevier, New York. Generally, highly stringent hybridization and wash conditions are selected to be about 5° C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. Typically, under "stringent conditions" a probe will hybridize to its target subsequence, but to no other sequences.
The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. Very stringent conditions are selected to be equal to the Tm for a particular probe. An example of stringent hybridization conditions for hybridization of complementary nucleic acids which have more than 100 complementary residues on a filter in a Southern or northern blot is 50%
formamide with 1 mg of heparin at 42°C, with the hybridization being carried out overnight.
An example of highly stringent wash conditions is O.15M NaCI at 72°C
for about 15 minutes. An example of stringent wash conditions is a 0.2x SSC wash at 65°C for 15 minutes (see, Sambrook, infra., for a description of SSC buffer). Often, a high stringency wash is preceded by a_low stringency wash to remove background probe signal.
An example medium stringency wash for a duplex of, e.g., more than 100 nucleotides, is lx SSC at 45°C
for 1 ~ minutes. An example low stringency wash for a duplex of, e.g., more than 100 nucleotides, is 4-6x SSC at 40°C for 15 minutes. For short probes (e.g., about 10 to 50 nucleotides), stringent conditions typically involve salt concentrations of less than about 1.0 M Na ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M Na ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3, and the temperature is typically at least about 30°C. Stringent conditions can also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide. In general, a signal to noise ratio of 2x (or higher) than that observed for an unrelated probe in the particular hybridization assay indicates detection of a specific hybridization. Nucleic acids which do not hybridize to each other under stringent conditions are still substantially identical if the polypeptides which they encode are substantially identical. This occurs, e.g., when a copy of a nucleic acid is created using the maximum codon degeneracy permitted by the genetic code.
A further indication that two nucleic acid sequences or polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologically cross reactive with, or specifically binds to, the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid. Thus, a polypeptide is typically substantially identical to a second polypeptide, for example, where the two peptides differ only by conservative substitutions.
The phrase "specifically (or selectively) binds to an antibody" or "specifically (or selectively) immunoreactive with", when referring to a protein or peptide, refers to a binding reaction which is determinative of the presence of the protein in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologics. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein and do not bind in a significant amount to other proteins present in the sample. Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions may require an antibody that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein. For example, antibodies raised to the protein with the amino acid sequence encoded by any of the polynucleotides of the invention can be selected to obtain antibodies specifically immunoreactive with that protein and not with other proteins except for polymorphic variants. A variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays, Western blots, or immunohistochemistry are routinely used to select monoclonal antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein. See Harlow and Lane (1988) Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York "Harlow and Lane"), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity. Typically a specific or selective reaction will be at least twice background signal or noise and more typically more than 10 to 100 times background.
"Conservatively modified variations" of a particular polynucleotide sequence refers to those polynucleotides that encode identical or essentially identical amino acid sequences, or where the polynucleotide does not encode aw amino acid sequence, to essentially identical sequences. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a large number of functionally identical nucleic acids encode any given polypeptide.
For instance, 2~ the codons CGU, CGC, CGA, CGG, AGA, and AGG all encode the amino acid arginine.
Thus, at every position where an arginine is specified by a codon, the codon can be altered to any of the corresponding codons described without altering the encoded polypeptide. Such nucleic acid variations are "silent variations," which are one species of "conservatively modified variations." Every polynucleotide sequence described herein which encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation, except where otherwise noted.
One of skill will recognize that each codon in a nucleic acid (except AUG, which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine) can be modified to yield a functionally identical molecule by standard techniques. Accordingly, each "silent variation" of a nucleic acid which encodes a polypeptide is implicit in each described sequence.
Furthermore, one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions which alter, add or delete a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids (typically less than 5%, more typically less than 1 %) in an encoded sequence are "conservatively modified variations" where the alterations result in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art. See, e.g., Creighton (1984) Proteins, W.H. Freeman and Company. In addition, individual substitutions, deletions or additions which alter, add or delete a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in an encoded sequence are also "conservatively modified variations".
A "subsequence" refers to a sequence of nucleic acids or amino acids that comprise a part of a longer sequence of nucleic acids or amino acids (e.g., polypeptide) respectively.
Description of the Preferred Embodiments The present invention provides a new approach to the development of attenuated vaccines. This approach is evolution-based, using methods such as DNA shuffling in particular, and is optimal for developing attenuated vaccines. DNA
shuffling is a process for recursive recombination and mutation and is performed by random fragmentation of related DNA sequences followed by reassembly of the fragments by primerless PCR. As in natural evolution, the technique takes advantage of deletions, insertions, inversions and point mutations in the DNA sequences to generate large pools of recombinant sequences, from which the best for a particular purpose are identified by screening or selection that is based on the improved function sought. If further improvement is desired, the optimized nucleic acids can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection. DNA shuffling is the most efficient known method to generate large libraries of homologous DNA sequences and, of particular relevance to the development of attenuated vaccines, it can also be applied to whole organisms, such as viruses, bacteria and other pathogens.
The use of such recombination/screening methods to generate attenuated vaccines provides significant advantages over previously available methods.
Generally, little information is available on particular mutations that might reduce pathogenicity while not hampering the replication of the vaccine viruses or other organisms in manufacturing cells or media or the capacity of the vaccine organisms to induce protective immune responses in host cells. The methods of the invention overcome this obstacle by eliminating any reliance on a priori assumptions regarding attenuation or the mechanisms that regulate replication and pathogenicity. One can simply carry out the recombination and screening/selection methods of the invention and obtain an attenuated vaccine that has the desired properties.
Moreover, attenuated vaccines obtained using previously available methods, e.g., those that involve mutagenesis, generally have many diverse types of mutation both in genes that are involved in virulence and in other genes. For example, the use of chemical or ultraviolet irradiation-induced mutagenesis to develop attenuated vaccines does not provide any information as to how many genes that are not involved in pathogenesis are mutated in order to obtain a mutation in a pathogenicity gene. This is particularly true in the case of bacterial vaccines. Because the efficacy of an attenuated vaccine depends on the presence of 1 ~ particular antigens that remain immunogenic in the vaccinated host, it is desirable to maintain as much of the wild-type amino acid sequence as possible. Thus, the introduction of mutations into genes that encode these antigens that can result from previously available attenuation methods can decrease the immunogenicity of the vaccine.
This problem is avoided by the present invention, which provides attenuated vaccines that generally have only one or a few mutations that result in the attenuation. In presently preferred embodiments, the recombinant vaccines that are obtained using the methods of the invention are subjected to molecular backcrossing. This allows one to move a mutant gene or genes that are responsible for conferring attenuation back to a parental or wildtype genome, thus retaining those few mutations that are critical to the desired evolved attenuation phenotype while eliminating at least some of the mutations that are not involved in attenuation. Thus, backcrossing can be used to retain the sequences from the wild-type organism that are critical for induction of protective immune responses, while also retaining those mutant genes that are responsible for the attenuated phenotype of the vaccine organism. Backcrossing can also be used to identify the mutations that are critical to the desired phenotype.
Other problems that are associated with current methods of attenuation are also avoided by the methods and attenuated vaccines of the invention. For example, the methods of the invention can greatly reduce or eliminate the reversion of attenuated organisms to the wild type, disease-causing phenotype in vaccinees that often occurs with attenuated vaccines prepared using previously available methods. Moreover, because the attenuated vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention can have well-characterized mutations, one can monitor the stability of the genetic alterations in the attenuated vaccine organism during the process of developing, manufacturing, and distributing the vaccine over many years or decades. Thus, the invention provides a means by which one can obtain an attenuated vaccine that has improved ability to induce an immune response to a pathogenic agent without causing the potential problems associated with previously available attenuated vaccines.
1. General Approach to Attenuated Vaccine Evolution Attenuated vaccines of the invention are created by first creating a library of recombinant nucleic acids. The library is created by recombining two or more variant forms of a nucleic acid are recombined to produce a library of recombinant nucleic acids. The library is then screened to identify those recombinant nucleic acids that include mutations that result in attenuation of a potential vaccine virus or other organism. For example, the recombinant nucleic acid can include one or more mutations that render a normally pathogenic organism non-pathogenic. Importantly, complete or partial genomes of viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites or other pathogens can be fragmented and subjected to the recombination and screening methods of the invention. Single genes or other nucleic acid fragments can also be subjected to the recombination and screening methods, either alone or in combination with a complete or partial genome of a virus or organism.
Recombination and selection of single pathogen gene is useful in cases when the critical genes that regulate pathogenicity are known. For example, single gene shuffling is useful when the protein responsible for binding to the natural host cell is known. Whole genome shuffling is particularly useful when, for example, the genome is relatively small and little is known of the critical sequences affecting attenuation.
A number of different formats are available by which one can create a library of recombinant nucleic acids for screening or selection. In some embodiments, the methods of the invention entail performing recombination ("shuffling" or "sequence recombination") and screening or selection to "evolve" individual genes, whole plasmids or viruses, multigene clusters, or even whole genomes (Stemmer (1995) BiolTechnolo~ 13:549-553;
PCT US98/00852; US Patent Appl. No. 09/116,188, filed July 15, 1998).
Reiterative cycles of recombination and screening/selection can be performed to further evolve the nucleic acids of interest. Such techniques do not require the extensive analysis and computation required by conventional methods for polypeptide engineering. Shuffling allows the recombination of large numbers of mutations in a minimum number of selection cycles, in contrast to traditional, pairwise recombination events (e.g., as occur during sexual replication). Thus, the sequence recombination techniques described herein provide particular advantages in that they provide recombination between any or all of the mutations, thereby providing a very fast way of exploring the manner in which different combinations of mutations can affect a desired result. In some instances, however, structural and/or functional information is available which, although not required for sequence recombination, provides opportunities for modification of the technique.
Sequence recombination can be achieved in many different formats and permutations of formats, as described in further detail below. These formats share some common principles. A group of nucleic acid molecules that have some sequence identity to each other, but differ in the presence of mutations, is typically used as a substrate for recombination. In any given cycle, recombination can occur in vivo or in vitro, intracellularly or extracellularly. Furthermore, diversity rese~ing from recombination can be augmented in any cycle by applying other methods of mutagenesis (e.g., error-prone PCR or cassette mutagenesis) to either the substrates or products of recombination. In some instances, a new or improved property or characteristic can be achieved after only a single cycle of in vivo or in vitro recombination, as when using different, variant forms of the sequence, as homologs from different individuals or strains of an organism, or related sequences from the same organism, as allelic variations. However, recursive sequence recombination, which entails successive cycles of recombination and selection/screening, can generate further improvement.
The DNA shuffling methods can involve one or more of at least four different approaches to improve attenuation of an otherwise pathogenic vaccine candidate, as well as improve other properties that are of interest for a vaccine (e.g., increased immunogenicity).
First, DNA-shuffling can be performed on a single gene. Secondly, several highly homologous genes can be identified by sequence comparison with known homologous genes. These genes can be synthesized and shuffled as a family of homologs, to select recombinants with the desired activity. This "family shuffling" procedure is shown schematically in Figure 1. The shuffled genes can be introduced into appropriate host cells, which can include E. coli, yeast, plants, fungi, animal cells, and the like, and those having the desired properties can be identified by the methods described herein.
Third, whole genome shuffling can be performed to shuffle genes that are involved in pathogenicity (along with other genomic nucleic acids), thus obtaining mutated pathogeniciry genes that reduce or eliminate pathogenicity of the organism. For whole genome shuffling approaches, it is not even necessary to identify which genes are being shuffled. Instead, e.g., bacterial cell or viral genomes are combined and shuffled to acquire recombinant nucleic acids that, either itself or through encoding a polypeptide, have enhanced ability to induce an immune response, as measured in any of the assays described herein. Fourth, polypeptide-encoding genes can be codon modified to access mutational diversity not present in any naturally occumng gene.
Exemplary formats and examples for sequence recombination, sometimes referred to as DNA shuffling, evolution, or molecular breeding, have been described by the present inventors and co-workers in co-pending applications U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/198,431, filed February 17, 1994; Serial No. PCT/LJS95/02126, filed February 17, 1995; Serial No. 08/425,684, filed April 18, 1995; Serial No, 08/537,874, filed October 30, 1995; Serial No. 08/564,955, filed November 30, 1995; Serial No. 08/621,859, filed March 25, 1996; Serial No. 08/621,430, filed March 25, 1996; Serial No.
PCT/LJS96/05480, filed April 18, 1996; Serial No. 08/650,400, filed May 20, 1996; Serial No.
08/675,502, filed July 3, 1996; Serial No. 08/721, 824, filed September 27, 1996; Serial No.
PCT/US97/17300, filed September 26, 1997; and Serial No. PCT/US97/24239, filed December 17, 1997. See also, Stemmer, Science 270: 1510 (1995); Stemmer et al., Gene 164: 49-53 (1995);
Stemmer, Bioll'echnology 13: 549-553 (1995); Stemmer, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A.
91:10747-10751 (1994); Stemmer, Nature 370: 389-391 (1994); Crameri et al., Nature ~Lledicine 2(1):1-3 (1996); Crameri et al., Nature Biotechnology 14: 315-319 (1996). Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
Other methods for obtaining libraries of recombinant polynucleotides and/or for obtaining diversity in nucleic acids used as the substrates for shuffling include, for example, homologous recombination (PCT/LTS98/05223; Publ. No. W098/42727);
oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis (for review see, Smith, Ann. Rev. Genet.
19: 423-462 (1985); Botstein and Shortle, Science 229: 1193-1201 (1985); Carter, Biochem.
J. 237: 1-7 (1986); Kunkel, "The efficiency of oligonuc~otide directed mutagenesis" in Nucleic acids &
Molecular Biology, Eckstein and Lilley, eds., Springer Verlag, Berlin (1987)).
Included among these methods are oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis (Zoller and Smith, Nucl.
Acids Res. 10: 6487-6500 (1982), Methods in Enzymol. 100: 468-500 (1983), and Methods in Enrymol. 154: 329-350 (1987)) phosphothioate-modified DNA mutagenesis (Taylor et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 8749-8764 (1985); Taylor et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13:
(1985); Nakamaye and Eckstein, Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 9679-9698 (1986); Sayers et al., Nucl.
Acids Res. 16: 791-802 (1988); Sayers et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 803-814 (1988)), mutagenesis using uracil-containing templates (Kunkel, Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci.
USA 82: 488-492 (1985) and Kunkel et al., Methods in Enrymol. 154: 367-382)); mutagenesis using gapped duplex DNA (Kramer et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 12: 9441-9456 (1984);
Kramer and Fritz, Methods in Enrymol. 154: 350-367 (1987); Kramer et al., ~Vucl. Acids Res. 16: 7207 (1988)); and Fritz et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 6987-6999 (1988)). Additional suitable methods include point mismatch repair (Kramer et al., Cell 38: 879-887 (1984)), mutagenesis using repair-deficient host strains (Carter et al.,.Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 4431-4443 (1985); Carter, Methods in Enrymol. 154: 382-403 (1987)), deletion mutagenesis (Eghtedarzadeh and Henikoff, Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 5115 (1986)), restriction-selection and restriction-purification (Wells et al., Phil. Traps. R. Soc. Lond. A 317: 415-423 (1986)), mutagenesis by total gene synthesis (Na.mbiar et al., Science 223: 1299-1301 (1984);
Sakamar and Khorana, Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 6361-6372 (1988); Wells et al., Gene 34: 315-323 (1985); and Grundstrom et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 3305-3316 (1985). Kits for mutagenesis are commercially available (e.g., Bio-Rad, Amersham International, Anglian Biotechnology).
CA 02377084 2001-12-21 pCT/US00/16984 The recombination procedure starts with at least two nucleic acid substrates that generally show substantial sequence identity to each other (i.e., at least about 30%, 50%, 70%, 80% or 90% sequence identity), but differ from each other at certain positions. The difference can be any type of mutation, for example, substitutions, insertions and deletions.
Often, different segments differ from each other in about 5-20 positions. For recombination to generate increased diversity relative to the starting materials, the starting materials must differ from each other in at least two nucleotide positions. That is, if there are only two substrates, there should be at least two divergent positions. If there are three substrates, for example, one substrate can differ from the second at a single position, and the second can differ from the third at a different single position. The 5tartli-~g DNA
segments can be natural variants of each other, for example, allelic or species variants. The segments can also be from nonallelic genes showing some degree of structural and usually functional relatedness (e.g., different genes within a superfamily, such as the family of human papillomavirus L1 and L2-encoding genes, for example). The starting DNA segments can also be induced variants of each other. For example, one DNA segment can be produced by error-prone PCR
replication of the other, the nucleic acid can be treated with a chemical or other mutagen, or by substitution of a mutagenic cassette. Induced mutants can also be prepared by propagating one (or both) of the segments in a mutagenic strain, or by inducing an error-prone repair system in the cells. In these situations, strictly speaking, the second DNA
segment is not a single segment but a large family of related segments. The different segments forming the starting materials are often the same length or substantially the same length. However, this need not be the case; for example; one segment can be a subsequence of another. The segments can be present as part of larger molecules, such as vectors, or can be in isolated form.
The starting DNA segments are recombined by any of the sequence recombination formats provided herein to generate a diverse library of recombinant DNA
segments. Such a library can vary widely in size from having fewer than 10 to more than 105, 109, 1012 or more members. In some embodiments, the starting segments and the recombinant libraries generated will include full-length coding sequences and any essential regulatory sequences required for expression, such as a promoter and polyadenylation sequence. In other embodiments, the recombinant DNA segments in the library can be inserted into a common vector providing sequences necessary for expression before performing screening/selection.
A further technique for recombining mutations in a nucleic acid sequence utilizes "reassembly PCR." This method can be used to assemble multiple segments that have been separately evolved into a full length nucleic acid template such as a gene. This technique is performed when a pool of advantageous mutants is known from previous work or has been identified by screening mutants that may have been created by any mutagenesis technique known in the art, such as PCR mutagenesis, cassette mutagenesis, doped oligo mutagenesis, chemical mutagenesis, or propagation of the DNA template in vivo in mutator strains. Boundaries defining segments of a nucleic acid sequence of interest preferably lie in intergenic regions, introns, or areas of a gene not likely to have mutations of interest.
Preferably, oligonucleotide primers (oligos) are synthesized for PCR
amplification of segments of the nucleic acid sequence of interest, such that the sequences of the oligonucleotides overlap the junctions of two segments. The overlap region is typically about 10 to 100 nucleotides in length. Each of the segments is amplified with a set of such primers. The PCR products are then "reassembled" according to assembly protocols such as those discussed herein to assemble randomly fragmented genes. In brief, in an assembly protocol the PCR products are first purified away from the primers, by, for example, gel electrophoresis or size exclusion chromatography. Purified products are mixed together and subjected to about 1-10 cycles of denaturing, reannealing, and extension in the presence of polymerase and deoxynucleoside triphosphates (dNTP's) and appropriate buffer salts in the absence of additional primers ("self priming"). Subsequent PCR with primers flanking the gene are used to amplify the yield of the fully reassembled and shuffled genes.
In a further embodiment, PCR primers for amplification of segments of the nucleic acid sequence of interest are used to introduce variation into the gene of interest as follows. Mutations at sites of interest in a nucleic acid sequence are identified by screening or selection, by sequencing homologues of the nucleic acid sequence, and so on.
Oligonucleotide PCR primers are then synthesized which encode wild type or mutant information at sites of interest. These primers are then used in PCR
mutagenesis to generate libraries of full length genes encoding permutations of wild type and mutant information at the designated positions. This technique is typically advantageous in cases where the screening or selection process is expensive, cumbersome, or impractical relative to the cost of sequencing the genes of mutants of interest and synthesizing mutagenic oligonucleotides.
In a presently preferred embodiment, DNA shuffling is used to obtain the library of recombinant nucleic acids. DNA shuffling can result in attenuation of a pathogen even in the absence of a detailed understanding of the mechanism by which the pathogenicity is mediated. Examples of candidate substrates for acquisition of a property or improvement in a property include bacterial, viral and nonviral vectors used in genetic and classical types of vaccination, as well as nucleic acids that are involved in mediating a particular aspect of an immune response (e.g., a nucleic acid that encodes an antigen). The methods require at least two variant forms of a starting substrate. The variant forms of candidate components can have substantial sequence or secondary structural similarity with each other, but they should also differ in at least two positions. The initial diversity between forms can be the result of natural variation, e.g., the different variant forms (hoinologs) are obtained from different individuals or strains of an organism (including geographic variants;
termed "family shuffling" (Figure 1 )) or constitute related sequences from the same organism (e.g., allelic variations). Alternatively, the initial diversity can be induced, e.g., the second variant form can be generated by error-prone transcription, such as an error-prone PCR or use of a polymerise which lacks proof reading activity (see, Liao (1990) Gene 88:107-111), of the first variant form, or, by replication of the first form in a mutator strain.
1. Attenuated viral vaccines In some embodiments, the invention provides attenuated viral vaccines and methods for obtaining the attenuated viral vaccines. By using the methods of the invention, one can generate novel variant viruses having genotypes and phenotypes that do not naturally occur or would not otherwise be anticipated to occur at a substantial frequency. A
preferred aspect of the method employs recursive nucleotide sequence recombination, termed "DNA shuffling," which enables the rapid generation of a collection of broadly diverse viral phenotypes that can be selectively bred for a broader range of novel phenotypes or more extreme phenotypes than would otherwise occur by natural evolution in the same time period. The method typically involves: (1) shuffling of a plurality of viral genomes, and (2) selection of the resultant shuffled viral genomes to isolate or enrich a plurality of shuffled viral genomes having a desired phenotypes) (e.g., attenuation), and optionally (3) repeating steps ( 1 ) and (2) on the plurality of shuffled viral genomes conferring on a virus tlhe desired phenotypes) until one or more variant viral genomes conferring a sufficiently optimized desired phenotype is obtained. In this general manner, the method facilitates the "forced evolution" of a viral genome to encode an attenuated virus which natural selection and evolution has heretofore not generated. Figure 2 shows a block diagram of a basic method for viral genome shuffling and selection for a desired phenotype; the recursion option is generally selected each cycle until one or more viral genomes conferring a satisfactory optimization for the desired phenotypes) are obtained.
Typically, a plurality of viral genomes of the sa.'ne taxonomic classification are shuffled and selected by the present method. It is believed that a common use of the method will be to shuffle mutant variants of a clinical isolates) or of a laboratory strain of a virus to obtain a variant of the clinical isolate or laboratory strain that possesses a novel desired phenotype (e.g., attenuation). However, the method can be used with a plurality of strains (or Glades) of a virus, or even with a plurality of related viruses (e.g., lentiviruses, herpesviruses, adenoviruses, etc.), and in some instances with unrelated viruses or portions thereof which have recombinogenic portions (either naturally or generated via genetic engineering). The method can be used to shuffle xenogeneic viral sequences into a viral genome (e.g., incorporating and evolving a gene of a first virus in the genome of a second virus so as to confer a desired phenotype to the evolved genome of the second virus).
Furthermore, the method can be used to evolve a heterologous nucleic acid (e.g., a non-naturally occurring mutant viral gene) to optimize its phenotypic expression (e.g., immunogenicity) in a viral genome, and/or in a particular host cell or expression system (e.g., an expression cassette or expression replicon). Figure 1 shows a schematic representation of recombinatorial shuffling of a collection of families of viral genomes having a variety of mutations or distinct genome portions; distinct genome segments (e.g., obtained from the genomes of different virus isolates) are indicated by shaded boxes.
Availability of infectious cDNA clones of RNA viruses_is useful, but not necessary, for the development of improved strains of attenuated viral vaccines. Infectious cDNA clones have been established, for example, from porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus (Meulenberg et al., Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. (1998) 440:199-206), hepatitis C
virus (Yanagi et al., Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA (1999) 96:2291-5), tick-borne encephalitis virus (Gritsun et al., J. Virol. Nlethods (1998) 76:109-20; Mandl et al., J.
Gen. Virol. (1997) 78:1049-57), plum pox potyvirus (Guo et al., Virus Res. (1998) X7:183-95), respiratory syncytial virus (Jin et al., Virology (1998) 251:2D6-14), paramyxovirus (He et al., Virology (1998) 20:30-40), bovine viral diarrhea virus (Zhong et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72:9365-9), feline calicivirus (Sosnovtsev et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72:3051-9), infectious bursal disease virus (Yao et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72:2647-54), dengue virus type 2 (Gualano et al., J. Gen.
Virol. (1998) 79:437-46), swine fever virus (Mittelholzer et al., Virus. Res.
,(1997) 51:125-37), coxsackievirus B3 (Lee et al., Vzrus. Res. (1997) 50:22-35), Hoffman and Banerjee, J.
Virol. (1997) 71:4272-7), equine arteritis virus (van Dinten et al., Proc.
Nat'1. Acad. Sci.
USA (1997) 94: 991-6), yellow fever virus (Galley et al., Braz. J. Med. Biol.
Res. (1997) 30:157-68), human astrovirus serotype 1 (Geigenmuller et al., J. Virol. (1997) 71: 1713-7).
The fact that infectious cDNA clones of these viruses have been established indicates that same approaches can be used to generate infectious cDNA clones of other viruses belonging to the same families and their shuffled variants. Therefore, family shuffling of these and related viruses provides an excellent starting point for development of attenuated vaccine strains.
The methods of the invention are applicable to generation of attenuated versions of many different viruses. Examples of viruses that are of particular interest include, but are not limited to, rotavirus, parvovirus B 19, herpes simplex-1 and -2, CMV, RSV, varicella zoster virus, influenza viruses, HPV, HIV, EBV, hepatitis A, B, C, D
& E virus.
Also of particular interest are viruses of the picornavirus family, which includes the following genera: Rhinoviruses, which are responsible for approximately 50%
cases of the common cold, and thus are of interest for medical applications; Enteroviruses, including polioviruses and coxsackieviruses; echoviruses and human enteroviruses such as hepatitis A
virus; and the Apthoviruses, which are the foot and mouth disease viruses, and thus of interest particularly for veterinary uses (target antigens include VPI, VP2, VP3, VP4 and VPG. The Calcivirus family, which includes the Norwalk group of viruses which are an important causative agent of epidemic gastroenteritis, are also of particular interest for use as attenuated vaccines. Other viruses for which the methods of the invention are useful for generating attenuated vaccines include, for example , bovine viral diarrhea virus, Marek's Disease Virus (MDV), bovine herpes virus type-1 (BHV-1), infectious bronchitis virus, WO 01/00234 cA o23~~oa4 2ooi-i2-2i PCT/US00/16984 infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV), porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus, canine cistemper virus (CDV).
Also of interest for use as attenuated vaccines are the Togavirus family, including the following genera: Alphaviruses, which are of interest for both medical and S veterinary use and include, for example, Senilis viruses, the RossRiver virus and Eastern &
Western equine virus, as well as the Reovirus family, which includes Rubella virus. The Flariviridue family of viruses are also of particular interest for the development of attenuated vaccines using the methods of the invention. Examples include: for example, dengue, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis and tick borne encephalitis viruses. The hepatitis C virus, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, is also of particular interest for medical use.
Attenuated viral vaccines of interest also include those of the Coronavirus family, which find use for both medical and veterinary applications. Examples of coronaviruses that are useful for veterinary applications include, but are not limited to, infectious bronchitis virus (poultry), porcine transmissible gastroenteric virus (pig), porcine hemagglutinatiny encephalomyelitis virus (pig), feline infectious peritonitis virus (cats), feline enteric coronavirus (cat) and canine coronavirus (dog). For medical use, coronavirus family members of particular interest include, for example, the human respiratory coronaviruses, which cause about 40 percent of cases of the common cold (see, e.g., Winther et al., Am. J. Rhinol. 12: 17-20 (1998)). Coronaviruses may also cause non-A, B or C
hepatitis. Target antigens include, for example, El (also called M or matrix protein), E2 (also called S or Spike protein), E3 (also called HE or hemagglutinelterose glycoprotein (not present in all coronaviruses), and N-nucleocapsid.
The Rhabdovirus family is another family of viruses that, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, are useful as vaccines. Genera within this family that are of particular use include, for example, vesiliovirus, Lyssavirus (rabies;
finds both medical and veterinary use. Target antigens for this family of viruses include, for example, G protein and N protein. Also of interest are viruses of the Filoviridue famlily, which includes the hemorrhagic fever viruses such as Marburg and Ebola viruses.
Viruses of the Paramyxovirus family, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, also provide vaccines that find both medical and veterinary use. Examples of genera of interest include, for example, paramyxovirus (both medical and veterinary use), the mumps virus, New Castle disease virus (important pathogen in chickens), morbillivirus:
(medical and veterinary use), measles, canine distemper, pneumonia viruses, and respiratory syncytial virus. The Orthomyxovirus family of viruses are also of interest for medical use when attenuated using the methods of the invention. These include, for example, the influenza virus.
The Bungavirus family is also of interest, including the following genera:
bungavirus (including California encephalitis virus, LA Crosse virus), Phlebovirus (including Rift Valley Fever virus), Hantavirus (Puumala is a hemorrhagic fever virus), Nairovirus (causes Nairobi sheep disease, and thus vaccines find use in veterinary applications). Many unassigned bungaviruses are known and are also useful as vaccines when attenuated using the methods of the invention.
Also of interest for use as attenuated vaccines are viruses of the arenavina family, which includes the LCM and Lassa fever virus. The Reovirus family, when attenuated, also provides a vaccine of interest. Genera of particular interest include, for example, reovirus (a possible human pathogen), rotavirus (causes acute gastroenteritis in children), orbiviruses: (which find both medical and veterinary use and include Colorado Tick fever, Lebombo (humans), equine encephalosis, and blue tongue.
The Retrovirus family includes many viral pathogens that cause significant diseases that are recalcitrant to existing treatment methods. Attenuated vaccines derived from these viruses find both veterinary and medical use. Sub-families of the retrovirus family include, for example, the oncorivirinal retroviruses (e:g., feline leukemia virus, HTLVI and HTLVII), the lentivirinal retroviruses (e.g., HIV, feline immunodeficiency virus, equine infections and anemia virus), and the spumavirinal retrovirus family.
Also of interest for use as vaccines are attenuated viruses of the papovavirus family. This family includes the sub-families: polyomaviruses (including BKU
and JCU
viruses), papillomavirus (which includes many viral types associated with cancers or malignant progression of papilloma), adenovirus (useful for medical applications, including AD7, ARD., O.B; some adenoviruses cause respiratory disease, while others (e.g., 275) can cause enteritis).
Attenuated viruses of the parvovirus family find use for veterinary applications in particular. For example, attenuated virus vaccines can be obtained using the methods of the invention for feline parvovirus (causes feline enteritis), feline panleucopeniavirus, canine parvovirus and porcine parvovirus.
Viruses of the herpesvirus family can also be subjected to the attenuation methods of the invention to obtain attenuated vaccines. Herpesvirus sub-families of particular interest include the alphaherpesviridue subfamily (ilzcluding the simplexvirus genus (e.g., HSVI, HSVII, both of which are suitable for medical use;
Varicellovirus (useful for both medical and veterinary use), and pseudorabies (varicella zoster)), the betaherpesviridue (which includes the cytomegalovirus (e.g., HC~IV) and muromegalovirus genera), and the gammaherpesvirdiue sub-family (including the genera lymphocryptovirus, EBV (Burkitts lymphoma), and rhadinovirus.
The poxvirus family is also of particular interest for the development of attenuated vaccines. The poxvirus family includes the Chordopoxviridue subfamily (includes viruses that, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, are useful for both medical and veterinary applications; genera include variola (smallpox), vaccinia (cowpox), parapoxvirus (veterinary), auipoxvirus (veterinary), capripoxvirus, leporipoxvirus and suipoxvirus) and the entemopoxviridue subfamily.
Another viral family of interest is the hepadnavirus family, which includes, for example, hepatitis B virus. Unclassified viruses of interest for development of attenuated vaccines include, for example, hepatitis delta virus. A list of viruses of interest is presented in Table 1.
~, 3 ~' >
CUO~ ~ c~ a r1 ,~N ~d c3_ N ~ N ~~ ~ ~ z ~' V Q ~ ~ ~ Q7 t2" -.. Q' ~ ~_' ~ CJ ~ y ~ N O cG
_c~ v7 ~ C CO c~ bD C1. ' it U ~".> R _LC., ~ 'L7 C N ~ ~ " r.C~.
~*.:' ~O cG .~ ~ '~ O_ .z". ~ .~ .~ s-'.~. ~ O ~cUC O ~ O 4-. ~ C
c'~~n3 .~ p, .> OU > in ~ ~ ' .= ~> ~ ~ ~ ~y: p '~ O '~ ~ >> >
O _~..
,U.. ~ ~ >> ~ O : '' (y '_~",' ~ 'r:.. U ~ ~ C c~7 ~ ~ cU~3 ~.' ,~
°a,~~~3a.3vo3U~E~ ~a.ce.~.n~~'>.r > _ ~ C
C
N ~ m r ~ a cr _=
~
cC ~y y '.'~ 'O, ~y>E cn~ >
. . . .
C7 L > ,.d c3 > = ca .C -O r . ~ C ~ O O
.~ .
of ' . N.
~U
y .~ 7C ~ O ~ C ~ C " y c.> > > .D O
v >
G cn> .~._'~ ~ O -CS~ ~ ~ C ~ O ~ ~ O
~ e s0 cs 'n-o o > fl '' ~ T'E~ ~ " ~ ~ .> ~ c ,' ~J . O c~ O U N N 7, . O ?~ a c - Cr7~ o U
~ .. a W
, c4 c ~ a..a. w .. ..o . a w ~
~ ~.7 Q. C~. G, C~ a.
a~
w ce a~
...
d L
w .
~ a .
C7 ~ C , C ~ U
n O N .>
Tr p U . . 'O C vi U C' 00 G "O ~ ~ U N N D D v r 'C3 'C7 . .
E -O (~, ~ 'fl ~ '~~ d ..C ~' ~.: ~ C C U C
.= = C C .. ~
y ~ ~ ' r>!1'C7 ~
>
; N
c c~ O y~ ~ ~ ~ r a. r y U ~ ~ C
C U E 0.
"~" U ' A ~~ ~ a'.~ , UU O ~ ~ ~ > W3 c3~.~CU
~ ~7 ~O 'y w ~ a ~ C7 '> ~s ~ .'~?.::='>..70..' U ~ x x .. x U w ..
an E
a ~ a _ -Nr U 7~ ~ >
' ~
w C fn n ,,~~ N U U b y ~
a L"' Vf L U y N
-~. . U 4, ~ ty"i L. VI ~, '> > .>
z ~
i ~ ~1 G'~ y 5 3 ~
~ 3 ~ -vo ~ ~ : ~ ~,.b>
. ~3 ' a ~ > .o ~ ~ o .
E"'' : : . = ~' ~ ' a ' ' ~ ~ Y , = .~ ~ ~ o ~ y >
... > > ,...c3CC UVf > O
cC C
y _ ~
~
a _ >
x x z - a ~ ~a w > a'> ~ ~ ~ z x'. ~ ~. r~ N ~ a ~ as a a z Q _ _ _ M i.--i C 3 ~ C ~ C N C ~ N
~ '> ~ > ~ > > > ~ . > v~
L1 G1w Gawa G1M G1w L WUw', pW~ L1W~ ~IWvW, E"' ~ ( ... U ~ Gl ~n E-y ~n E-~ W .. E"" W 'n E'~ W . 'n E--~ W
Q '~Q~ :~ ~ = a :~az =az Paz =az ~ ~ y "a ' ~ '..a W ~ ~ c~a ''a ~ '.".7 a ~ '..a Q ~ '..'a a n, a.0 n.0 c. o a.0 n.0 ~.., a.0 ci., n.0 ri, a.0 a., .> a~ c~~ a~~~ c~ ; a~~ a~v~Q a~~a ~~~ xC~
y x x" x.~Q x'. x" x~-, x;.-, U ~ _ U
U ~C v7 ~.. ~ .-. vR1 . y . ~ .~; o ~ v ~ ~ Y o . .3 . o N e .
~ ' Ua o ~
~ ~ . -a .~ 3 E
~' .
.~ y .~ rn'- O O .~ ~ O ~ ~ N U
cU'3 . b . a! rn ~n >
W
N n C _N
a~ ,. > o ~ c b ~ 3 ~ C '.
.a .= 0 o C ~ N N c O . ;
O ~C > .
R
N_ R ~ ~ C > R
~ 4 C > ~ C
U
f r ~~ ~ .; ~ U v~ i ~ U U .
> ~ N y v t. ' c~0 ~ ~,~N 0 0 pp~ .U ~ OC >> ~a3 yc3 ' U >
a R Ctn O c. ~, U O U U _...W, _.
U C O A ~ n v w C
R y C ~~ C ~ >G O - ~ ., c. V ~ c~ a~
C C 'U ' W ~ a ~L'~ 'v ~ ' 'n O ~ ., ~r >> c ~
W ~n . . . ~ ~.. > L. ~ ~ ~-' ~ C >
' W
> rm R
... L
._ n , y ~ '" ct7 U a ' . > R ~n c ' c A.
Q ' >
~n ~ -~ " U
c, ~ y Z ~ ~..~ r U N ,~cn ~ C;n Cvm n ' ~
R~
>:. = ~~ . ~ n.~ .~~;C
o ~
~ x ~ ' ' ~ R
' ' G
G f~ ~ ~ .~ C > j ~ C > ~
D., U V . >
~ R U
C ~ ~ a ' ~ ~ ' ~
' ' ~' > C7 ~, Q ~ p . ~ ~ cn > ~., : _ E-a .,. b0 N c-'~C
p ~ c a~
0 3 ~o .C v ~ ' c 'R ~> v~ ~i. U
°d . yn -.. TJ vmcS
au > C ._. U O V V ~ 'O
.~C ~ >, '~ cUC V ~ 'c3 ~O U
yn ~ R ~ O ~ N ~ ~' O O C ~.r~. . >
°' ~ N 3 = ; cn ~ ~ L c 3 8 s ~~ U _=
C v~ 'y ~> C O c0 0 O U C > N
H a ° R R -' ° o U R '~ R ~ R ~ ~ ~ .~. ~ .~ o o ..RL..
U'>U~~~v».~U'>U'>i.~...a.> n.>v~Ev~
U
a~
O _cC cC ' N 17 v ~' O U
O O ~ of '> In ~ '~ C
> C > ~ . N U ~ ~ U '~ ~ ~ U U
~n C O ~ O N C ~'.' .d U b0 ~ ' > ~ ~ of t,,:, .fl ~ C V >
~.C., . , i.U. ~ ~ ~ = ~ . ~- 'R0 Q' ' > ' cC . ~ uNf .. Wn . ' C
> O N O . > ~ ~ ~~ p '~ ~ > :-G > ~in U s>
cZ, N O O O c. ~. o ° > >' o o R ~ ~ ~- o "~ ~~ oT3EC7r.a~ ~E-' ~>W'>2-a H C
'> O
w n >> ...
:~ v.. ~ p ' cn >
L~..R U V1 ~ +r V1~ 7y. L
CC
.Di.~.n.~ L~~ L ~~ U ~ ~ >1 ~
' _ ' .
_O > ~ .~ ~ ~ ~ > ~ ~ . fn. "OL j >>O.,y ' ' ' ' > R ~ R o o > ...> o > s R '_R ~, U U
. N
. .
W > U a ~c U ~' Q Q CrI , ~, ~ x ~ Q . . Q >
m U ~ a.
N N
N O
L L
.
.. ~ > > ..
L > >
. 4-. C Y E
. U O
O ~ y y. U r of N by ~~ O. O cC
..JL. U N ~'~ N ~ _ Y c N -O t O.
' = 0 ~ ~ ~ 4 a' V ~ N y r N '~ > > N . ->N VI ~ y N O 'y C~
O ~ '>
e ~
4~ O U L- 'U U O 3 ~ ~ r ~ ~ C
~ ~ s U ~ ~ ~ ~U ~~ C U U ~ :.. n U .
. . Ut~
_ as>
a Q ~7 . ~ U > .
pap U U U
N cd CO U
N L ~
~ ~ ft$
..[, N
N
U N U cC n > > =G O O
y ~ n r a . y ~ ~ ~ N . z N > ~ > L C_~ N
V U ~ O 1 ~
> ~ N y N C
' .Y'L70 O ~ G ~ > ~ >O U N ~ yCO
> ~ ~; x ~ . >,_ U e3 G c3 'LJO f ~ N L
' cC t ~ y ,..
' O >>N > N ~ flrO _ . j N U .-. -v ~ ~ >
i G N O ,~c3 , ~ l L
. O L O .. v L~
~ "
p i p.,~ cNdO ~ U N CD ~ ~ UV~ O.N , ~ > O
' ' > O c ..
:d7 ~ ~ U ~ ~ J U U ~t . N C t .~.
" a L ~
. O = ~ W.~V ~ ~ w ' ~. . ~ a ~ p + ' a~> >
ca ~ o E o ~,w L L ~
n -Q m N
N
a N CC
- Q
N ~ U
'"'~ ~ ' ~ > 'flN ' L N 'L7 ~ r ;u a U O U
U
N ~ V1 L
C 1 - ~ ~ ~
N CSV y > >
C.
aD O
~ . ~ of y ~ L '~ t~.~ ~ c1.4r~ N .~ ~ ~ k N
~' '~
~
> ~
GOVIL > ~~ > O ~ N CC CyCJ cC ~ ~ ~
> ~ O. ~
O N O ~O O ~ U OO rn~p'L O ~ O~..
Q s,~ ~'~ c3cor~"..O C ~C ~.. O cC .~O
w a w .~~ a m x z ~. ~ ~ > m ~.
m N
>
~ ~
N
N
~
:.
.~
'> a a N z y O y V ~ ~ of C .C
N c~ .~M ~~ > cUa~ , C G.
N
m U ~ ~ ~ U ~ ~ G C O
'~ U
T3 c N ~ .b N ~
C ~
' ' D > ~ w -~O O ~ ~ r U N
~ L 'fl CC ~ O N
L .
a N V L . ~ O N > ~
C 'L~ . O O. Or .
O . v .F . ~ ~
_C CD~ f U O ~ OL' ~ O ~ ~ ~-1 . c~
7 ~ c ~ ..C Wn LI w > ~~Cv U
U y AIU ~ aC ~ . . ;~ ~ ~
N
U U N
~~., y .cC N .> O
.
p ~ U
~
E ~ > >
'~s 3 O . ...cy ~ N N
N V
i CD O m ~ N ~ O ~
, O
~ y V7 -. w N
" ~
> ~ ~ . ~ y C~ ~ ~ ~' > > ~ ~ N ~
"'W .G ~ ~ . O ~ CC~ b , > O , ~
' J > s ~ O ~ = y y > = ~ L > VN
.. y ar O ~ Y f -Q.Cn . . U -. (/~ . y Vl U ~ U y .,U.O ~ r ~ y Q' ~
~" O O a y R
O
.,. ._a. ~ ~ ~ y a O C
.. ~ r ~ U
U
- ~ C ~ ~ N U .~U ~ ~ U
y y ~ y 3 a of z ~ O
~ y y ~
-~ > C~ Y, C~ C~ ~ N
C~ ~. o v N
~ ~ c V1 _ '>
p L. y >
~ .~.
C > U 'cn C
' p ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ >
-e~ ~ v ~ ~ ~ N ~ c -n L L ~ .-. 0 ~ .~> ~ ~U L 'V_> ~ , yx..,~.L., N . 'd . ' ~
~ . V > C U .> > O O O U O
r.~ U O
, O y..D _ U ~ > ~ B C .=~ ,.U..C CS.
~ ~ ...
>
cC ~ s..,y O O ~ O .D O O ~ C c~ C a.
:.. O ~ ~ H :~ Q U ~ z Q U w ~ x E ~
> ~>
z z O ~
z I
V1 6.1 ~ L O
~ V7 > L
I ~ N > ~
-o > >, ~ v ,..
.~- 3 - .. C.. o~, o ~ '~
o .fl ~ r--~..,Cl.'t7 ~ O L -' i" z"'.3 ~
> ~ 4 Lr O
L G1.C ~ y ~ "' ~ r -.~
C3 N .
. ~ > ~ :~ ~n ? cC cn ~ > U .. 0.C
.T c3 C
r U -~ '> ~~ O CD _ ~ , a~ U a~ -p ~ U
> . ~ ~ t.
~n ~
~ ' ~ c ~ ~> '; ~ 3 Y ~ ~ o '~ a~
c. = ? o ~ ~" ~ ~" . ~ ~ ~ N
_ ~
> O ~ O ~ c~
V
:3 ~ O ~ ~ U R U U ~' ~ O O
3 N ~
-N.,j Q ~ ;n~n ~ ~ Ga ~ C~ U C7 'L7 r.~ > > c3 c3 N
a. ~ ~ v ~ v~
o ~ ' E > ~ . '~s >
. -~ '>~, ~ ~ a~~ > ~, o " '>
j o .C
N U U ~ y > O..y ~ a, y U ~ U ar y.,p, O .C W C
.a p 3 L1 ce .r O C C > L C ~ O. L . C c~
~
'./~ ~ ~n(~ ~ C~ ' N '' O G~ V1 _V L. ~_' VI .
r-i~' U'3 ~..y ~ C > 'OU ~ ~~">L N ~ ~C~
~ U ~ U
'."'~~ ~ ~> ~ b ~ ~ cCCD~ ~ ~:ci~ Nv~ ~
~ ,im c ~ ' ~ ~ ~ V O cuey Q O W cLC 7, O
~ ~
H C O U ., ~ z ~ C1i3 Gl ~ ~ Gr U ~ C~
Ga > >
~ ~ > .~.fl , . O ,~
G >
:, x U N
of pp ~ .V O
.. Q. O
bD C ~ U
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U
a~ ~ (n VI C ~ > y V1 p Vf CC O
C ' L L C~ C 4 > ~ , ~ ~ C~C .(nr . L = . > - n ' o ~
W
N .
> p > O ~ o ~
O ~ O ~ C U N c3~ N = ~ ~ N
~ ~ ~ 7 > N U . ~ C ~ ? V7 N ~
C
L. ~ CC~' ~p O ~ ~ ~O ~~, . ' ~
U U CC , z ~ U x ~ a ~ > ~ n > a.
w C~ > E ~ w x > c c p ._ L7 w w U
cn C
. .' y ~ ~ ~ ' o ~ ~ ' _.
~ ~ > o.
~, L
. W ~ C ~ ~ ~
' N ~ ~
O ~ n (n > ~ r.
~ .
y ~ _ O ~ ~ ~ ~ '''C rte..C r G. c > -O
~ .>
~ ~~ ~ > > > ~ - > . >
~ > O
cC V ~~..> ~ a ~ ...y. cCV L
~ ' 3cG O O p ~
G~ U U ~ N ~ O O O ~ U U
U
_ _ _ ~lC n. a~ra~ry d'p CC ftS~~ ~Q a~.O
' cLC.~"c~'Cc~'aU . O O O O ~~ _C . Q
x a' o o a a G~~ v~ vo ~E ~E oU
:
U> oo> en rn > . . . .. U
.
:n C U
C 'C _C
'> ~ Q G'~C~ .> ~ ~ o v o a~
U v w on ~ ~ O > ~
L ~ E C
; ., ~ > o E o >,'~
o . . i o o .
> > > .__ E o C ~ ~ N N N ~ V O ~ U C E
E cue..
'i~r,.."C_ ~ C C ' w n' G U >' 't7 ~ ~ s.., C O >' C L~' i.'' > 4 O C
> > V ~ p 0 p V
O p.. C. t1.Cl ~ > .yn n e . ~ ~
r' O v v O C v 3 ~
w ~
C O ..'p ..., ~ Cc. ~ v ~ NO
~ _ V c7 x a ~ r. c~ U v C
Q ~> ~> ~> ~ C
~> G~
. , H
L
.
>
~ 0 U C1 ~ ~ C i ..O
..
U ~ e.. >
a . .
O U of CD U . U N C >
O
O O
' E ~ ; ~ ~ o ~ - .
Q
O ~, O O C ~ t0 ~ '>
'=C
p" ~ L, 'O
~ C E ' ' C L y a1 cn ~ r -E . > E y ~ >1 ~ ~ ~
O > O
L N ~_ OUU U O p ~. L U 'p _C1.~>
~ ~
CJ L n U U c3 ~ C U U ~ CO >
' ~
N G ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '>
~ = N ~
o ~ ~
o H
U N U
~ i O O ' ~
_ O O E ~n y~~ > C O
"L~ C ~ O ~
U O ,. >>. y N E
C ~ ", ~ E V ~
U p U > a~ L, ' a' ~
o O ~ ceN ~ ~ ccsO ~ ~ c f~ ' ~
N ' ' C .O N ~ ~ y > ~'.'p C ~ cC~ O y ~ > E
-~ O
. C . O .~ ~ ~ 4 ~ V ~ .a ~ > . O L E ~.
.
> . ~ 'n C E N ~ sC
.
>
C ~ N U U ~ COc O vf 4 C~ C a. =
U O _ .a cG . ~ ~ ~ > ~ U c ~ N C ~' U U~ O dp p ~ C
~ ~ C ,~. Uw , . ..
O O C .. E c~ ~ C C 't3C r . O
C-r E ~ i E U ~ N O ~ o y > U v U O ' c > ~ C=7 E~-~ c~7 > E ~ c~..~
~
r c r > .
n E-U C
U C ' t y ofa! ~. .-.
. .~.. w .>
C .
v > > O
f O
V ... ~ y v O
E
~ 0 =
N ~ ~
. 'C7. ~ . N
>
m L ~ c 4~ C 6 >, ~ CO
_.'O C '~ ~ O ~,~~~ ~ ~ xE . 7 ~ E
E c3 "C~ _ ~ at C
p y ' 3 >>~ catp >> 3 ~ ~ 3 O a o ~ ~>
~ m z ~ x ' ~ ~ ~
>
a ~>
> > ~ ~
~, p ~n U ~ ~
.
C 'c~ v~ N cC
.> C O .c~ ~... V y ~ O p U O E O U ' U
E ~ .E
. O
.
k . ~ o o E o ~
-v ~ x W
~
~ E o ~ ~
~ y N E ~.~~ ~ ~ ~ E o ~ ~ -c ~ E a p > ~nC L O ~ >, :~ ~ N ~ ccf > ~
> ' > o v ~ - = ~ ~ 0 0 3 3 > .~
.
o . ~ _ ~ ~ ~ > '~ cN
N
> y ~ ~ > E~ >, ~ ~s v k _ ~ ~ _ L >, o ~ ~ ~ o o .~ a~
.. o o ~ .~
~o o Q a Ca UE U '>. t~,a z a. a.E a,> a..r~ >, U>
., a., °' ~ U "'a U ' 3 ~ N _ ,!, " C/~ N M
w _ CD ,~ ~ v1 I~ ~ ~.'., ;.~ ~ O_ v1 a ~~ ~ ~..~. : ~~. .~'". ~ ~ _'-'. ;,~ -G'~, -N-, W n V7 l~
~ Cr CS. p" C1. C, O. G. Ll. G a. p" Q, A. Cr G-n O-, O..n L
b0 by CD U tiU U ~ ~ CD U CO U CD tiD bD CD b0 CUO bUD bUD bD
s ~ s s s ~ s ~ s s s s .~ s s s Q, L1. d. fl" Q. n, a. CL CL a, Q. p" Q. L1. a. a. Q, fl. a. Q. Q.
O O O O _O O O _O N O O _O O O O O O O O O O O
'Lr '7., 'L ~L L 'L 'L L ~ L 'L L '~ 'L 'L 'L 'L L 'L 'L 'L 'L
U U U U U U U U ~ U V U U U U U U U U U U U
R cC R R R R R R R R R R r R R R R R R R R
W Ga p .a p .n Ca W Ca s W .a p p Ca W Oa ~1 f~ C1~ Ra 0.
R " ~' ~ \p C~ ~ ~ N p ~ 00 O V1 ~ O N l~
a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ z z z ° ~ ~, a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ c~ e~ a> a~ y a~ a~ a~ a~
en en cn ao en cn en cn ca ao en c4 cU cD en co co ao cn cn cn R R R ~r R R R R R R ~ R R R R R R R ~ R R R
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .. .. ~.. .. .. ~ ~ _.- ~ .- :~ .~ '~ s d. G L~. f3. L1. a. G G C. G. G C. G G C ~ GL CL L1. G G1 a..
O O O O O O O O O_ O ~ O O O O_ O O O O O O O
'L 'L ~L. 'L 'L ~L LL V L L ('~ V L L L L L L 'L 'L 'L, L
V U N ~ ~ N U U y V N U N N N N ~ y U
U U U U V U U U U U ~ U U U U U U U U U U U
R R c' R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Cr7 Ca C-.~ ~1 CA ~ C~ CO ~1 p C7 C1~ ~7 C7 C7 C7 p C7 W C7 Ca _ N
N G > p a O ~ ~ ~ w >
o v v 1. ~ L ~ 'x U M ~ ~
s a n U U -vL~ p w ~, ~ s ~ ~ '..~..~ .7 U a~ a~y n~ a>a~ a~ a~a> y a~y y a~a> y a~a~ a~ a~a~
tD CDCD GD 00aD CU CDCO pp CO~ tp CDtiDGp GOCD b0 COCU
a R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R ~ R
-, ~ s ~ ~ s s s s s ,= s .- s s ~ .- s .~ s s n, n.a. n. n.n. a. a.n. o" a.a, a, a o. a, n.n. n. c.a.
,r'0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' L 'L'L 'L 'L'L L L L 'L L L L L L 'L L L L V V
y ~ ~ ~ ~ Y w ~ ~ ~ ~ Y Y
E.yU U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U
R R R R R R R c3R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Ga p P~ Ca CL1Ca CL~Cap .a C7s .n ~.7W s a7Ga W CAG4 G~, U ~ R
V > ' .
O > \D C.
U o W .-U
o ~ ~ ~ M ~ a ~
a o CD 0 ~
R ofd. s U N ~ c R ~ R R
~ s ' R
~
. c " ' ' o ~ - o '~ ' ~ n n n s '~a ' n o ~ v , . . .
> . ' ' cz.' ~ . s s a . 0 0 .
> > o L o 0 0 0 0 > .. e a o 0 U ~ ~ y a..C U ,.U... 0 'L L 'L L 'i.'Li.
L N 4~. 0 'L
i..c~C~ ~ .~., y ~ _ 'vfU C C N ,_U,U aU-~ , y ~ M 3 aU.~ , .-U. U
R N N p r..~M ~3 <nR . w' U U UUU " U U
7 C/ Cl~ w inV7 ~ G .,,.,"=. .
N U
CO..~R ~ . a Q ~ a m s ~ ~ z L 4..~ m a c s a c ~
w <n N V U U C
C U
v V ~ ~ N O V > C
.> .> p p .~ a ' .o 3 s ~ ~ > .
~
'~ 3 " 3 ~ ~ ~ -o c >
' ~
o w o ~ ~ o ~ o s a~ o o ~ c ~ ~ ~
R
>> V O ~ ~ cn _w- O. U
~ C ~. ~
m ~ R R N E N U C ~ O C b N in e .. ~ C
C ''' >>> N ~ ~ ~C"T U ~ C UNa O ~
R ~ U ~ G z U
> W onO v~ vfR O'~C ~.'_.' Wn n L ~ ~ L ~ L ~ L ~ ~ ~ U C
C ~ ~' r . . p L
~' E o ' a ' E--> 3 ~>E U c a R
' > cn ~>
c a w w ~ o > ~. , r ' a " '' ~ > o ~ >
' ~ U = >
:~ ~ ~ C = N ~ ~a U U U O U _ U O p U 'n - c _ N cn ~ ~ ~ D ' CL
c3 L
N c~ L Cl.~ ~ N O
, ~ U ~
A
V .~ O O. O O f1.' > s. .n >
C, tU ., .
D
o a. ~ o . ~ ~ ~. a ~ '~ , o V 'L ~ . ~ U
OL ~a o -o y U . . U.~ UU ~ ~ y4 O U LU
~ ~ ~ ~. ~ CY ~ ' R' ~
V . V . . ~ N U y L, ~ O C7 L L c~ v~ ~ a-' ~~ '.-.
Gl.y i. -fl~ .D _ s.~.~ O V ~ ~' ~ ~
.~ 4~ ~ .fl ~ ~ O
Cl. ~
C/] ~ ~ ,> ~ N c~ a a U U~U W
, , cC cG c~
N ~ ~ N N
' ~ C C ~ G
G C 3 ~ y y N N N
~ ' J
i OD CO b0 L ~ pp CO CD CO .D
fl ~
o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. _~ , ~ ~, >, x . M Q
N
e3 a cC ~ ~ U O"' G 4 0. 0.
E'-.' O ~
O wn cn CO C W wn ~n U cG D -~ o0 .. y cC c3 a1 ~ U U V V U U U
O U U ~ ~
.C
C C G (~O O G
~ M C1. ~
U :a O O O C,U U O p O O O O
O ~ G~ d O - ~ ~ .i.
' O -' U ~'L ~_U ~y ~ U _O O i. U UU UU Uy U
7 C~ ~" O
L
C1 - O O O CD>> >>U ~ ~ ~ ~
?~ pp h.D ,.U.. ~ CD OD bD
U y G~ 'p '~ 't7cci..C .-~..U ~y, CL CL CL ~
R ~ U ~ ~ ; ~ O.
~ :
r.."C ~ hD ~ ~ s a" O.~a U p _ U U
~ bD cC ~ G -~ a~ C.
, D Q GL
.
~
Z U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C1.LC y ~ . ~ y 0. d. . y d, L'~ Glr V7 C/7 C/~ C/7 V7 C/7 C/~
a.
~'.
U M ~ ~ ~' ' Ca . t c c a . .o o . ~ ~ a~ a~a~ a~
'b o ~ no oDco cD n ~. ~n ~ = ~ o a. a. . a.
~" . . .....
:- ' ~ y ~ ~ ~ ~ .~~ ~ E E E
~ 'C
o n o r.. a. n.o. n. ~ o ~ . ~ Y?~ o 0 0 _ _ vi U ~ ' V ' L L L.
C y L L
H V7 w n ~ . U N U . L U
t., ~ 3 G1. U y ~ G~
Q N
, y ..
U U U U ~ p U U U U U _ O ~ d' a U
a ~ H
y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .a~ .a S~ t~ O O
~ ~"~ ,~ dD ~f ~ O
~
O O O O U ~ O O O O O
U ~ ~ U ~ ~
L1 U U '.> ~ >> ?>>i ?v >> >> >> >>
= 01 CL H L L3-~r...~
a ~ a a a .
x 'G U
U ;
~
N
z 0.
E ~ N ~ N ~ U N U N N
. ~ N U
. N v -v an ao ~n do v, a~ a~ ~ x '~ ~ = ~ ~n ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ v D ~ . - ~ ~ _ . . .
. ~ U
C
~
cG U'v.c~ ~~ U C ~ ~ ~O VO Up p 00 ' c O O L
U L
CD O. .D ~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O O
Y ~ Y U U
. . .
as U D .. U O U
C .-O'C = a' _ ~ ~ ~ O ~ O O O ~ C
cUC ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R
c . . ow ~' ~~ ~ ' ~~ ~~ Rte'~~ ~~ ~~ as, ~
0 0 ~ x a ~ a U U U x a a a .
U Gl ,_,_ ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~_ C C C
~ 3 N _ _- _' .__ N r~H ~ E-~E-~ 7 N ~ ~ o M _ y N U a~N e~ N a~ ~ O O O O O
~ D ~o c~ c~~ ~a ~ac~ (~ ~ .c .o .: ..c.c t s .~ s~ ~ ~ ~ E
w ~ ~ ~ U Z -o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o ~ ~
0 o :b D ~ O .-.. U a r 'L y 'L ~V 'LL L L L a 'L L a~ ' v Y a~rw ~ a~rt~..a~ri.~.~ N ~ N _~~ =o ~L ~'Cl.
c~a~ ~ o c o a.a~ W CO o o p GG C7GtlC U U L L H~ U U
GD CO GO -' ~ N_~ N~ U
tea, - -.
C~7 U U
WO 01/00234 cA o23~~oa4 2ooi-i2-2i pCT~S00/16984 ' o >
L_ L_ >
.>
.C a. S
S
_~
y y y it N Q
. ~n ' r N C >
y N a CN ~ Lr it >
VI p ~ . N ~ ~ ~ U
L > n U
..L fA CAS f".,C U ~ !A Vf ~_.
.. V 4 .> U a . 'U .. ~
.> V ~C
' v > O _f W > O ... .
~ N O
U <n cC > y N 'Lt ~ ~' O ,~ >> >> y ' U
~ ~ ~ O U
t C ~ ~ U C ~. O O ,~
n C > C = 6J ,N c ' ~
_ '~ >~.U...~.,.. N ~ ....wO"m R>V _ c~> C
> ~
p ~ ~ j ~ ' ~ ' ' U U~
b_O" ~ C/ N Q '_ ~ > G1. y ~ > > G_ ~ ~
''"~,"$",~.~.,~ , ,~,,'~,,-.~~ C ~ Gl. Q. V1 V~
, ~
C ~ _ v1 ~OI~ t11 ~.. ~
y .. .C
N ~ ~ ~ o ~ r ~ ~ C1 N
>
C .- f .
. M M M 4 '>of .y ~ U
M 'O
v7 ~O ~O ~O~D ~ ~, > cV
~ N
C ~ v~ m o v~ > V U
' ~n U ~ w ~ ~ .~ ~ ~ C.'UV ~ G
'> ~ x ' ' ' ' Q U ~ ~ ' ~
> > > > o ~ o ~ Y ~ ~ E
~ ~ ~ ' > o ~ ~ ~ ~ W L..
N ~ C ~ U
C C C C C ~ yC ~ L S. U C ~a' ~
. -''v:.
.
~
N ~ _ ~ O
=~ U U U :~ ~ .
~ .
O
O O O O O ~ .~GCO ~ ~ p id .=" - v W v i ' r y.. .........rY O t,:,., .. ~ v ~ r > U ~ ~ 0. L1 .
yn U U U U v c~ cC cC cC v.
W ~ ~ CD CU CO C7 N W (~ (~ w 3,CO CD
2. Attenuated bacterial, fungal and parasite vaccines The invention also provides attenuated vaccines against bacterial, fungal and other pathogens, such as parasites. Methods for obtaining these attenuated vaccines are also provided. The methods of the invention provides a means by which one can generate novel variant bacteria or parasites that have genotypes and phenotypes that do not naturally occur or would not otherwise be anticipated to occur at a substantial frequency. A
preferred aspect of tl:e method employs recursive nucleotide sequence recombination, termed "sequence shuffling" or ''DNA shuffling," which enables the rapid generation of a collection of broadly diverse bacterial or parasite phenotypes that can be selectively bred for a broader range of novel phenotypes or more extreme phenotypes than would otherwise occur by natural evolution in the same time period.
Similarly to the case for viral vaccines described above, the presently preferred methods involve (1) sequence shuffling of a plurality of whole or partial bacterial or parasite genomes, and (2) selection of the resultant shuffled bacterial or parasite genomes to isolate or enrich a plurality of shuffled genomes that result in an organism that has a desired phenotypes) (e.g., attenuation). In preferred embodiments, the method includes (3) repeating steps (1) and (2) on the plurality of shuffled genomes that confer the desired phenotypes) until one or more variant genomes that confer a sufficiently optimized desired phenotype is obtained. In this general manner, the method facilitates the "forced evolution"
of a bacterial or other pathogen genome to encode an attenuated organism which natural selection and evolution has heretofore not generated. The recursion option is generally selected each cycle until one or more genomes that confer a satisfactory optimization for the desired phenotypes) are obtained.
Typically, a plurality of bacterial, parasite, or other genomes of the same taxonomic classification are shuffled and selected by the present method. A
common use of the method will be to shuffle mutant variants of a clinical isolates) or of a laboratory strain of an organism to obtain a variant of the clinical isolate or laboratory strain that possesses a novel desired phenotype (e.g., attenuation). However, the method can be used with a plurality of strains (or Glades) of a pathogenic organism, or even with a plurality of related organisms (e.g., Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium vaccae and Mycobacterium bovis (BCG)), and in some instances with unrelated pathogens or portions thereof which have recombinogenic portions (either naturally or gene:ated via genetic engineering). The method can be used to shuffle xenogeneic sequences into a pathogen's genome (e.g., incorporating and evolving a gene of a first pathogenic organism in the genome of a second organism so as to confer a desired phenotype (such as immunogenicity) to the evolved genome of the second organism). Furthermore, the method can be used to evolve a heterologous nucleic acid (e.g., a non-naturally occurring mutant gene) to optimize its phenotypic expression (e.g., immunogenicity) when present in a bacterial or parasite genome, and/or in a particular host cell or expression system (e.g., an expression cassette or expression replicon).
In some embodiments, the methods of the invention are used to create chimeras of pathogenic and non-pathogenic bacteria, fungi or parasites. In these applications, whole genome or partial genome shuffling is preferred for generating the libraries of recombinant nucleic acids. For example, a specific and broad-spectrum bacterial vaccine against nosocomical infections can be obtained by whole genome shuffling of pathogenic bacteria with, for example, Lactococcus lactis. Protocols for whole genome shuffling are described in, for example, PCT patent application No. US98/00852 (Publ. No. WO
98/31837).
The methods of the invention, including family shuffling of single genes and whole genomes, can also be used to generate attenuated strains of bacteria that are useful as vaccines or vaccine antigen delivery vehicles. In addition, these methods can be used to improve expression levels of vaccine antigens in bacterial strains used as vaccines. For example, Mycobacterium bovis bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) has been widely used as human tuberculosis vaccine, and it has several features that make it a particularly attractive live recombinant vaccine vehicle. BCG, like other mycobacteria, are potent adjuvants, and the immune response to mycobacteria has been studied extensively (Orme, Int.
J. Tuberc.
Lung Dis. (1997) 1: 95-100). More than two billion immunizations with BCG have been performed with a long record of safe use in man. It is one of the few vaccines that can be given at birth, and it provides long- lived immune responses after a single dose. Foreign genes have been successfully introduced into BCG enabling the generation of BCG-based vaccines against non-mycobacterial diseases, including HIV (Aldovini and Young, Nature (1991) 351: 479-82). Another useful bacterial strain for evolution by DNA
shuffling is Mycobacterium vaccae (M vaccae), which has previously been implicated in the treatment of psoriasis (Lehrer et al., FEMS Immunol. Med. Microbiol. (1998) 21: 71-7).
The methods of the invention enable the generation of chimeric bacteria or other pathogenic organisms that have antigenic determinants from other bacteria or pathogens. For example, whole genome shuffling can be used to generate BCG-like strains that have multiple antigenic determinants derived from Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mt).
More specifically, BCG and Mt can be crossed by whole genome shuffling and the optimal vaccine strains selected by Mt-specific antibodies. Alternatively, chimeras of M. vaccae and Mt can be generated using similar type of approach. The attenuated phenotype of the new shuffled strains can be confirmed in animals models, which will simultaneously allow the analysis of the immunogenicity of such strains. In fact, the optimal vaccine strains can be selected by using in vivo immunizations. The strains that induce potent Mt-specific antibody responses in vivo, while retaining their attenuated phenotype, can also be selected for new rounds of whole genome shuffling and selection. Challenge of the immunized animals with live Mt will enable the analysis of the quality of the protective immune response.
Further examples of useful targets include, but are not limited to, whole genome shuffling of Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis to generate nonpathogenic bacillus strains that have antigenic determinants from Bacillus anthracis, which can provide protective immune responses against anthrax. Moreover, shuffling attenuated and pathogenic strains of Salmonella species can be used to generate strains that have attenuated phenotype, while expressing immunogenic determinants from pathogenic Salmonellae, providing protective immune responses against Salmonella infection.
DNA shuffling can also be used to improve expression levels of antigens to be expressed in the attenuated bacteria. Because pathogens infecting mammalian cells have generally not coevolved with bacteria, expression of viral antigens in bacteria is problematic often resulting in poor expression levels. Expression, solubility and folding of pathogens antigens, viral antigens in particular, are also often impaired in BCG, reducing the efficacy of immunizations. DNA shuffling can be used to improve solubility of proteins in bacteria.
For example, one can generate libraries of pathogen antigens and select the most efficiently expressed variants in bacteria. For example, HIV antigen gp120 can be fused to GFP, and the fusion proteins expressed in BCG or M. vaccae. Expression of GFP is an indication of gp120 expression, and the brightest cells can be selected for example by flow cytometry based cell sorting.
These approaches using Mycobacteria and DNA shuffling also provide opportunities to improve orally or intranasally delivered vaccines. BCG has also been shown to provide protective immune responses via aerogenic vaccination (Lagranderie et al., Tubercle and Lung Disease (1993) 74: 38-46). Improved expression of foreign antigens in BCG by DNA shuffling can substantially improve the e~cacy of BCG as an oral or inhaled vaccine delivery strain. Further improvements can be obtained by fusing the antigen of interest to adjuvant enterotoxins, such as cholera toxin (CT) or heat-labile enterotoxin of E
coli (LT), which can then be secreted from the cells. In the most desired approach, a library of enterotoxins are generated by DNA shuffling (for example by shuffling CT
and LT), and these shuffled enterotoxins are fused to shuffled vaccine antigens of interest. These libraries can be screened as expressed purified proteins or they can be expressed in BCG
or M.
vaccae, and these strains will subsequently be screened in animals for immunogenicity.
1 ~ Because several enterotoxins, such as CT and LT, have been shown to act as adjuvants, particularly in the skin and mucosal membranes, this approach is expected to further improve the efficacy of oral, intranasal, transdermal and inhaled vaccines.
Screening for ability of the attenuated vaccines to induce an immune response can be performed using methods known to those of skill in the art. In a presently preferred embodiment, an in vitro screen is employed to test for attenuation. The in vitro screen will be followed up by further testing in vivo. Moreover, the ability of the modified cells to induce protective immunity upon inoculation into a mammal will be studied.
The methods of the invention are useful for producing attenuated vaccines against a wide range of bacterial and other pathogenic cells. For example, one can obtain vaccines against pathogenic gram-positive cocci, including pneumococcal, staphylococcal and streptococcal bacteria. Pathogenic gram-negative cocci are also suitable targets. Of particular interest are the meningococcal and gonococcal bacteria.
Also of interest are vaccines against the pathogenic enteric gram-negative bacilli. Examples include, but are not limited to, enterobacteriaceae (pseudomonas, acinetobacteria and eikenella), melioidosis, salmonella, shigellosis, hemophilus, chancroid, brucellosis, tularemia, yersinia (pasteurella), streptobacillus moniliformis and spirillum, listeria monocytogenes, erysipeloL'~.rix rhusiopathiae, diphtheria, cholera, anthrax, donovanosis (granuloma inguinale), and bartonellosis.
The pathogenic anaerobic bacteria are also suitable targets for the development of attenuated vaccines. Those of particular interest include, for example, tetar_us, botulism, other clostridia, tuberculosis, leprosy, and other mycobacteria. Pathogenic spirochetal diseases include syphilis, treponematoses (yaws, pima and endemic syphilis), and leptospirosis.
Vaccine targets also include other infections caused by higher pathogen bacteria and pathogenic fungi, including, for example, actinomycosis, nocardiosis, cryptococcosis, blastomycosis, histoplasmosis and coccidioidomycosis;
candidiasis, aspergillosis, and mucormycosis; sporotrichosis, paracoccidiodomycosis, petriellidiosis, torulopsosis, mycetoma and chromomycosis; and dermatophytosis. The methods of the invention are also useful for obtaining attenuated vaccines against rickettsial infections (e.g., rickettsial and rickettsioses) and mycoplasma and chlamydial infections (e.g., mycoplasma pneumoniae, lymphogranuloma venereum, psittacosis and perinatal chlamydial infections).
Other targets include parasites, including but not limited to, amebiasis, malaria, leishmaniasis, trypanosomiasis, toxoplasmosis, pneumocystis carinii, babesiosis, giardiasis, trichinosis, filariasis, schistosomiasis, nematodes, trematodes or flukes, and cestode (tapeworm) infections.
II. Methods to Screen for Attenuated Organisms A recombination cycle is usually followed by at least one cycle of screening or selection for recombinant nucleic acid molecules having a desired property or characteristic that is of interest for vaccination. The nature of screening or selection depends on what property or characteristic is to be acquired or the property or characteristic for which improvement is sought, and many examples are discussed below. It is not usually necessary to understand the molecular basis by which particular products of recombination (recombinant segments) have acquired new or improved properties or characteristics relative to the starting substrates. For example, an attenuated vaccine of the invention can have many component sequences each having a different intended role (e.g., coding sequence, regulatory sequences, targeting sequences, stability-conferring sequences, immunomodulatory sequences and sequences affecting antigen presentation). Each of these component sequences can be varied and recombined simultaneously.
Screening/selection can then be performed to identify recombinant segments that have, for example, increased attenuation and/or immunogenicity without the need to attribute such improvement to any of the individual component sequences of the vector.
If a recombination cycle is performed in vitro, the products of recombination, i. e., recombinant segments, are sometimes introduced into cells before tl~.e screening step.
Recombinant segments can also be linked to an appropriate vector or other regulatory sequences before screening. The products of in vitro recombination are sometimes packaged as viruses before screening, or as part of the screening. For example, an attenuated viral vaccine can be identified by the inability of the recombinant nucleic acids to direct synthesis of viruses upon introduction into a non-permissive host cell (e.g., a cell from the species that is to be vaccinated). If recombination is performed in vivo, recombination products can sometimes be screened in the cells in which recombination occurred. In other applications, recombinant segments are extracted from the cells, and optionally packaged as viruses;
before screening.
The introduction of the recombinant nucleic acids into cells for screening can introduce multiple copies of the recombinant nucleic acids. For some applications, it is desirable to insert only a single copy of the modified gene into each cell.
Another preferred variation of this assay involves reducing the amount of variability in transcription of a recombinant nucleic acid that can result from differences in chromosomal location of integration sites. This requires a means for defined, site-specific integration of the recombinant nucleic acids. These methods can also be used to evolve an episomal vector (which can replicate inside the cell) that can site-specifically integrate into a chromosome.
One way to obtain single copy integrations of recombinant nucleic acids is to use retroviruses as a shuttle vector. Retroviruses integrate as a single copy.
However, this insertion is not site-specific, i.e., the retrovirus inserts in a random location in the chromosome. Adenoviruses and ars-plasmids are also used to shuttle modified transgenes, however, they integrate as multiple copies. While wild type AAV integrates as a single copy in chromosome q19, commonly used modified versions of AAV do not. Homologous recombination is also used to insert a modified recombinant segment into a chromosome, but this method can be inefficient and may result in the integration of two copies in the pair of chromosomes.
To solve these problems, some embodiments of the invention utilize site-specific integration systems to target the transgene to a specific, constant location in the genome. A preferred embodiment uses the Cre/LoxP or the related FLP/FRT site-specific integration system. The Cre/LoxP system uses a Cre recombinase enzyme to mediate site-specific insertion and excision of viral or phage vectors into a specific palindromic 34 base pair sequence called a "LoxP site." LoxP sites can be inserted to a mammalian genome of choice, to create, for example, a transgenic animal containing the LoxP site, by homologous recombination (see Rohlmann (1996) Nature Biotech. 14:1562-1565). If a cell's genome is engineered to contain a LoxP site in a desired location, infection of such cells with recombinant nucleic acids that are flanked by LoxP sites, in the presence of Cre recombinase (e.g., expressed by a vector that expresses a gene for the Cre recombinase) results in the efficient, site-specific integration of the recombinant nucleic acids into the LoxP site. This 1 ~ approach is reproducible from cycle to cycle and provides a single copy of the recombinant sequence at a constant, defined location. Thus, a recombinant nucleotide obtained using the methods of the invention in vitro can be reinserted into the cell for in vivolin situ selection for the new or improved property in the optimal way with minimal noise. This technique can also be used in vivo. See, for example, Agah (1997) J. Clin. Invest. 100:169-179; Akagi (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:1766-1773; Xiao (1997) Nucleic Acids Res 25:2985-2991;
Jiang (1997) Curr Biol 7:321-8323, Rohlmann (1996) Nature Biotech. 14:1562-1565; Siegal (1996) Genetics 144: 715-726; Wild (1996) Gene 179:181-188. The evolution of Cre is discussed in further detail in PCT patent application US97/17300 (Publ. No.
W098/13487), filed September 26, 1997.
In presently preferred embodiments, the attenuated vaccines of the invention are screened in mammalian cells or organisms. Once a group of attenuated strains have been identified, these vaccine strains are subsequently analyzed for their immunogenicity in vivo.
Useful animal species for such studies include, but are not limited to, mice, rats, guinea pigs, cats, dogs, cows, pigs, horses, chicken. These experiments are useful in identifying improved veterinary vaccines, and they also provide information about their safety and efficacy for use as human vaccines. The attenuated vaccines that are intended for use in humans are often subjected to further testing in humans. In some instances, cells used for screening can be obtained from a patient to be treated with a view, for example, to minimizing problems of immunogenicity in this patient. Use of an attenuated vaccine in treatment can itself be used as a round of screening. That is, attenuated vaccines that are successively taken up and/or expressed by the intended target cells in one patient are recovered from those target cells and used to treat another patient. The attenuated vaccines that are recovered from the intended target cells in one patient are enriched for vectors that have evolved, t. e., have been modified by recursive recombination, toward improved or new properties or characteristics for attenuation, specific uptake, immunogenicity, stability, and the like.
The screening or selection step identifies a subpopulation of recombinant segments (e.g., viral or bacterial whole or partial genomes, or other nucleic acid segments) that have evolved toward acquisition of improved attenuation, and/or other new or improved desired properties useful in vaccination. Depending on the screen, the recombinant segments can be screened as components of cells, components of viruses or other vectors, or in free form. More than one round of screening or selection can be performed after each round of recombination.
If further improvement in a property is desired, at least one and usually a collection of recombinant segments surviving a first round of screening/selection are subject to a further round of recombination. These recombinant segments can be recombined with each other or with exogenous segments representing the original substrates or further variants thereof. Again, recombination can proceed in vitro or in vivo. If the previous screening step identifies desired recombinant segments as components of cells, the components can be subjected to further recombination in vivo, or can be subjected to further recombination in vitro, or can be isolated before performing a round of in vitro recombination. Conversely, if the previous screening step identifies desired recombinant segments in naked form or as components of viruses or other vectors, these segments can be introduced into cells to perform a round of in vivo recombination. The second round of recombination, irrespective how performed, generates further recombinant segments which encompass additional diversity compared to recombinant segments resulting from previous rounds.
The second round of recombination can be followed by a further round of screening/selection according to the principles discussed above for the first round. The stringency of screening/selection can be increased between rounds. Also, the nature of the screen and the property being screened for can vary between rounds if improvement in more than one property is desired or if acquiring more than one new property is desired.
Additional rounds of recombination and screening can then be performed until the recombinant segments have su~ciently evolved to acquire the desired new or improved property or function.
After a desired phenotype is acquired toga satisfactory extent by a selected shuffled viral or other pathogen genome or portion thereof, it is often desirable to remove mutations which are not essential or substantially important to retention of the desired phenotype ("superfluous mutations"). Superfluous mutations can be removed by backcrossing, which involves shuffling the selected shuffled genome(s) with one or more parental genome and/or naturally-occurring genome(s) (or portions thereof) and selecting or screening the resultant collection of shufflants to identify those that retain the desired phenotype. By employing this method, typically in one or more recursive cycles of shuffling against parental or naturally-occurring genome(s) (or portions thereof) and selection or screening for retention of the desired phenotype, it is possible to generate and isolate selected shufflants that incorporate substantially only those mutations necessary to confer the desired phenotype (e.g., attenuation), while having the remainder of the genome (or portion thereof) consist of sequence which is substantially identical to the parental (or wild-type) sequence(s). As one example of backcrossing, a viral genome can be shuffled and selected for attenuation in target host cells; the resultant selected shufflants can be backcrossed with one or more genomes of clinical isolates of the virus and selected for retention of the attenuation. After several cycles of such backcrossing, the backcrossing will yield viral genome(s) that contain the mutations necessary for attenuation, and will otherwise have a genomic sequence substantially identical to the genome(s) of the clinical isolates) of the virus.
Examples of the types of approaches that are useful for obtaining attenuated vaccines, and screening/selection techniques that are suitable for identifying vaccines having the desired properties, are described in the following section.
III. Illustrative Examples o_fAttenuated Vaccines The invention provides attenuated vaccines, and methods for obtaining attenuated vaccines, that have a wide variety of properties. To obtain attenuated vaccines that have these and other desired properties, a suitable screening and/or selection method is used which is specific for the particular properties desired. The screening and/or selection methods can be used in combination to obtain attenuated vaccines that have more than one desired improvement. The following are illustrative examples of types of attenuated viral, and bacterial vaccines, and methods for obtaining such vaccines. Different selection/
screening methods can also be used as is appropriate to identify attenuated vaccines that have other desirable properties. Analogous methods are useful for developing attenuated fungal and parasite vaccines.
1. Non-pathogenic chimeric vaccines In some embodiments, the invention provides chimeric viruses, bacteria or other organisms into which are introduced nucleic acids that encode one or more immunogenic polypeptides from a pathogenic virus or other organism. In presently preferred embodiments, the chimeric vaccine is non-pathogenic. Both the pathogenic and non-pathogenic virus or organism can be of the same species (e.g., a coding region for an immunogenic polypeptide from a pathogenic strain is introduced into a non-pathogenic strain). These methods are useful, for example, in the development of polyvalent vaccines that express immunogenic polypeptides from multiple strains of an organism or virus. As one example, vaccines derived from human papillomavirus strains are typically not cross-protective against other HPV strains. By using the methods of the invention, one can obtain polyvalent, cross-protective HPV strains. Alternatively, the pathogenic and non-pathogenic virus or organism can be of different species. As one example, a vaccinia virus can function as a non-pathogenic carrier for a nucleic acid that encodes an immunogenic polypeptide such as, for example, gp120 of HIV.
These methods typically involve recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments from a virus or cell with a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments. The nucleic acid segments of the second set typically encode one or more polypeptides, or portions thereof, that confer upon a viruses or cells that include the polypeptide a property that is desirable for vaccination. For example, the second set of nucleic acid segments can encode an immunogenic polypeptide from a pathogenic strain of a virus or cell, an adjuvant or immunomodulatory molecule, and the like.
The resulting library of recombinant DNA fragments is then screened to identify those that confer upon a virus or cell an improvement in the desired property. In presently preferred embodiments, the viruses or cells that contain the recombinant fragments are screened to identify those viruses or cells that have become, or remain, attenuated (i. e., nonpathogenic) under physiological conditions present in a host organism inoculated with the virus or cell. The screening for attenuation can be conducted before or after, or simultaneously with, the screening for the improvement in the other desired property.
In some embodiments, the recombination is performed in vivo. For example, one can introduce a library of DNA fragments that comprises at least a partial genomic library of a pathogenic cell into a plurality of nonpathogenic cells. At least one of the fragments from the pathogenic cell undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the non-pathogenic cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are screened to identify those that are nonpathogenic but have evolved towards an ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells. The resulting nonpathogenic cells that have evolved towards an ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells are suitable for use as an attenuated vaccine.
If desired, further improvement can obtained by subjecting the DNA from the modified cells that are nonpathogenic and have evolved an ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells to recombination with a further library of DNA
fragments from a pathogenic organism. At least one of the fragments from the pathogenic organism undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or the episome of the modified cells to produce further modified cells. Alternatively, one can recombine DNA
from the modified cells that are nonpathogenic and have evolved an ability to induce an immune response with DNA from the pathogenic cells to produce further modified cells.
The further modified cells are then screened to identify further modified cells that are nonpathogenic and have evolved a further ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells. The recombination and selection/screening steps can be repeated as required until the further modified cells are nonpathogenic and have acquired the ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells.
5~
The recombination and selection/screening methods of the invention provide a means not only for obtaining attenuated viruses or cells for use as the carrier, but can be used to obtain chimeric viruses or organisms that exhibit improvements in properties such as enhanced expression of the antigen and improved immunogenicity of the antigen.
The genes that encode the antigen can be subjected to recombination separately from the non-pathogenic virus or other vaccine organism; alternatively, one can perform the recombination on whole or partial viral, bacterial or parasite genomes.
Methods for improving antigen expression and immunogenicity are described in co-pending, commonly assigned US patent application Ser. No. 09/247,890 (filed February 10, 1999).
A
polynucleotide that encodes a recombinant antigenic polypeptide can be placed under the control of a promoter, e. g., a high activity or tissue-specific promoter. The promoter used to express the antigenic polypeptide can itself be optimized using recombination and selection methods analogous to those described herein (see, e.g., US Ser. No.
09/247,888, filed February 10, 1999).
In some embodiments, the methods of the invention are used to obtain virus-like particles (VLP'n) that have desired characteristics. VLPs lack the viral components that are required for virus replication and, therefore, represent a highly attenuated form of a virus.
The VLPs can display antigens from multiple viral strains, and thus are useful as a polyvalent vaccine. Viral proteins from several viruses are known to form VLPs, including human papillomavirus, HIV (Kang et al., Biol. Chem. 380: 353-64 (1999)), Semliki-Forest virus (Notka et al., Biol. Chem. 380: 341-52 (1999)), human.polyomavirus (Goldmann et al., J. Virol. 73: 4465-9 (1999)), rotavirus (Jiang et al., Vaccine 17: 1005-13 (1999)), parvovirus (Canal, Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry, Vol 29, Part 2, pp 141-150 (1999)), canine parvovirus (Hurtado et al., J. Yirol. 70: 5422-9 (1996)), and hepatitis E
virus (Li et al., J.
Virol. 71: 7207-13 (1997)).
Screening for ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells can be performed using methods known to those of skill in the art. In a presently preferred embodiment, the screening is performed by testing for ability of the modified cells to induce protective immunity upon inoculation into a mammal.
Z. Replication-deficient viral vaccines that are evolved for high efficiency infectivity and protectivity In other embodiments, the invention provides replication-deficient viruses that are evolved to infect target cells with high efficiency, but with only one round of replication or no replication once the cells are infected. Replication-deficient viruses can be obtained either by rational design (e.g., targeted disruption of a gene that is involved in viral replication) or by the recombination and screening/selection methods of the invention. The nucleic acids of the replication deficient viruses thus obtained are then subjected to recombination and selection for those viruses that exhibit improved entry into host cells. The screening can be accomplished by, for example, fluorescence-activated cell sorting of cells that contain the virus (based on expression of a gene such as Mx). Viruses can be recovered from these cells, re-infected into host cells, re-sorted. After one or more repetitions of the screening/selection, individual colonies analyzed for their capacity to replicate in cell culture. Those that do not replicate in host cells are suitable for further testing as vaccines, e.g., for ability to induce an "antiviral state" in infected cells. Again, backcrossing can be used to obtain viral vaccines that include the mutations that prevent replication but lack other mutations that reduce immunogenicity.
3. Vaccines attenuated by insertions of stop codons in polypeptide coding regions In another embodiment, the invention provides attenuated vaccines, and methods of obtaining attenuated vaccines, in which numerous stop codons are introduced into the nucleic acids of the vaccine virus or other organism. These attenuated vaccines thus require the presence of a suppressor tRNA in a host cell in order to replicate (Drabkin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 907-13 (1996); Park and RajBhandary, Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, (1998)). Accordingly, a production cell is used that contains the appropriate suppressor tRNA (e.g., amber, ochre, frameshift or other suppressor) that corresponds to the stop codons that are introduced into the genome of the vaccine virus or other organism.
Preferably, the stop codons are of a type that is not frequently used in the respective naturally occurring virus or organism.
The stop codon-containing attenuated vaccines are obtained by recombining a nucleic acid segment, or mixture of fragments, from a virus or other vaccine organism with a population of oligonucleotides that include one or more stop codons interspersed within one or more polynucleotide sequences that code for at least a portion of a polypeptide necessary for replication of the virus or organism. For example, one can use a library of stop codon-containing oligonucleotides, wherein the sequences of the oligos are determined based on known sequence information for the viral proteins. The mixture of fragments can be a full or partial fragmented genome of the organism. A library of recombinant nucleic acid segments is produced by subjecting the oligonucleotides to recombination together with nucleic acids of the virus or other organism. This results in the non-naturally occu.-ring stop codons becoming incorporated into the coding regions of the cell or virus, thus causing premature translational termination in the absence of a corresponding suppressor tRNA.
The library of recombinant nucleic acid segments are then screened by contacting introduced into production cells, for example, that contain suppressor tRNA
which suppresses the translational termination that would otherwise occur at the introduced stop codons (see, e.g., (Drabkin et al., lt~Iol. Cell. Biol. 16, 907-13 (1996); Park and RajBhandary, Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, 4418-25 (1998)). Those viruses or other organisms that reproduce in the production cells, and resulting progeny, are then collected.
In presently preferred embodiments, those that replicate are then tested for ability to replicate in non-suppressor cells. Preferably, cells of the mammal that is to be inoculated are tested. Progeny viruses or other organisms that do not replicate in the non-suppressor cells are suitable for use as attenuated vaccine organisms.
4. Selection of conditionally replicating mutant strains In some embodiments, the invention provides attenuated vaccines that are unable to proliferate under physiological conditions in an inoculated host mammal, but are capable of replication under permissive conditions such as those used for production of the vaccine. Permissive conditions can include a property of a production cell or growth conditions, that differs from the corresponding physiological condition in the cells of an inoculated host mammal. For example, a permissive condition can be a temperature, pH, sugar content, the presence or absence of complement components and/or serum proteins, and the like, that differs from the physiological condition found in the inoculated mammal.
A permissive condition can also be the presence of an essential nutrient that is absent in the inoculated host mammal.
Methods of obtaining such vaccines are also provided by the invention. For bacterial, parasite, and other whole-cell vaccines, these methods typically involve introducing a library of recombinant DNA fragments into population of the bacterial cells.
The recombinant fragments can be a whole or partial bacterial genome, or a recombinant gene or genes, that can become incorporated into the genome or an episome of the cells. The modified cells are then screened to identify conditionally defective cells that have evolved toward loss of the ability to proliferate under physiological conditions as found in a host organism. The conditionally defective cells are then screened to identify those modified cells that have evolved toward ability to replicate under the permissive conditions.
Modified cells that replicate under permissive conditions but not in a host mammal are suitable for testing as an attenuated vaccine organism.
If further improvement in attenuation is desired, additional rounds of recombination and screening can be performed. DNA from the modified cells that have evolved toward inability to replicate ~.mder physiological conditions and ability to replicate under permissive conditions is recombined with a further library of DNA
fragments, genomes, or partial genomes. The recombined DNA is introduced into the modified cells to produce further modified cells. Alternatively, one can recombine DNA among the modified cells that have evolved toward the desired function to produce the further modified cells. The further modified cells are then screened to identify those cells that have further evolved toward loss of ability to replicate under physiological conditions and toward ability to replicate under permissive conditions. These steps can be repeated as required until the further modified cells have lost the ability to replicate under.physiological conditions in a host mammal and have acquired the ability to replicate under permissive conditions.
To obtain conditional-sensitive attenuated viral vaccines, the recombinant libraries of viral genomes can be introduced into suitable test cells which are similar to those of the target mammal in terms of the conditions that can affect viral replication. The virus-containing cells are cultured in increasing or decreasing temperatures, pHs, sugar content, or other condition, and the surviving viruses are chosen for new rounds of recombination and selection. The viruses that grow in altered temperatures or other condition are further analyzed to identify those that do not replicate at the temperature or other condition found in the mammal to be inoculated. In addition, it is generally desirable to analyze the conditional-sensitive viruses for their capacity to induce pathology and protective immune response in the natural host. Backcrossing can be employed as discussed herein to obtain an attenuated vaccine in which the mutated gene or genes that are responsible for the conditional sensitivity are found in a virus that is otherwise unmodified in terms of its immunogenicity or other properties related to effectiveness as a vaccine.
In some embodiments, viral vaccines are screened by introducing the recombinant nucleic acids into allantoid cavities of embryonal eggs.
Alternatively, in vitro tissue culture can be used. This selection scheme can employ as the culture cells a mixture of cells from various species that have different requirements (e.g., for temperature or other condition) in tissue culture. This can overcome potential loss of survival and growth of the host cells that could occur when cultured under changing conditions in vitro.
5. Altered host cell specificity Also provided by the invention are attenuated vaccines that are evolved to exhibit altered host specificity. One aim is to evolve viral, bacterial, or parasite strains that can specifically grow in cell types and/or organisms that allow efficient production of the vaccine strain, but cannot grow in the natural host cells or organisms in which they could cause a disease.
As one example, one can gradually change the selection pressure by using cell lines from different species. One can start by adapting the virus or other organism to simultaneously grow in the natural host and in phylogenetically related species. When generating attenuated human viruses, for example, one can start by adapting the virus to grow in both monkey cells and human cells. Thereafter, one would start selecting mutants that also grow in bovine cell lines, and the human cells are removed from the culture system.
After recursive rounds of shuffling and selection, one is likely to be able to find a mutant strain that specifically grows in nonnatural host cell. In presently preferred embodiments, the mutant strain will not replicate in human cells. These screening methods can be done using pooled whole libraries of shuffled viruses, significantly reducing the numbers of samples that are handled.
In addition, the attenuated strains can be selected by screening for virus growth only in selected host cells rather than in many cell types (i. e.
restriction of host cell specificity). This selection system allows generation of viruses that can replicate in certain cells of the body, sufficient to elicit an immune response, but the restricted cell specificity will reduce the pathogenicity of the virus, thus preventing clinical symptoms.
Because the genes that regulate replication in host cells and the important antigenic determinants are likely to be encoded by different genes, backcrossing provides a means to retain the maximal number of the epitopes that are important for induction of protective immune responses.
6. Rapid growth in manufacturing cells but reduced proliferation in host cells The invention also provides attenuated vaccines that exhibit rapid growth in manufacturing cells, but reduced proliferation in cells of the inoculated host. For example, one can first select for growth in manufacturing cell lines or culture conditions, and then generate a library of recombinant viruses and test those individually for growth in natural host cells. The clones with the slowest growth rate in the natural host cells are selected and subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection. The selection for high growth in manufacturing cells and slow growth in host cells can be repeated. An advantage of this method is that simultaneous selection and screening for attenuation and high yield manufacturing is performed. Alternatively, one can first select individual clones that exhibit slow growth in host cells, and then select for growth in manufacturing cells.
Again, selected mutants/chimeras are selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection.
7. Screening based on adherence to target cells or target cell receptors The invention also provides methods for screening to identify viral vaccines that exhibit reduced adherence to target host cells. A library of mutant/chimeric viruses is incubated in the presence of cells of the type in which virus entry and replication is not desired. The viruses that do not bind or enter the cells are harvested from the supernatant.
Kinetic studies can be performed to identify the optimal incubation time to most e~ciently remove viruses which demonstrate specific binding to the cells. Also, several rounds of cell panning may be required to achieve optimal removal of the mutants/chimeras that have retained their capacity to bind to their specific cell surface receptors.
In addition to the intact cells, one can also use purified virus receptors in the panning in cases when the cell surface receptors for the given virus have been identified. In this system the viruses are mixed with purified (e.g., recombinant) receptor in solution or crosslinked to a plate. The viruses that bind to the receptors are captured by using, for example, monoclonal antibodies that are specific for the receptor or simply by allowing them to bind to the receptor crosslinked to the plate. The viruses are subsequently selected for growth in manufacturing cells, and the shuffling and selection is repeated as desired for further optimization. The selection is oscillated between binding to the specific receptors and growth in manufacturing cells.
8. Selection based on sensitivity to complement Attenuated viruses can also be selected based on their sensitivity to complement or complement components. The library of recombinant viruses is generated by a method such as DNA shuffling, preferably family shuffling. Individuals clones of virus are e~cpanded in manufacturing cells, and subsequently cultured in the presence of complement or complement components. Clones that demonstrate decreased virus titer upon exposure to complement are selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection. Viruses that are susceptible to killing by complement are likely to have strongly reduced capacity to induce pathology in vivo, yet they are likely to elicit immune responses that protect from future infections.
In addition, one can select virus mutants/chimeras that bind purified complement components (e.g., C3 or components thereof). Binding of complement components directly to the virus may induce the cascade of complement mediated killing, and it may also cause opsonization of the virus rendering them more susceptible for killing by phagocytic cells, such as monocytes. The selection of mutants/chimeras that bind complement components can be done for example by panning or amity column chromatography.
Stand. 82:
55-63 (1994); Blanchard et al., J. Gen. Virol. 79: 1159-1167 (1998); Carroll and Moss, Virology 238: 198-211 (1997)). The example of development of the NYVAC vector, discussed above, is notable in that the entire genome was sequenced and relevant genes were precisely deleted. Thus, this is an example of the construction of an attenuated vaccine wherein the exact alterations are known and distance from the wild type understood. Such precise delineations of the genetic alterations of an attenuated strain are obviously more accessible technically-with a virus than with the larger genomes of bacteria.
Similarly, HSV
lacking an essential glycoprotein (gH gene) can undergo a single round of replication in normal cells, but the virus particles derived from this infection are noninfectious. They are called DISC viruses (disabled infectious single cycle) and in the case of an HSV-2 lacking gH sequences have been shown in a guinea pig model of genital HSV-2 infection to protect against infection and against primary and recurrent disease (Boursnell et al., J. Infect. Dis.
175 : 16-25 ( 1997)).
The insertion of specific genes into the viral genome provides another approach to developing attenuated vaccines. For example, lymphokine genes have been inserted into the genome of vaccinia in order to decrease virulence without affecting immunogenicity. Murine or human IL-2 or interferon gamma have been inserted into the genome of vaccinia to produce virus of much lower pathogenicity yet unaltered immunogenicity (Moss, Dev. Biol. Stand., 82: 55-63 (1994)). A similar approach involved the insertion of the B5R gene of the LO strain of vaccinia virus into LC16m8 infected RK13 cells with derivation of the LOTC virus strains (LOTC-1 through 5). The BR5 gene is responsible for plaque and pock size and host range and corresponds to-the pslhr gene (Sugimoto, Vaccine 12: 675-678 (1994)).
In some of the cases described above, defined genetic alterations have been performed with an already attenuated virus while in others, particularly with bacterial vaccines, there is little or no knowledge of the genetic lesions that confer attenuation.
Diverse types of genetic alterations are presumed to have been generated in the course of attenuation, including point mutations, DNA deletion and rearrangement. These methods of attenuation do not, in themselves, dictate the precise nature of the genetic alterations that confer the attenuated phenotype. Even though mutations may be chemically or UV
irradiation induced via characterized chemical mechanisms, the positions of mutation are not controllable by current technologies. Nor are the number of sites in the genome that have been altered controlled or characterized. Although there may be a dose response relationship between concentration of mutagen, for example, and degree of phenotypic alteration, whether there are 10 or 100 genes whose function has been disrupted in the process of attenuation is unknown. Consequently, these mutagenesis methods do not control which genes or control elements have been modified. In the absence of sequencing the entire genome of the bacterium or virus (until recently not a practical or technical feasibility), the positions of mutations/deletions/rearrangements in the genome are unknown. An attenuated phenotype could therefore reflect modification in one virulence gene and many other genes not relevant to virulence, or modification of 10 virulence genes as ~.vell as many other genes unrelated to virulence. In such cases, the degree of difference between the attenuated genotypes is very different genetically but may appear little different phenotypically.
Other problems that are associated with current methods of attenuation include, for example, the reversion of attenuated organisms to wild type phenotype in vaccinees, with consequent disease pathology including severe morbidity and death. Vaccine strains of infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) are one example of attenuated vaccines that easily revert to more virulent strains in vivo (Hopkins and Yoder;rvian Dis., 30: 221-3 (1986)). A
related problem is the inability to monitor the stability of the genetic alterations in the attenuated vaccine organism during the process of developing, manufacturing, and distributing the vaccine over many years or decades. If one has not defined what is altered, it is impossible to identify whether the genotype is in flux and whether the organism is reverting closer to wild type phenotype. Vaccine manufacturers monitor the phenotype of the attenuated organism by standard protocols to ensure that the organism appears stable under standard conditions, but such methods are imprecise and do not allow any understanding of whether the number of mutations that separate the attenuated organism from wild type phenotype may have decreased to such a number that a very small number of additional reversions in genotype might confer wild type phenotype). An additional problem with previously available methods for developing attenuated vaccines is a loss of immunogenicity due alteration of genes, by loss or altered sequence, that are important for elicitation of desired immune responses in vaccinees.
Another problem, the retention of replication competence in an attenuated vaccine or vaccine vector raises safety concerns, particularly in immunocompromised persons or animals in whom even a substantially attenuated virus or bacterium may cause disease. The retention of replication competence, on the other hand, can be an advantage for the stimulation of broad based and long lasting immunity. One approach to solving this dilemma is to engineer the virus to undergo only one round of replication such that its capacity to cause disease is eliminated yet capacity to immunize effectively enhanced compared to replication incompetent virus or inactivated virus. An example is the DISC
virus vaccine approach, as exemplified with HSV-1 or HSV-2 viruses in which the essential gH gene is deleted. Reactivation of latent Herpes zoster virus elicited by immunization with a live attenuated varicella virus vaccine is another drawback to the use of attenuated vaccines (Garnett and Grenfell, Epidemiol. Infect. 108: 513-528 (1992)).
Although the potential problems associated with attenuated vaccines are significant, the attenuated vaccines have shown promise against infectious diseases for which other vaccines are not yet available. For example, an International AIDS
Vaccine Initiative report indicates that some people infected with a weak strain of HIV have remained healthy for more than a dozen years, and at least one person with a weakened HIV strain may have successfully warded off multiple exposures to other HIV strains. This finding is supported by some primate studies. Accordingly, given the great need for an AIDS vaccine, attenuated vaccines are currently receiving a great deal of attention.
However, a recent study which used attenuated versions of the HIV analog SIV, which infects monkeys, found that some monkeys may have acquired AIDS from the attenuated vaccine. Therefore, a need exists for improved attenuated vaccines, and for methods of developing such vaccines. The present invention fulfills these and other needs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides methods for obtaining attenuated vaccines.
The vaccines are useful for therapeutic and prophylactic purposes, and are effective against pathogenic agents such as viruses, bacteria, parasites, and others. In some embodiments, the methods involve recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments that comprise a complete or partial genomic library of a virus or a cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments. Viruses or cells that contain members of the resulting library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments are then screened to identify those that are attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism. For example, the viruses or cells can be ''attenuated" in that they are less able to propagate andlor cause disease in the host organism than a naturally occurring isolate of the viruses or cells.
In presently preferred embodiments, the attenuated viruses or cells are screened to identify those that can induce an immune response against a pathogenic agent that displays an immunogenic determinant that is also displayed by the attenuated viruses or cells. Attenuated viruses or cells that can induce the immune response are useful as attenuated vaccines against the pathogenic agent.
In some embodiments, the methods involve performing recursive recombination and screening/selection. This involves recombining polynucleotides from the attenuated cells or viruses obtained in a first round of recombination and screening/selection with a further set of one or more forms of a nucleic acid, to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids. Viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments are screened to identify those viruses or cells that are further attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism. The recombination and selection/screening can be repeated until the resulting attenuated viruses or cells have lost the ability to replicate or cause disease under physiological conditions that exist in the host organism.
The nucleic acid segments of at least one of the sets are, in some embodiments, obtained from a non-pathogenic strain of a virus or cell. In such cases, at least one of the other sets of nucleic acid segments are typically derived from a pathogenic agent, which can be of the same species as the nonpathogenic strain, or of a different species. One or more of the sets of nucleic acid segments can comprise a complete or substantially complete genomic library of the cell or virus from which the segments are derived, or can be a partial genomic library of the cell or virus. The nucleic acid segments can also include those that encode all or part of an immunogenic polypeptide that is displayed on a pathogenic agent, or that encode a polypeptide, such as an immunomodulatory molecule or therapeutic protein, that has a desirable effect on an immune response induced by the vaccine.
In presently preferred embodiments of the invention, the attenuated viruses or cells are backcrossed to remove superfluous mutations. Backcrossing, according to the invention, involves recombining nucleic acids from the attenuated viruses or cells with a library of nucleic acids from a wild-type or naturally occurring strain of the virus or cell to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids. Viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acids are then screened to identify backcrossed viruses or cells that remain attenuated under physiological conditions present in an inoculated host organism. The library of nucleic acids from the wild-type strain is, in some embodiments, a partial or complete genomic library of the naturally occurring strain. The backcrossed attenuated viruses or cells can also be screened to identify those that can induce an immune response against a pathogenic agent that displays an immunogenic determinant that is also displayed by the attenuated viruses or cells. The backcrossing can be repeated one or more times, as desired.
The methods can also involve screening the attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that propagate under permissive conditions used for production of the attenuated viruses or cells, but do not propagate significantly in an inoculated host organism.
The permissive conditions used for production can differ from the physiological conditions in the host in, for example, temperature, pH, sugar content, a compromised immune system, absence of complement or complement components, and presence or absence of serum proteins.
In some embodiments, the permissive condition used for the production of the attenuated vaccine is the presence of a suppressor tRNA molecule that can suppress termination of translation at non-naturally occurring stop codons that are introduced into the genome of the attenuated virus or cell. The nucleic acid segments subjected to recombination include one or more polynucleotides that encode all or part of a polypeptide that is involved in replication or pathogenicity of the virus or cells. The polypeptide-encoding polynucleotides can be included within a complete or partial genomic library of a virus or cell. Also included in the recombination is a population of oligonucleotides that have one or more stop codons interspersed within the coding sequences for the polypeptide.
The oligonucleotides undergo recombination with the polypeptide-encoding polynucleotides to form a library of recombinant nucleic acids in which at least one nonnaturally occurring stop codon is interspersed within the coding sequence of the replication polypeptide. The attenuated viruses or cells are obtained by contacting the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments with suppressor tRNA molecules that suppress the termination of translation at the nonnaturally occurring stop codons and collecting progeny viruses or cells that propagate in the presence of the suppressor tRNA molecules but not in the absence of the suppressor tRNA molecules.
The invention also provides methods of obtaining an attenuated vaccine by introducing a library of nucleic acid fragments into a plurality of cells, whereby at least one of the fragments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are screened to identify conditionally defective cells that have evolved toward loss of the ability to proliferate under physiological conditions as found in a host organism. The conditionally defective cells are, in turn, screened to identify those modified cells that have maintained the ability to replicate under permissive conditions used for production of the attenuated vaccine. The conditionally defective cells that replicate under permissive conditions but not in a host mammal are suitable for use as an attenuated vaccine organism.
In other embodiments, the invention provides methods of obtaining a chimeric attenuated vaccine. These methods generally involve recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments from a virus or cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments. The nucleic acid segments of the second set generally confer upon viruses or cells that contain the nucleic acid segments a property that is desirable for vaccination. A library of recombinant DNA fragments is .thus formed.
Attenuated viruses or cells are then identified by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant DNA fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions present in a host organism inoculated with the viruses or cells. The attenuated viruses or cells are then screened to identify those that exhibit an improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination. The screening can be conducted in any order.
In some embodiments, at least one of the sets of nucleic acid segments is a partial or substantially complete genomic li'orary of a virus or cell. For example, one set can be from a pathogenic virus or cell, while another set is from a non-pathogenic isolate of virus or cell. The pathogenic and non-pathogenic isolates can be of the same or different species.
The recombination is performed, in some embodiments, by introducing the second set of nucleic acid segments into a plurality of nonpathogenic cells.
At least one member of the second set of nucleic acid segments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the nonpathogenic cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are then screened to identify attenuated chimeric cells that are nonpathogenic and exhibit an improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
In some embodiments, the methods of obtaining chimeric vaccines involve recursive recombination and screening. For example, one can recombine nucleic acids from the attenuated chimeric cells or viruses with a further set of nucleic acid segments to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids. Attenuated chimeric viruses or cells that exhibit further improvement in attenuation or in the property that is desirable for vaccination are identified by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant DNA fragments to identify those that exhibit further improved attenuation or desirable property. The recombination and screening can be repeated one or more times as desired until the attenuated chimeric viruses or cells have achieved a desired level of pathogenicity loss or improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
The invention also provides attenuated and chimeric viruses and cells that are produced using the methods described herein. Also provided are vaccine compositions and methods of vaccinating using the vaccine compositions of the invention.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows a schematic representation of recombinatorial shuffling of a collection of families of viral genomes having a variety of mutations or distinct genome portions; distinct genome segments (e.g., obtained from the genomes of different virus isolates) are indicated by shaded boxes.
Figure 2 shows a schematic of a protocol for screening chimeric viral vaccines that are obtained using the recombination methods of the invention.
Figure 3 shows a summary of a strategy for using the methods of the invention to evolve a multivalent viral vaccine. HPV is used as an illustrative example. T'ne arrows in the right lane of the figure point to each subsequent task after successful accomplishment of the previous. The broken arrows in the left lane outline steps of alternative methods if the previous task fails to lead to the next step.
Figure 4 shows a phylogenetic tree of papillomavirus (source: Human Papillomavirus comp. 1997).
Figure 5 shows a high throughput (HTP) in vitro screening assay for identifying recombinant nucleic acids that encode an improved antigen.
Figure 6 shows a schematic of a protocol for an antigen library immunization and cross-neutralization assay.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definitions A "pathogenic agent" refers to an organism or virus that is capable of infecting a host cell. Pathogenic agents are typically capable of causing a disease or other adverse effect on an infected cell or organism. Pathogenic agents include, for example, viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites, and the like. The term "virus" includes not only complete virus particles, but also virus-like particles (VLPs) that include one or more viral polypeptides.
The term "attenuated," when used with respect to a virus or cell, means that the virus or cell has lost some or all of its ability to proliferate and/or cause disease or other adverse effect when the virus or cell infects an organism. For example, an "attenuated" virus or cell can be unable to replicate at all, or be limited to one or a few rounds of replication, when present in an organism in which a wild-type or other pathogenic version of the attenuated virus or cell can replicate. Alternatively or additionally, an "attenuated" virus or cell might have one or more mutations in a gene or genes that are involved in pathogenicity of the viruses or cells.
A "host organism" is an animal that is a target of vaccination with the attenuated and chimeric vaccines of the invention. Such host organisms have an immune system that is responsive to inoculation with an immunogen. Suitable host organisms include, for example, humans, livestock, birds, and other animals in which it is desirable to vaccinate for either therapeutic or prophylactic purposes.
A "vaccine," as used herein, refers to an immunogen that, upon inoculation into a host organim, can induce complete or partial immunity to pathogenic agents, or can reduce the effects of diseases associated with pathogenic agents. Vaccines are also useful to alleviate immune system disorders other than those associated with pathogenic agents, such as autoimmune conditions.
The term "screening" describes, in general, a process that identifies vaccines that have optimal properties, such as attenuation. Selection is a form of screening in which identification and physical separation of attenuated vaccines are achieved simultaneously.
For example, expression of a selection marker, which, in some genetic circumstances, allows cells expressing the marker to survive while other cells die (or vice versa) can be used as a selection method. Screening markers include, for example, genes that express luciferase, (3-galactosidase and green fluorescent protein, or other gene products that are readily detected upon expression. Selection markers include, for example, drug and toxin resistance genes.
Because of limitations in studying primary immune responses in vitro, in vivo studies are particularly useful screening methods. In these studies, the putative vaccines are introduced into test animals, and the immune responses are subsequently studied by analyzing protective immune responses or by studying the quality or strength of the induced immune response using, for example, lymphoid cells derived from the immunized animal.
Although spontaneous selection can and does occur in the course of natural evolution, in the present methods selection is performed by man.
A "exogenous DNA segment", "heterologous sequence" or a "heterologous nucleic acid", as used herein, is one that originates from a source foreign to the particular host cell, or, if from the same source, is modified from its original form.
Thus, a heterologous gene in a host cell includes a gene that is endogenous to the particular host cell, but has been modified. Modification of a heterologous sequence in the applications described herein typically occurs through the use of DNA shuffling. Thus, the terms refer to a DNA segment which is foreign or heterologous to the cell, or homologous to the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the element is not ordinarily found.
Exogenous DNA segments are expressed to yield exogenous polypeptides.
The term "gene" is used broadly to refer to any segment of DNA associated with a biological function. Thus, genes include coding sequences and/or the regulatory sequences required for their expression. Genes also include nonexpressed DNA
segments that, for example, form recognition sequences for other proteins. Genes can be obtained from a variety of sources, including cloning from a source of interest or synthesizing from known or predicted sequence information, and may include sequences designed to have desired parameters.
The term "isolated", when applied to a nucleic acid or protein, denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It is preferably in a homogeneous state although it can be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high performance liquid chromatography. A protein which is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified. In particular, an isolated gene is separated from open reading frames which flank the gene and encode a protein other than the gene of interest.
The term "purified" denotes that a nucleic acid or protein gives rise to essentially one band in an electrophoretic gel. Particularly, it means that the nucleic acid or protein is at least about 50% pure, more preferably at least about 85% pure, and most preferably at least about 99% pure.
The term "naturally-occurring" is used to describe an object that can be found in nature as distinct from being artificially produced by man. For example, an organism, or a polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence that is present in an organism (including viruses, bacteria, protozoa, insects, plants or mammalian tissue) that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally-occurring.
The term "nucleic acid" refers to deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides and polymers thereof in either single- or double-stranded form. Unless specifically limited, the term encompasses nucleic acids containing known analogues of natural nucleotides which have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid and are metabolized in a manner similar to naturally occurring nucleotides. Unless otherwise indicated, a particular nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof (e.g.
degenerate codon substitutions) and complementary sequences and as well as the sequence explicitly indicated. Specifically, degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating sequences in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is substituted with mixed-base and/or deoxyinosine residues (Batzer et al. (1991) Nucleic Acid Res. 19: 5081; Ohtsuka et al. (1985) J. Biol. Chem. 260: 2605-2608; Cassol et al. (1992) ;
Rossolini et al. (1994) l~Iol. Cell. Probes 8: 91-98). The term nucleic acid is used interchangeably with gene, cDNA, and mRNA encoded by a gene.
"Nucleic acid derived from a gene" refers to a nucleic acid for whose synthesis the gene, or a subsequence thereof, has ultimately served as a template. Thus, an mRNA, a cDNA reverse transcribed from an mRNA, an RNA transcribed from that cDNA, a DNA amplified from the cDNA, an RNA transcribed from the amplified DNA, etc., are all derived from the gene. and detection of such derived products is indicative of the presence and/or abundance of the original gene and/or gene transcript in a sample.
A nucleic acid is "operably linked" when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it increases the transcription of the coding sequence.
Operably linked means that the DNA sequences being linked are typically contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, contiguous and in reading frame.
However, since enhancers generally function when separated from the promoter by several kilobases and intronic sequences may be of variable lengths, some polynucleotide elements may be operably linked but not contiguous.
A specific binding affinity between two molecules, for example, a ligand and a receptor, means a preferential binding of one molecule for another in a mixture of molecules. The binding of the molecules can be considered specific if the binding affinity is about 1 x 104 M -1 to about 1 x 106 M ~~ or greater.
The term "recombinant" when used with reference to a cell or virus indicates that the cell or a cell infected by the virus, replicates a heterologous nucleic acid, or expresses a peptide or protein encoded by a heterologous nucleic acid.
Recombinant cells and viruses can contain genes that are not found within the native (non-recombinant) form of the cell or virus. Recombinant cells and viruses can also contain genes found in the native form of the cell or virus wherein the genes are modified and re-introduced into the cell by artificial means. The term also encompasses cells and viruses that contain a nucleic acid endogenous to the cell that has been modified without removing the nucleic acid from the cell; such modifications include those obtained by gene replacement, site-specific mutation, and related techniques.
A "recombinant expression cassette" or simply an "expression cassette" is a nucleic acid construct, generated recombinantly or synthetically, with nucleic acid elements that are capable of effecting expression of a structural gene in hosts compatible with such sequences. Expression cassettes include at least promoters and optionally, transcription termination signals. Typically, the recombinant expression cassette includes a nucleic acid to be transcribed (e.g., a nucleic acid encoding a desired polypeptide), and a promoter.
Additional factors necessary or helpful in effecting expression may also be used as described herein. For example, an expression cassette can also include nucleotide sequences that encode a signal sequence that directs secretion of an expressed protein from the host cell.
Transcription termination signals, enhancers, and other nucleic acid sequences that influence gene expression, can also be included in an expression cassette.
The terms "identical" or percent "identity," in the context of two or more nucleic acid or polypeptide sequences, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence, as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by visual inspection.
The phrase "substantially identical," in the context of two nucleic acids or polypeptides, refers to two or more sequences or subsequences that have at least 60%, preferably 80%, most preferably 90-95% nucleotide or amino acid residue identity, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence, as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by visual inspection. Preferably, the substantial identity exists over a region of the sequences that is at least about ~0 residues in length, more preferably over a region of at least about 100 residues, and most preferably the sequences are substantially identical over at least about 150 residues. In a most preferred embodiment, the sequences are substantially identical over the entire length of the coding regions.
For sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are input into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identity for the test sequences) relative to the reference sequence, based on the designated program parameters.
Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith & Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm ofNeedleman & Wunsch, J. ~~Iol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA
85:2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 57~
Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by visual inspection (see generally Ausubel et al., infra).
One example of an algorithm that is suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the BLAST algorithm, which is described in Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (1990). Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov~. This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive-valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al., supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are then extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always > 0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always < 0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when:
the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
The BLAST
algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, an expectation (E) of 10, a cutoff of 100, M=5, N=-4, and a comparison of both strands. For amino acid sequences, the BLASTP program uses as defaults a wordlength (~ of 3, an expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff &
Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915).
In addition to calculating percent sequence identity, the BLAST algorithm also performs a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, e.g., Karlin & Altschul (1993) Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. US4 90:5873-5787). One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P(I~), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance. For example, a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.1, mere preferably less than about 0.01, and most preferably less than about 0.001.
Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules hybridize to each other under stringent conditions.
The phrase "hybridizing specifically to", refers to the binding, duplexing, or hybridizing of a molecule only to a particular nucleotide sequence under stringent conditions when that sequence is present in a complex mixture (e.g., total cellular) DNA or RNA. "Bind(s) substantially"
refers to complementary hybridization between a probe nucleic acid and a target nucleic acid and embraces minor mismatches that can be accommodated by reducing the stringency of the hybridization media to achieve the desired detection of the target polynucleotide sequence.
"Stringent hybridization conditions" and "stringent hybridization wash conditions" in the context of nucleic acid hybridization experiments such as Southern and northern hybridizations are sequence dependent, and are different under different environmental parameters. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures.
An extensive guide to the hybridization of nucleic acids is found in Tijssen (1993) Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology--Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes part I chapter 2 "Overview of principles of hybridization and the strategy of nucleic acid probe assays", Elsevier, New York. Generally, highly stringent hybridization and wash conditions are selected to be about 5° C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. Typically, under "stringent conditions" a probe will hybridize to its target subsequence, but to no other sequences.
The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. Very stringent conditions are selected to be equal to the Tm for a particular probe. An example of stringent hybridization conditions for hybridization of complementary nucleic acids which have more than 100 complementary residues on a filter in a Southern or northern blot is 50%
formamide with 1 mg of heparin at 42°C, with the hybridization being carried out overnight.
An example of highly stringent wash conditions is O.15M NaCI at 72°C
for about 15 minutes. An example of stringent wash conditions is a 0.2x SSC wash at 65°C for 15 minutes (see, Sambrook, infra., for a description of SSC buffer). Often, a high stringency wash is preceded by a_low stringency wash to remove background probe signal.
An example medium stringency wash for a duplex of, e.g., more than 100 nucleotides, is lx SSC at 45°C
for 1 ~ minutes. An example low stringency wash for a duplex of, e.g., more than 100 nucleotides, is 4-6x SSC at 40°C for 15 minutes. For short probes (e.g., about 10 to 50 nucleotides), stringent conditions typically involve salt concentrations of less than about 1.0 M Na ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M Na ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3, and the temperature is typically at least about 30°C. Stringent conditions can also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide. In general, a signal to noise ratio of 2x (or higher) than that observed for an unrelated probe in the particular hybridization assay indicates detection of a specific hybridization. Nucleic acids which do not hybridize to each other under stringent conditions are still substantially identical if the polypeptides which they encode are substantially identical. This occurs, e.g., when a copy of a nucleic acid is created using the maximum codon degeneracy permitted by the genetic code.
A further indication that two nucleic acid sequences or polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologically cross reactive with, or specifically binds to, the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid. Thus, a polypeptide is typically substantially identical to a second polypeptide, for example, where the two peptides differ only by conservative substitutions.
The phrase "specifically (or selectively) binds to an antibody" or "specifically (or selectively) immunoreactive with", when referring to a protein or peptide, refers to a binding reaction which is determinative of the presence of the protein in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologics. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein and do not bind in a significant amount to other proteins present in the sample. Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions may require an antibody that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein. For example, antibodies raised to the protein with the amino acid sequence encoded by any of the polynucleotides of the invention can be selected to obtain antibodies specifically immunoreactive with that protein and not with other proteins except for polymorphic variants. A variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays, Western blots, or immunohistochemistry are routinely used to select monoclonal antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein. See Harlow and Lane (1988) Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York "Harlow and Lane"), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity. Typically a specific or selective reaction will be at least twice background signal or noise and more typically more than 10 to 100 times background.
"Conservatively modified variations" of a particular polynucleotide sequence refers to those polynucleotides that encode identical or essentially identical amino acid sequences, or where the polynucleotide does not encode aw amino acid sequence, to essentially identical sequences. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a large number of functionally identical nucleic acids encode any given polypeptide.
For instance, 2~ the codons CGU, CGC, CGA, CGG, AGA, and AGG all encode the amino acid arginine.
Thus, at every position where an arginine is specified by a codon, the codon can be altered to any of the corresponding codons described without altering the encoded polypeptide. Such nucleic acid variations are "silent variations," which are one species of "conservatively modified variations." Every polynucleotide sequence described herein which encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation, except where otherwise noted.
One of skill will recognize that each codon in a nucleic acid (except AUG, which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine) can be modified to yield a functionally identical molecule by standard techniques. Accordingly, each "silent variation" of a nucleic acid which encodes a polypeptide is implicit in each described sequence.
Furthermore, one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions which alter, add or delete a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids (typically less than 5%, more typically less than 1 %) in an encoded sequence are "conservatively modified variations" where the alterations result in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art. See, e.g., Creighton (1984) Proteins, W.H. Freeman and Company. In addition, individual substitutions, deletions or additions which alter, add or delete a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in an encoded sequence are also "conservatively modified variations".
A "subsequence" refers to a sequence of nucleic acids or amino acids that comprise a part of a longer sequence of nucleic acids or amino acids (e.g., polypeptide) respectively.
Description of the Preferred Embodiments The present invention provides a new approach to the development of attenuated vaccines. This approach is evolution-based, using methods such as DNA shuffling in particular, and is optimal for developing attenuated vaccines. DNA
shuffling is a process for recursive recombination and mutation and is performed by random fragmentation of related DNA sequences followed by reassembly of the fragments by primerless PCR. As in natural evolution, the technique takes advantage of deletions, insertions, inversions and point mutations in the DNA sequences to generate large pools of recombinant sequences, from which the best for a particular purpose are identified by screening or selection that is based on the improved function sought. If further improvement is desired, the optimized nucleic acids can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection. DNA shuffling is the most efficient known method to generate large libraries of homologous DNA sequences and, of particular relevance to the development of attenuated vaccines, it can also be applied to whole organisms, such as viruses, bacteria and other pathogens.
The use of such recombination/screening methods to generate attenuated vaccines provides significant advantages over previously available methods.
Generally, little information is available on particular mutations that might reduce pathogenicity while not hampering the replication of the vaccine viruses or other organisms in manufacturing cells or media or the capacity of the vaccine organisms to induce protective immune responses in host cells. The methods of the invention overcome this obstacle by eliminating any reliance on a priori assumptions regarding attenuation or the mechanisms that regulate replication and pathogenicity. One can simply carry out the recombination and screening/selection methods of the invention and obtain an attenuated vaccine that has the desired properties.
Moreover, attenuated vaccines obtained using previously available methods, e.g., those that involve mutagenesis, generally have many diverse types of mutation both in genes that are involved in virulence and in other genes. For example, the use of chemical or ultraviolet irradiation-induced mutagenesis to develop attenuated vaccines does not provide any information as to how many genes that are not involved in pathogenesis are mutated in order to obtain a mutation in a pathogenicity gene. This is particularly true in the case of bacterial vaccines. Because the efficacy of an attenuated vaccine depends on the presence of 1 ~ particular antigens that remain immunogenic in the vaccinated host, it is desirable to maintain as much of the wild-type amino acid sequence as possible. Thus, the introduction of mutations into genes that encode these antigens that can result from previously available attenuation methods can decrease the immunogenicity of the vaccine.
This problem is avoided by the present invention, which provides attenuated vaccines that generally have only one or a few mutations that result in the attenuation. In presently preferred embodiments, the recombinant vaccines that are obtained using the methods of the invention are subjected to molecular backcrossing. This allows one to move a mutant gene or genes that are responsible for conferring attenuation back to a parental or wildtype genome, thus retaining those few mutations that are critical to the desired evolved attenuation phenotype while eliminating at least some of the mutations that are not involved in attenuation. Thus, backcrossing can be used to retain the sequences from the wild-type organism that are critical for induction of protective immune responses, while also retaining those mutant genes that are responsible for the attenuated phenotype of the vaccine organism. Backcrossing can also be used to identify the mutations that are critical to the desired phenotype.
Other problems that are associated with current methods of attenuation are also avoided by the methods and attenuated vaccines of the invention. For example, the methods of the invention can greatly reduce or eliminate the reversion of attenuated organisms to the wild type, disease-causing phenotype in vaccinees that often occurs with attenuated vaccines prepared using previously available methods. Moreover, because the attenuated vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention can have well-characterized mutations, one can monitor the stability of the genetic alterations in the attenuated vaccine organism during the process of developing, manufacturing, and distributing the vaccine over many years or decades. Thus, the invention provides a means by which one can obtain an attenuated vaccine that has improved ability to induce an immune response to a pathogenic agent without causing the potential problems associated with previously available attenuated vaccines.
1. General Approach to Attenuated Vaccine Evolution Attenuated vaccines of the invention are created by first creating a library of recombinant nucleic acids. The library is created by recombining two or more variant forms of a nucleic acid are recombined to produce a library of recombinant nucleic acids. The library is then screened to identify those recombinant nucleic acids that include mutations that result in attenuation of a potential vaccine virus or other organism. For example, the recombinant nucleic acid can include one or more mutations that render a normally pathogenic organism non-pathogenic. Importantly, complete or partial genomes of viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites or other pathogens can be fragmented and subjected to the recombination and screening methods of the invention. Single genes or other nucleic acid fragments can also be subjected to the recombination and screening methods, either alone or in combination with a complete or partial genome of a virus or organism.
Recombination and selection of single pathogen gene is useful in cases when the critical genes that regulate pathogenicity are known. For example, single gene shuffling is useful when the protein responsible for binding to the natural host cell is known. Whole genome shuffling is particularly useful when, for example, the genome is relatively small and little is known of the critical sequences affecting attenuation.
A number of different formats are available by which one can create a library of recombinant nucleic acids for screening or selection. In some embodiments, the methods of the invention entail performing recombination ("shuffling" or "sequence recombination") and screening or selection to "evolve" individual genes, whole plasmids or viruses, multigene clusters, or even whole genomes (Stemmer (1995) BiolTechnolo~ 13:549-553;
PCT US98/00852; US Patent Appl. No. 09/116,188, filed July 15, 1998).
Reiterative cycles of recombination and screening/selection can be performed to further evolve the nucleic acids of interest. Such techniques do not require the extensive analysis and computation required by conventional methods for polypeptide engineering. Shuffling allows the recombination of large numbers of mutations in a minimum number of selection cycles, in contrast to traditional, pairwise recombination events (e.g., as occur during sexual replication). Thus, the sequence recombination techniques described herein provide particular advantages in that they provide recombination between any or all of the mutations, thereby providing a very fast way of exploring the manner in which different combinations of mutations can affect a desired result. In some instances, however, structural and/or functional information is available which, although not required for sequence recombination, provides opportunities for modification of the technique.
Sequence recombination can be achieved in many different formats and permutations of formats, as described in further detail below. These formats share some common principles. A group of nucleic acid molecules that have some sequence identity to each other, but differ in the presence of mutations, is typically used as a substrate for recombination. In any given cycle, recombination can occur in vivo or in vitro, intracellularly or extracellularly. Furthermore, diversity rese~ing from recombination can be augmented in any cycle by applying other methods of mutagenesis (e.g., error-prone PCR or cassette mutagenesis) to either the substrates or products of recombination. In some instances, a new or improved property or characteristic can be achieved after only a single cycle of in vivo or in vitro recombination, as when using different, variant forms of the sequence, as homologs from different individuals or strains of an organism, or related sequences from the same organism, as allelic variations. However, recursive sequence recombination, which entails successive cycles of recombination and selection/screening, can generate further improvement.
The DNA shuffling methods can involve one or more of at least four different approaches to improve attenuation of an otherwise pathogenic vaccine candidate, as well as improve other properties that are of interest for a vaccine (e.g., increased immunogenicity).
First, DNA-shuffling can be performed on a single gene. Secondly, several highly homologous genes can be identified by sequence comparison with known homologous genes. These genes can be synthesized and shuffled as a family of homologs, to select recombinants with the desired activity. This "family shuffling" procedure is shown schematically in Figure 1. The shuffled genes can be introduced into appropriate host cells, which can include E. coli, yeast, plants, fungi, animal cells, and the like, and those having the desired properties can be identified by the methods described herein.
Third, whole genome shuffling can be performed to shuffle genes that are involved in pathogenicity (along with other genomic nucleic acids), thus obtaining mutated pathogeniciry genes that reduce or eliminate pathogenicity of the organism. For whole genome shuffling approaches, it is not even necessary to identify which genes are being shuffled. Instead, e.g., bacterial cell or viral genomes are combined and shuffled to acquire recombinant nucleic acids that, either itself or through encoding a polypeptide, have enhanced ability to induce an immune response, as measured in any of the assays described herein. Fourth, polypeptide-encoding genes can be codon modified to access mutational diversity not present in any naturally occumng gene.
Exemplary formats and examples for sequence recombination, sometimes referred to as DNA shuffling, evolution, or molecular breeding, have been described by the present inventors and co-workers in co-pending applications U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/198,431, filed February 17, 1994; Serial No. PCT/LJS95/02126, filed February 17, 1995; Serial No. 08/425,684, filed April 18, 1995; Serial No, 08/537,874, filed October 30, 1995; Serial No. 08/564,955, filed November 30, 1995; Serial No. 08/621,859, filed March 25, 1996; Serial No. 08/621,430, filed March 25, 1996; Serial No.
PCT/LJS96/05480, filed April 18, 1996; Serial No. 08/650,400, filed May 20, 1996; Serial No.
08/675,502, filed July 3, 1996; Serial No. 08/721, 824, filed September 27, 1996; Serial No.
PCT/US97/17300, filed September 26, 1997; and Serial No. PCT/US97/24239, filed December 17, 1997. See also, Stemmer, Science 270: 1510 (1995); Stemmer et al., Gene 164: 49-53 (1995);
Stemmer, Bioll'echnology 13: 549-553 (1995); Stemmer, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A.
91:10747-10751 (1994); Stemmer, Nature 370: 389-391 (1994); Crameri et al., Nature ~Lledicine 2(1):1-3 (1996); Crameri et al., Nature Biotechnology 14: 315-319 (1996). Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
Other methods for obtaining libraries of recombinant polynucleotides and/or for obtaining diversity in nucleic acids used as the substrates for shuffling include, for example, homologous recombination (PCT/LTS98/05223; Publ. No. W098/42727);
oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis (for review see, Smith, Ann. Rev. Genet.
19: 423-462 (1985); Botstein and Shortle, Science 229: 1193-1201 (1985); Carter, Biochem.
J. 237: 1-7 (1986); Kunkel, "The efficiency of oligonuc~otide directed mutagenesis" in Nucleic acids &
Molecular Biology, Eckstein and Lilley, eds., Springer Verlag, Berlin (1987)).
Included among these methods are oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis (Zoller and Smith, Nucl.
Acids Res. 10: 6487-6500 (1982), Methods in Enzymol. 100: 468-500 (1983), and Methods in Enrymol. 154: 329-350 (1987)) phosphothioate-modified DNA mutagenesis (Taylor et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 8749-8764 (1985); Taylor et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13:
(1985); Nakamaye and Eckstein, Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 9679-9698 (1986); Sayers et al., Nucl.
Acids Res. 16: 791-802 (1988); Sayers et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 803-814 (1988)), mutagenesis using uracil-containing templates (Kunkel, Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci.
USA 82: 488-492 (1985) and Kunkel et al., Methods in Enrymol. 154: 367-382)); mutagenesis using gapped duplex DNA (Kramer et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 12: 9441-9456 (1984);
Kramer and Fritz, Methods in Enrymol. 154: 350-367 (1987); Kramer et al., ~Vucl. Acids Res. 16: 7207 (1988)); and Fritz et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 6987-6999 (1988)). Additional suitable methods include point mismatch repair (Kramer et al., Cell 38: 879-887 (1984)), mutagenesis using repair-deficient host strains (Carter et al.,.Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 4431-4443 (1985); Carter, Methods in Enrymol. 154: 382-403 (1987)), deletion mutagenesis (Eghtedarzadeh and Henikoff, Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 5115 (1986)), restriction-selection and restriction-purification (Wells et al., Phil. Traps. R. Soc. Lond. A 317: 415-423 (1986)), mutagenesis by total gene synthesis (Na.mbiar et al., Science 223: 1299-1301 (1984);
Sakamar and Khorana, Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 6361-6372 (1988); Wells et al., Gene 34: 315-323 (1985); and Grundstrom et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 3305-3316 (1985). Kits for mutagenesis are commercially available (e.g., Bio-Rad, Amersham International, Anglian Biotechnology).
CA 02377084 2001-12-21 pCT/US00/16984 The recombination procedure starts with at least two nucleic acid substrates that generally show substantial sequence identity to each other (i.e., at least about 30%, 50%, 70%, 80% or 90% sequence identity), but differ from each other at certain positions. The difference can be any type of mutation, for example, substitutions, insertions and deletions.
Often, different segments differ from each other in about 5-20 positions. For recombination to generate increased diversity relative to the starting materials, the starting materials must differ from each other in at least two nucleotide positions. That is, if there are only two substrates, there should be at least two divergent positions. If there are three substrates, for example, one substrate can differ from the second at a single position, and the second can differ from the third at a different single position. The 5tartli-~g DNA
segments can be natural variants of each other, for example, allelic or species variants. The segments can also be from nonallelic genes showing some degree of structural and usually functional relatedness (e.g., different genes within a superfamily, such as the family of human papillomavirus L1 and L2-encoding genes, for example). The starting DNA segments can also be induced variants of each other. For example, one DNA segment can be produced by error-prone PCR
replication of the other, the nucleic acid can be treated with a chemical or other mutagen, or by substitution of a mutagenic cassette. Induced mutants can also be prepared by propagating one (or both) of the segments in a mutagenic strain, or by inducing an error-prone repair system in the cells. In these situations, strictly speaking, the second DNA
segment is not a single segment but a large family of related segments. The different segments forming the starting materials are often the same length or substantially the same length. However, this need not be the case; for example; one segment can be a subsequence of another. The segments can be present as part of larger molecules, such as vectors, or can be in isolated form.
The starting DNA segments are recombined by any of the sequence recombination formats provided herein to generate a diverse library of recombinant DNA
segments. Such a library can vary widely in size from having fewer than 10 to more than 105, 109, 1012 or more members. In some embodiments, the starting segments and the recombinant libraries generated will include full-length coding sequences and any essential regulatory sequences required for expression, such as a promoter and polyadenylation sequence. In other embodiments, the recombinant DNA segments in the library can be inserted into a common vector providing sequences necessary for expression before performing screening/selection.
A further technique for recombining mutations in a nucleic acid sequence utilizes "reassembly PCR." This method can be used to assemble multiple segments that have been separately evolved into a full length nucleic acid template such as a gene. This technique is performed when a pool of advantageous mutants is known from previous work or has been identified by screening mutants that may have been created by any mutagenesis technique known in the art, such as PCR mutagenesis, cassette mutagenesis, doped oligo mutagenesis, chemical mutagenesis, or propagation of the DNA template in vivo in mutator strains. Boundaries defining segments of a nucleic acid sequence of interest preferably lie in intergenic regions, introns, or areas of a gene not likely to have mutations of interest.
Preferably, oligonucleotide primers (oligos) are synthesized for PCR
amplification of segments of the nucleic acid sequence of interest, such that the sequences of the oligonucleotides overlap the junctions of two segments. The overlap region is typically about 10 to 100 nucleotides in length. Each of the segments is amplified with a set of such primers. The PCR products are then "reassembled" according to assembly protocols such as those discussed herein to assemble randomly fragmented genes. In brief, in an assembly protocol the PCR products are first purified away from the primers, by, for example, gel electrophoresis or size exclusion chromatography. Purified products are mixed together and subjected to about 1-10 cycles of denaturing, reannealing, and extension in the presence of polymerase and deoxynucleoside triphosphates (dNTP's) and appropriate buffer salts in the absence of additional primers ("self priming"). Subsequent PCR with primers flanking the gene are used to amplify the yield of the fully reassembled and shuffled genes.
In a further embodiment, PCR primers for amplification of segments of the nucleic acid sequence of interest are used to introduce variation into the gene of interest as follows. Mutations at sites of interest in a nucleic acid sequence are identified by screening or selection, by sequencing homologues of the nucleic acid sequence, and so on.
Oligonucleotide PCR primers are then synthesized which encode wild type or mutant information at sites of interest. These primers are then used in PCR
mutagenesis to generate libraries of full length genes encoding permutations of wild type and mutant information at the designated positions. This technique is typically advantageous in cases where the screening or selection process is expensive, cumbersome, or impractical relative to the cost of sequencing the genes of mutants of interest and synthesizing mutagenic oligonucleotides.
In a presently preferred embodiment, DNA shuffling is used to obtain the library of recombinant nucleic acids. DNA shuffling can result in attenuation of a pathogen even in the absence of a detailed understanding of the mechanism by which the pathogenicity is mediated. Examples of candidate substrates for acquisition of a property or improvement in a property include bacterial, viral and nonviral vectors used in genetic and classical types of vaccination, as well as nucleic acids that are involved in mediating a particular aspect of an immune response (e.g., a nucleic acid that encodes an antigen). The methods require at least two variant forms of a starting substrate. The variant forms of candidate components can have substantial sequence or secondary structural similarity with each other, but they should also differ in at least two positions. The initial diversity between forms can be the result of natural variation, e.g., the different variant forms (hoinologs) are obtained from different individuals or strains of an organism (including geographic variants;
termed "family shuffling" (Figure 1 )) or constitute related sequences from the same organism (e.g., allelic variations). Alternatively, the initial diversity can be induced, e.g., the second variant form can be generated by error-prone transcription, such as an error-prone PCR or use of a polymerise which lacks proof reading activity (see, Liao (1990) Gene 88:107-111), of the first variant form, or, by replication of the first form in a mutator strain.
1. Attenuated viral vaccines In some embodiments, the invention provides attenuated viral vaccines and methods for obtaining the attenuated viral vaccines. By using the methods of the invention, one can generate novel variant viruses having genotypes and phenotypes that do not naturally occur or would not otherwise be anticipated to occur at a substantial frequency. A
preferred aspect of the method employs recursive nucleotide sequence recombination, termed "DNA shuffling," which enables the rapid generation of a collection of broadly diverse viral phenotypes that can be selectively bred for a broader range of novel phenotypes or more extreme phenotypes than would otherwise occur by natural evolution in the same time period. The method typically involves: (1) shuffling of a plurality of viral genomes, and (2) selection of the resultant shuffled viral genomes to isolate or enrich a plurality of shuffled viral genomes having a desired phenotypes) (e.g., attenuation), and optionally (3) repeating steps ( 1 ) and (2) on the plurality of shuffled viral genomes conferring on a virus tlhe desired phenotypes) until one or more variant viral genomes conferring a sufficiently optimized desired phenotype is obtained. In this general manner, the method facilitates the "forced evolution" of a viral genome to encode an attenuated virus which natural selection and evolution has heretofore not generated. Figure 2 shows a block diagram of a basic method for viral genome shuffling and selection for a desired phenotype; the recursion option is generally selected each cycle until one or more viral genomes conferring a satisfactory optimization for the desired phenotypes) are obtained.
Typically, a plurality of viral genomes of the sa.'ne taxonomic classification are shuffled and selected by the present method. It is believed that a common use of the method will be to shuffle mutant variants of a clinical isolates) or of a laboratory strain of a virus to obtain a variant of the clinical isolate or laboratory strain that possesses a novel desired phenotype (e.g., attenuation). However, the method can be used with a plurality of strains (or Glades) of a virus, or even with a plurality of related viruses (e.g., lentiviruses, herpesviruses, adenoviruses, etc.), and in some instances with unrelated viruses or portions thereof which have recombinogenic portions (either naturally or generated via genetic engineering). The method can be used to shuffle xenogeneic viral sequences into a viral genome (e.g., incorporating and evolving a gene of a first virus in the genome of a second virus so as to confer a desired phenotype to the evolved genome of the second virus).
Furthermore, the method can be used to evolve a heterologous nucleic acid (e.g., a non-naturally occurring mutant viral gene) to optimize its phenotypic expression (e.g., immunogenicity) in a viral genome, and/or in a particular host cell or expression system (e.g., an expression cassette or expression replicon). Figure 1 shows a schematic representation of recombinatorial shuffling of a collection of families of viral genomes having a variety of mutations or distinct genome portions; distinct genome segments (e.g., obtained from the genomes of different virus isolates) are indicated by shaded boxes.
Availability of infectious cDNA clones of RNA viruses_is useful, but not necessary, for the development of improved strains of attenuated viral vaccines. Infectious cDNA clones have been established, for example, from porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus (Meulenberg et al., Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. (1998) 440:199-206), hepatitis C
virus (Yanagi et al., Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA (1999) 96:2291-5), tick-borne encephalitis virus (Gritsun et al., J. Virol. Nlethods (1998) 76:109-20; Mandl et al., J.
Gen. Virol. (1997) 78:1049-57), plum pox potyvirus (Guo et al., Virus Res. (1998) X7:183-95), respiratory syncytial virus (Jin et al., Virology (1998) 251:2D6-14), paramyxovirus (He et al., Virology (1998) 20:30-40), bovine viral diarrhea virus (Zhong et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72:9365-9), feline calicivirus (Sosnovtsev et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72:3051-9), infectious bursal disease virus (Yao et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72:2647-54), dengue virus type 2 (Gualano et al., J. Gen.
Virol. (1998) 79:437-46), swine fever virus (Mittelholzer et al., Virus. Res.
,(1997) 51:125-37), coxsackievirus B3 (Lee et al., Vzrus. Res. (1997) 50:22-35), Hoffman and Banerjee, J.
Virol. (1997) 71:4272-7), equine arteritis virus (van Dinten et al., Proc.
Nat'1. Acad. Sci.
USA (1997) 94: 991-6), yellow fever virus (Galley et al., Braz. J. Med. Biol.
Res. (1997) 30:157-68), human astrovirus serotype 1 (Geigenmuller et al., J. Virol. (1997) 71: 1713-7).
The fact that infectious cDNA clones of these viruses have been established indicates that same approaches can be used to generate infectious cDNA clones of other viruses belonging to the same families and their shuffled variants. Therefore, family shuffling of these and related viruses provides an excellent starting point for development of attenuated vaccine strains.
The methods of the invention are applicable to generation of attenuated versions of many different viruses. Examples of viruses that are of particular interest include, but are not limited to, rotavirus, parvovirus B 19, herpes simplex-1 and -2, CMV, RSV, varicella zoster virus, influenza viruses, HPV, HIV, EBV, hepatitis A, B, C, D
& E virus.
Also of particular interest are viruses of the picornavirus family, which includes the following genera: Rhinoviruses, which are responsible for approximately 50%
cases of the common cold, and thus are of interest for medical applications; Enteroviruses, including polioviruses and coxsackieviruses; echoviruses and human enteroviruses such as hepatitis A
virus; and the Apthoviruses, which are the foot and mouth disease viruses, and thus of interest particularly for veterinary uses (target antigens include VPI, VP2, VP3, VP4 and VPG. The Calcivirus family, which includes the Norwalk group of viruses which are an important causative agent of epidemic gastroenteritis, are also of particular interest for use as attenuated vaccines. Other viruses for which the methods of the invention are useful for generating attenuated vaccines include, for example , bovine viral diarrhea virus, Marek's Disease Virus (MDV), bovine herpes virus type-1 (BHV-1), infectious bronchitis virus, WO 01/00234 cA o23~~oa4 2ooi-i2-2i PCT/US00/16984 infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV), porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus, canine cistemper virus (CDV).
Also of interest for use as attenuated vaccines are the Togavirus family, including the following genera: Alphaviruses, which are of interest for both medical and S veterinary use and include, for example, Senilis viruses, the RossRiver virus and Eastern &
Western equine virus, as well as the Reovirus family, which includes Rubella virus. The Flariviridue family of viruses are also of particular interest for the development of attenuated vaccines using the methods of the invention. Examples include: for example, dengue, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis and tick borne encephalitis viruses. The hepatitis C virus, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, is also of particular interest for medical use.
Attenuated viral vaccines of interest also include those of the Coronavirus family, which find use for both medical and veterinary applications. Examples of coronaviruses that are useful for veterinary applications include, but are not limited to, infectious bronchitis virus (poultry), porcine transmissible gastroenteric virus (pig), porcine hemagglutinatiny encephalomyelitis virus (pig), feline infectious peritonitis virus (cats), feline enteric coronavirus (cat) and canine coronavirus (dog). For medical use, coronavirus family members of particular interest include, for example, the human respiratory coronaviruses, which cause about 40 percent of cases of the common cold (see, e.g., Winther et al., Am. J. Rhinol. 12: 17-20 (1998)). Coronaviruses may also cause non-A, B or C
hepatitis. Target antigens include, for example, El (also called M or matrix protein), E2 (also called S or Spike protein), E3 (also called HE or hemagglutinelterose glycoprotein (not present in all coronaviruses), and N-nucleocapsid.
The Rhabdovirus family is another family of viruses that, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, are useful as vaccines. Genera within this family that are of particular use include, for example, vesiliovirus, Lyssavirus (rabies;
finds both medical and veterinary use. Target antigens for this family of viruses include, for example, G protein and N protein. Also of interest are viruses of the Filoviridue famlily, which includes the hemorrhagic fever viruses such as Marburg and Ebola viruses.
Viruses of the Paramyxovirus family, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, also provide vaccines that find both medical and veterinary use. Examples of genera of interest include, for example, paramyxovirus (both medical and veterinary use), the mumps virus, New Castle disease virus (important pathogen in chickens), morbillivirus:
(medical and veterinary use), measles, canine distemper, pneumonia viruses, and respiratory syncytial virus. The Orthomyxovirus family of viruses are also of interest for medical use when attenuated using the methods of the invention. These include, for example, the influenza virus.
The Bungavirus family is also of interest, including the following genera:
bungavirus (including California encephalitis virus, LA Crosse virus), Phlebovirus (including Rift Valley Fever virus), Hantavirus (Puumala is a hemorrhagic fever virus), Nairovirus (causes Nairobi sheep disease, and thus vaccines find use in veterinary applications). Many unassigned bungaviruses are known and are also useful as vaccines when attenuated using the methods of the invention.
Also of interest for use as attenuated vaccines are viruses of the arenavina family, which includes the LCM and Lassa fever virus. The Reovirus family, when attenuated, also provides a vaccine of interest. Genera of particular interest include, for example, reovirus (a possible human pathogen), rotavirus (causes acute gastroenteritis in children), orbiviruses: (which find both medical and veterinary use and include Colorado Tick fever, Lebombo (humans), equine encephalosis, and blue tongue.
The Retrovirus family includes many viral pathogens that cause significant diseases that are recalcitrant to existing treatment methods. Attenuated vaccines derived from these viruses find both veterinary and medical use. Sub-families of the retrovirus family include, for example, the oncorivirinal retroviruses (e:g., feline leukemia virus, HTLVI and HTLVII), the lentivirinal retroviruses (e.g., HIV, feline immunodeficiency virus, equine infections and anemia virus), and the spumavirinal retrovirus family.
Also of interest for use as vaccines are attenuated viruses of the papovavirus family. This family includes the sub-families: polyomaviruses (including BKU
and JCU
viruses), papillomavirus (which includes many viral types associated with cancers or malignant progression of papilloma), adenovirus (useful for medical applications, including AD7, ARD., O.B; some adenoviruses cause respiratory disease, while others (e.g., 275) can cause enteritis).
Attenuated viruses of the parvovirus family find use for veterinary applications in particular. For example, attenuated virus vaccines can be obtained using the methods of the invention for feline parvovirus (causes feline enteritis), feline panleucopeniavirus, canine parvovirus and porcine parvovirus.
Viruses of the herpesvirus family can also be subjected to the attenuation methods of the invention to obtain attenuated vaccines. Herpesvirus sub-families of particular interest include the alphaherpesviridue subfamily (ilzcluding the simplexvirus genus (e.g., HSVI, HSVII, both of which are suitable for medical use;
Varicellovirus (useful for both medical and veterinary use), and pseudorabies (varicella zoster)), the betaherpesviridue (which includes the cytomegalovirus (e.g., HC~IV) and muromegalovirus genera), and the gammaherpesvirdiue sub-family (including the genera lymphocryptovirus, EBV (Burkitts lymphoma), and rhadinovirus.
The poxvirus family is also of particular interest for the development of attenuated vaccines. The poxvirus family includes the Chordopoxviridue subfamily (includes viruses that, when attenuated using the methods of the invention, are useful for both medical and veterinary applications; genera include variola (smallpox), vaccinia (cowpox), parapoxvirus (veterinary), auipoxvirus (veterinary), capripoxvirus, leporipoxvirus and suipoxvirus) and the entemopoxviridue subfamily.
Another viral family of interest is the hepadnavirus family, which includes, for example, hepatitis B virus. Unclassified viruses of interest for development of attenuated vaccines include, for example, hepatitis delta virus. A list of viruses of interest is presented in Table 1.
~, 3 ~' >
CUO~ ~ c~ a r1 ,~N ~d c3_ N ~ N ~~ ~ ~ z ~' V Q ~ ~ ~ Q7 t2" -.. Q' ~ ~_' ~ CJ ~ y ~ N O cG
_c~ v7 ~ C CO c~ bD C1. ' it U ~".> R _LC., ~ 'L7 C N ~ ~ " r.C~.
~*.:' ~O cG .~ ~ '~ O_ .z". ~ .~ .~ s-'.~. ~ O ~cUC O ~ O 4-. ~ C
c'~~n3 .~ p, .> OU > in ~ ~ ' .= ~> ~ ~ ~ ~y: p '~ O '~ ~ >> >
O _~..
,U.. ~ ~ >> ~ O : '' (y '_~",' ~ 'r:.. U ~ ~ C c~7 ~ ~ cU~3 ~.' ,~
°a,~~~3a.3vo3U~E~ ~a.ce.~.n~~'>.r > _ ~ C
C
N ~ m r ~ a cr _=
~
cC ~y y '.'~ 'O, ~y>E cn~ >
. . . .
C7 L > ,.d c3 > = ca .C -O r . ~ C ~ O O
.~ .
of ' . N.
~U
y .~ 7C ~ O ~ C ~ C " y c.> > > .D O
v >
G cn> .~._'~ ~ O -CS~ ~ ~ C ~ O ~ ~ O
~ e s0 cs 'n-o o > fl '' ~ T'E~ ~ " ~ ~ .> ~ c ,' ~J . O c~ O U N N 7, . O ?~ a c - Cr7~ o U
~ .. a W
, c4 c ~ a..a. w .. ..o . a w ~
~ ~.7 Q. C~. G, C~ a.
a~
w ce a~
...
d L
w .
~ a .
C7 ~ C , C ~ U
n O N .>
Tr p U . . 'O C vi U C' 00 G "O ~ ~ U N N D D v r 'C3 'C7 . .
E -O (~, ~ 'fl ~ '~~ d ..C ~' ~.: ~ C C U C
.= = C C .. ~
y ~ ~ ' r>!1'C7 ~
>
; N
c c~ O y~ ~ ~ ~ r a. r y U ~ ~ C
C U E 0.
"~" U ' A ~~ ~ a'.~ , UU O ~ ~ ~ > W3 c3~.~CU
~ ~7 ~O 'y w ~ a ~ C7 '> ~s ~ .'~?.::='>..70..' U ~ x x .. x U w ..
an E
a ~ a _ -Nr U 7~ ~ >
' ~
w C fn n ,,~~ N U U b y ~
a L"' Vf L U y N
-~. . U 4, ~ ty"i L. VI ~, '> > .>
z ~
i ~ ~1 G'~ y 5 3 ~
~ 3 ~ -vo ~ ~ : ~ ~,.b>
. ~3 ' a ~ > .o ~ ~ o .
E"'' : : . = ~' ~ ' a ' ' ~ ~ Y , = .~ ~ ~ o ~ y >
... > > ,...c3CC UVf > O
cC C
y _ ~
~
a _ >
x x z - a ~ ~a w > a'> ~ ~ ~ z x'. ~ ~. r~ N ~ a ~ as a a z Q _ _ _ M i.--i C 3 ~ C ~ C N C ~ N
~ '> ~ > ~ > > > ~ . > v~
L1 G1w Gawa G1M G1w L WUw', pW~ L1W~ ~IWvW, E"' ~ ( ... U ~ Gl ~n E-y ~n E-~ W .. E"" W 'n E'~ W . 'n E--~ W
Q '~Q~ :~ ~ = a :~az =az Paz =az ~ ~ y "a ' ~ '..a W ~ ~ c~a ''a ~ '.".7 a ~ '..a Q ~ '..'a a n, a.0 n.0 c. o a.0 n.0 ~.., a.0 ci., n.0 ri, a.0 a., .> a~ c~~ a~~~ c~ ; a~~ a~v~Q a~~a ~~~ xC~
y x x" x.~Q x'. x" x~-, x;.-, U ~ _ U
U ~C v7 ~.. ~ .-. vR1 . y . ~ .~; o ~ v ~ ~ Y o . .3 . o N e .
~ ' Ua o ~
~ ~ . -a .~ 3 E
~' .
.~ y .~ rn'- O O .~ ~ O ~ ~ N U
cU'3 . b . a! rn ~n >
W
N n C _N
a~ ,. > o ~ c b ~ 3 ~ C '.
.a .= 0 o C ~ N N c O . ;
O ~C > .
R
N_ R ~ ~ C > R
~ 4 C > ~ C
U
f r ~~ ~ .; ~ U v~ i ~ U U .
> ~ N y v t. ' c~0 ~ ~,~N 0 0 pp~ .U ~ OC >> ~a3 yc3 ' U >
a R Ctn O c. ~, U O U U _...W, _.
U C O A ~ n v w C
R y C ~~ C ~ >G O - ~ ., c. V ~ c~ a~
C C 'U ' W ~ a ~L'~ 'v ~ ' 'n O ~ ., ~r >> c ~
W ~n . . . ~ ~.. > L. ~ ~ ~-' ~ C >
' W
> rm R
... L
._ n , y ~ '" ct7 U a ' . > R ~n c ' c A.
Q ' >
~n ~ -~ " U
c, ~ y Z ~ ~..~ r U N ,~cn ~ C;n Cvm n ' ~
R~
>:. = ~~ . ~ n.~ .~~;C
o ~
~ x ~ ' ' ~ R
' ' G
G f~ ~ ~ .~ C > j ~ C > ~
D., U V . >
~ R U
C ~ ~ a ' ~ ~ ' ~
' ' ~' > C7 ~, Q ~ p . ~ ~ cn > ~., : _ E-a .,. b0 N c-'~C
p ~ c a~
0 3 ~o .C v ~ ' c 'R ~> v~ ~i. U
°d . yn -.. TJ vmcS
au > C ._. U O V V ~ 'O
.~C ~ >, '~ cUC V ~ 'c3 ~O U
yn ~ R ~ O ~ N ~ ~' O O C ~.r~. . >
°' ~ N 3 = ; cn ~ ~ L c 3 8 s ~~ U _=
C v~ 'y ~> C O c0 0 O U C > N
H a ° R R -' ° o U R '~ R ~ R ~ ~ ~ .~. ~ .~ o o ..RL..
U'>U~~~v».~U'>U'>i.~...a.> n.>v~Ev~
U
a~
O _cC cC ' N 17 v ~' O U
O O ~ of '> In ~ '~ C
> C > ~ . N U ~ ~ U '~ ~ ~ U U
~n C O ~ O N C ~'.' .d U b0 ~ ' > ~ ~ of t,,:, .fl ~ C V >
~.C., . , i.U. ~ ~ ~ = ~ . ~- 'R0 Q' ' > ' cC . ~ uNf .. Wn . ' C
> O N O . > ~ ~ ~~ p '~ ~ > :-G > ~in U s>
cZ, N O O O c. ~. o ° > >' o o R ~ ~ ~- o "~ ~~ oT3EC7r.a~ ~E-' ~>W'>2-a H C
'> O
w n >> ...
:~ v.. ~ p ' cn >
L~..R U V1 ~ +r V1~ 7y. L
CC
.Di.~.n.~ L~~ L ~~ U ~ ~ >1 ~
' _ ' .
_O > ~ .~ ~ ~ ~ > ~ ~ . fn. "OL j >>O.,y ' ' ' ' > R ~ R o o > ...> o > s R '_R ~, U U
. N
. .
W > U a ~c U ~' Q Q CrI , ~, ~ x ~ Q . . Q >
m U ~ a.
N N
N O
L L
.
.. ~ > > ..
L > >
. 4-. C Y E
. U O
O ~ y y. U r of N by ~~ O. O cC
..JL. U N ~'~ N ~ _ Y c N -O t O.
' = 0 ~ ~ ~ 4 a' V ~ N y r N '~ > > N . ->N VI ~ y N O 'y C~
O ~ '>
e ~
4~ O U L- 'U U O 3 ~ ~ r ~ ~ C
~ ~ s U ~ ~ ~ ~U ~~ C U U ~ :.. n U .
. . Ut~
_ as>
a Q ~7 . ~ U > .
pap U U U
N cd CO U
N L ~
~ ~ ft$
..[, N
N
U N U cC n > > =G O O
y ~ n r a . y ~ ~ ~ N . z N > ~ > L C_~ N
V U ~ O 1 ~
> ~ N y N C
' .Y'L70 O ~ G ~ > ~ >O U N ~ yCO
> ~ ~; x ~ . >,_ U e3 G c3 'LJO f ~ N L
' cC t ~ y ,..
' O >>N > N ~ flrO _ . j N U .-. -v ~ ~ >
i G N O ,~c3 , ~ l L
. O L O .. v L~
~ "
p i p.,~ cNdO ~ U N CD ~ ~ UV~ O.N , ~ > O
' ' > O c ..
:d7 ~ ~ U ~ ~ J U U ~t . N C t .~.
" a L ~
. O = ~ W.~V ~ ~ w ' ~. . ~ a ~ p + ' a~> >
ca ~ o E o ~,w L L ~
n -Q m N
N
a N CC
- Q
N ~ U
'"'~ ~ ' ~ > 'flN ' L N 'L7 ~ r ;u a U O U
U
N ~ V1 L
C 1 - ~ ~ ~
N CSV y > >
C.
aD O
~ . ~ of y ~ L '~ t~.~ ~ c1.4r~ N .~ ~ ~ k N
~' '~
~
> ~
GOVIL > ~~ > O ~ N CC CyCJ cC ~ ~ ~
> ~ O. ~
O N O ~O O ~ U OO rn~p'L O ~ O~..
Q s,~ ~'~ c3cor~"..O C ~C ~.. O cC .~O
w a w .~~ a m x z ~. ~ ~ > m ~.
m N
>
~ ~
N
N
~
:.
.~
'> a a N z y O y V ~ ~ of C .C
N c~ .~M ~~ > cUa~ , C G.
N
m U ~ ~ ~ U ~ ~ G C O
'~ U
T3 c N ~ .b N ~
C ~
' ' D > ~ w -~O O ~ ~ r U N
~ L 'fl CC ~ O N
L .
a N V L . ~ O N > ~
C 'L~ . O O. Or .
O . v .F . ~ ~
_C CD~ f U O ~ OL' ~ O ~ ~ ~-1 . c~
7 ~ c ~ ..C Wn LI w > ~~Cv U
U y AIU ~ aC ~ . . ;~ ~ ~
N
U U N
~~., y .cC N .> O
.
p ~ U
~
E ~ > >
'~s 3 O . ...cy ~ N N
N V
i CD O m ~ N ~ O ~
, O
~ y V7 -. w N
" ~
> ~ ~ . ~ y C~ ~ ~ ~' > > ~ ~ N ~
"'W .G ~ ~ . O ~ CC~ b , > O , ~
' J > s ~ O ~ = y y > = ~ L > VN
.. y ar O ~ Y f -Q.Cn . . U -. (/~ . y Vl U ~ U y .,U.O ~ r ~ y Q' ~
~" O O a y R
O
.,. ._a. ~ ~ ~ y a O C
.. ~ r ~ U
U
- ~ C ~ ~ N U .~U ~ ~ U
y y ~ y 3 a of z ~ O
~ y y ~
-~ > C~ Y, C~ C~ ~ N
C~ ~. o v N
~ ~ c V1 _ '>
p L. y >
~ .~.
C > U 'cn C
' p ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ >
-e~ ~ v ~ ~ ~ N ~ c -n L L ~ .-. 0 ~ .~> ~ ~U L 'V_> ~ , yx..,~.L., N . 'd . ' ~
~ . V > C U .> > O O O U O
r.~ U O
, O y..D _ U ~ > ~ B C .=~ ,.U..C CS.
~ ~ ...
>
cC ~ s..,y O O ~ O .D O O ~ C c~ C a.
:.. O ~ ~ H :~ Q U ~ z Q U w ~ x E ~
> ~>
z z O ~
z I
V1 6.1 ~ L O
~ V7 > L
I ~ N > ~
-o > >, ~ v ,..
.~- 3 - .. C.. o~, o ~ '~
o .fl ~ r--~..,Cl.'t7 ~ O L -' i" z"'.3 ~
> ~ 4 Lr O
L G1.C ~ y ~ "' ~ r -.~
C3 N .
. ~ > ~ :~ ~n ? cC cn ~ > U .. 0.C
.T c3 C
r U -~ '> ~~ O CD _ ~ , a~ U a~ -p ~ U
> . ~ ~ t.
~n ~
~ ' ~ c ~ ~> '; ~ 3 Y ~ ~ o '~ a~
c. = ? o ~ ~" ~ ~" . ~ ~ ~ N
_ ~
> O ~ O ~ c~
V
:3 ~ O ~ ~ U R U U ~' ~ O O
3 N ~
-N.,j Q ~ ;n~n ~ ~ Ga ~ C~ U C7 'L7 r.~ > > c3 c3 N
a. ~ ~ v ~ v~
o ~ ' E > ~ . '~s >
. -~ '>~, ~ ~ a~~ > ~, o " '>
j o .C
N U U ~ y > O..y ~ a, y U ~ U ar y.,p, O .C W C
.a p 3 L1 ce .r O C C > L C ~ O. L . C c~
~
'./~ ~ ~n(~ ~ C~ ' N '' O G~ V1 _V L. ~_' VI .
r-i~' U'3 ~..y ~ C > 'OU ~ ~~">L N ~ ~C~
~ U ~ U
'."'~~ ~ ~> ~ b ~ ~ cCCD~ ~ ~:ci~ Nv~ ~
~ ,im c ~ ' ~ ~ ~ V O cuey Q O W cLC 7, O
~ ~
H C O U ., ~ z ~ C1i3 Gl ~ ~ Gr U ~ C~
Ga > >
~ ~ > .~.fl , . O ,~
G >
:, x U N
of pp ~ .V O
.. Q. O
bD C ~ U
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U
a~ ~ (n VI C ~ > y V1 p Vf CC O
C ' L L C~ C 4 > ~ , ~ ~ C~C .(nr . L = . > - n ' o ~
W
N .
> p > O ~ o ~
O ~ O ~ C U N c3~ N = ~ ~ N
~ ~ ~ 7 > N U . ~ C ~ ? V7 N ~
C
L. ~ CC~' ~p O ~ ~ ~O ~~, . ' ~
U U CC , z ~ U x ~ a ~ > ~ n > a.
w C~ > E ~ w x > c c p ._ L7 w w U
cn C
. .' y ~ ~ ~ ' o ~ ~ ' _.
~ ~ > o.
~, L
. W ~ C ~ ~ ~
' N ~ ~
O ~ n (n > ~ r.
~ .
y ~ _ O ~ ~ ~ ~ '''C rte..C r G. c > -O
~ .>
~ ~~ ~ > > > ~ - > . >
~ > O
cC V ~~..> ~ a ~ ...y. cCV L
~ ' 3cG O O p ~
G~ U U ~ N ~ O O O ~ U U
U
_ _ _ ~lC n. a~ra~ry d'p CC ftS~~ ~Q a~.O
' cLC.~"c~'Cc~'aU . O O O O ~~ _C . Q
x a' o o a a G~~ v~ vo ~E ~E oU
:
U> oo> en rn > . . . .. U
.
:n C U
C 'C _C
'> ~ Q G'~C~ .> ~ ~ o v o a~
U v w on ~ ~ O > ~
L ~ E C
; ., ~ > o E o >,'~
o . . i o o .
> > > .__ E o C ~ ~ N N N ~ V O ~ U C E
E cue..
'i~r,.."C_ ~ C C ' w n' G U >' 't7 ~ ~ s.., C O >' C L~' i.'' > 4 O C
> > V ~ p 0 p V
O p.. C. t1.Cl ~ > .yn n e . ~ ~
r' O v v O C v 3 ~
w ~
C O ..'p ..., ~ Cc. ~ v ~ NO
~ _ V c7 x a ~ r. c~ U v C
Q ~> ~> ~> ~ C
~> G~
. , H
L
.
>
~ 0 U C1 ~ ~ C i ..O
..
U ~ e.. >
a . .
O U of CD U . U N C >
O
O O
' E ~ ; ~ ~ o ~ - .
Q
O ~, O O C ~ t0 ~ '>
'=C
p" ~ L, 'O
~ C E ' ' C L y a1 cn ~ r -E . > E y ~ >1 ~ ~ ~
O > O
L N ~_ OUU U O p ~. L U 'p _C1.~>
~ ~
CJ L n U U c3 ~ C U U ~ CO >
' ~
N G ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '>
~ = N ~
o ~ ~
o H
U N U
~ i O O ' ~
_ O O E ~n y~~ > C O
"L~ C ~ O ~
U O ,. >>. y N E
C ~ ", ~ E V ~
U p U > a~ L, ' a' ~
o O ~ ceN ~ ~ ccsO ~ ~ c f~ ' ~
N ' ' C .O N ~ ~ y > ~'.'p C ~ cC~ O y ~ > E
-~ O
. C . O .~ ~ ~ 4 ~ V ~ .a ~ > . O L E ~.
.
> . ~ 'n C E N ~ sC
.
>
C ~ N U U ~ COc O vf 4 C~ C a. =
U O _ .a cG . ~ ~ ~ > ~ U c ~ N C ~' U U~ O dp p ~ C
~ ~ C ,~. Uw , . ..
O O C .. E c~ ~ C C 't3C r . O
C-r E ~ i E U ~ N O ~ o y > U v U O ' c > ~ C=7 E~-~ c~7 > E ~ c~..~
~
r c r > .
n E-U C
U C ' t y ofa! ~. .-.
. .~.. w .>
C .
v > > O
f O
V ... ~ y v O
E
~ 0 =
N ~ ~
. 'C7. ~ . N
>
m L ~ c 4~ C 6 >, ~ CO
_.'O C '~ ~ O ~,~~~ ~ ~ xE . 7 ~ E
E c3 "C~ _ ~ at C
p y ' 3 >>~ catp >> 3 ~ ~ 3 O a o ~ ~>
~ m z ~ x ' ~ ~ ~
>
a ~>
> > ~ ~
~, p ~n U ~ ~
.
C 'c~ v~ N cC
.> C O .c~ ~... V y ~ O p U O E O U ' U
E ~ .E
. O
.
k . ~ o o E o ~
-v ~ x W
~
~ E o ~ ~
~ y N E ~.~~ ~ ~ ~ E o ~ ~ -c ~ E a p > ~nC L O ~ >, :~ ~ N ~ ccf > ~
> ' > o v ~ - = ~ ~ 0 0 3 3 > .~
.
o . ~ _ ~ ~ ~ > '~ cN
N
> y ~ ~ > E~ >, ~ ~s v k _ ~ ~ _ L >, o ~ ~ ~ o o .~ a~
.. o o ~ .~
~o o Q a Ca UE U '>. t~,a z a. a.E a,> a..r~ >, U>
., a., °' ~ U "'a U ' 3 ~ N _ ,!, " C/~ N M
w _ CD ,~ ~ v1 I~ ~ ~.'., ;.~ ~ O_ v1 a ~~ ~ ~..~. : ~~. .~'". ~ ~ _'-'. ;,~ -G'~, -N-, W n V7 l~
~ Cr CS. p" C1. C, O. G. Ll. G a. p" Q, A. Cr G-n O-, O..n L
b0 by CD U tiU U ~ ~ CD U CO U CD tiD bD CD b0 CUO bUD bUD bD
s ~ s s s ~ s ~ s s s s .~ s s s Q, L1. d. fl" Q. n, a. CL CL a, Q. p" Q. L1. a. a. Q, fl. a. Q. Q.
O O O O _O O O _O N O O _O O O O O O O O O O O
'Lr '7., 'L ~L L 'L 'L L ~ L 'L L '~ 'L 'L 'L 'L L 'L 'L 'L 'L
U U U U U U U U ~ U V U U U U U U U U U U U
R cC R R R R R R R R R R r R R R R R R R R
W Ga p .a p .n Ca W Ca s W .a p p Ca W Oa ~1 f~ C1~ Ra 0.
R " ~' ~ \p C~ ~ ~ N p ~ 00 O V1 ~ O N l~
a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ z z z ° ~ ~, a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ c~ e~ a> a~ y a~ a~ a~ a~
en en cn ao en cn en cn ca ao en c4 cU cD en co co ao cn cn cn R R R ~r R R R R R R ~ R R R R R R R ~ R R R
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .. .. ~.. .. .. ~ ~ _.- ~ .- :~ .~ '~ s d. G L~. f3. L1. a. G G C. G. G C. G G C ~ GL CL L1. G G1 a..
O O O O O O O O O_ O ~ O O O O_ O O O O O O O
'L 'L ~L. 'L 'L ~L LL V L L ('~ V L L L L L L 'L 'L 'L, L
V U N ~ ~ N U U y V N U N N N N ~ y U
U U U U V U U U U U ~ U U U U U U U U U U U
R R c' R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Cr7 Ca C-.~ ~1 CA ~ C~ CO ~1 p C7 C1~ ~7 C7 C7 C7 p C7 W C7 Ca _ N
N G > p a O ~ ~ ~ w >
o v v 1. ~ L ~ 'x U M ~ ~
s a n U U -vL~ p w ~, ~ s ~ ~ '..~..~ .7 U a~ a~y n~ a>a~ a~ a~a> y a~y y a~a> y a~a~ a~ a~a~
tD CDCD GD 00aD CU CDCO pp CO~ tp CDtiDGp GOCD b0 COCU
a R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R ~ R
-, ~ s ~ ~ s s s s s ,= s .- s s ~ .- s .~ s s n, n.a. n. n.n. a. a.n. o" a.a, a, a o. a, n.n. n. c.a.
,r'0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' L 'L'L 'L 'L'L L L L 'L L L L L L 'L L L L V V
y ~ ~ ~ ~ Y w ~ ~ ~ ~ Y Y
E.yU U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U
R R R R R R R c3R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Ga p P~ Ca CL1Ca CL~Cap .a C7s .n ~.7W s a7Ga W CAG4 G~, U ~ R
V > ' .
O > \D C.
U o W .-U
o ~ ~ ~ M ~ a ~
a o CD 0 ~
R ofd. s U N ~ c R ~ R R
~ s ' R
~
. c " ' ' o ~ - o '~ ' ~ n n n s '~a ' n o ~ v , . . .
> . ' ' cz.' ~ . s s a . 0 0 .
> > o L o 0 0 0 0 > .. e a o 0 U ~ ~ y a..C U ,.U... 0 'L L 'L L 'i.'Li.
L N 4~. 0 'L
i..c~C~ ~ .~., y ~ _ 'vfU C C N ,_U,U aU-~ , y ~ M 3 aU.~ , .-U. U
R N N p r..~M ~3 <nR . w' U U UUU " U U
7 C/ Cl~ w inV7 ~ G .,,.,"=. .
N U
CO..~R ~ . a Q ~ a m s ~ ~ z L 4..~ m a c s a c ~
w <n N V U U C
C U
v V ~ ~ N O V > C
.> .> p p .~ a ' .o 3 s ~ ~ > .
~
'~ 3 " 3 ~ ~ ~ -o c >
' ~
o w o ~ ~ o ~ o s a~ o o ~ c ~ ~ ~
R
>> V O ~ ~ cn _w- O. U
~ C ~. ~
m ~ R R N E N U C ~ O C b N in e .. ~ C
C ''' >>> N ~ ~ ~C"T U ~ C UNa O ~
R ~ U ~ G z U
> W onO v~ vfR O'~C ~.'_.' Wn n L ~ ~ L ~ L ~ L ~ ~ ~ U C
C ~ ~' r . . p L
~' E o ' a ' E--> 3 ~>E U c a R
' > cn ~>
c a w w ~ o > ~. , r ' a " '' ~ > o ~ >
' ~ U = >
:~ ~ ~ C = N ~ ~a U U U O U _ U O p U 'n - c _ N cn ~ ~ ~ D ' CL
c3 L
N c~ L Cl.~ ~ N O
, ~ U ~
A
V .~ O O. O O f1.' > s. .n >
C, tU ., .
D
o a. ~ o . ~ ~ ~. a ~ '~ , o V 'L ~ . ~ U
OL ~a o -o y U . . U.~ UU ~ ~ y4 O U LU
~ ~ ~ ~. ~ CY ~ ' R' ~
V . V . . ~ N U y L, ~ O C7 L L c~ v~ ~ a-' ~~ '.-.
Gl.y i. -fl~ .D _ s.~.~ O V ~ ~' ~ ~
.~ 4~ ~ .fl ~ ~ O
Cl. ~
C/] ~ ~ ,> ~ N c~ a a U U~U W
, , cC cG c~
N ~ ~ N N
' ~ C C ~ G
G C 3 ~ y y N N N
~ ' J
i OD CO b0 L ~ pp CO CD CO .D
fl ~
o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. _~ , ~ ~, >, x . M Q
N
e3 a cC ~ ~ U O"' G 4 0. 0.
E'-.' O ~
O wn cn CO C W wn ~n U cG D -~ o0 .. y cC c3 a1 ~ U U V V U U U
O U U ~ ~
.C
C C G (~O O G
~ M C1. ~
U :a O O O C,U U O p O O O O
O ~ G~ d O - ~ ~ .i.
' O -' U ~'L ~_U ~y ~ U _O O i. U UU UU Uy U
7 C~ ~" O
L
C1 - O O O CD>> >>U ~ ~ ~ ~
?~ pp h.D ,.U.. ~ CD OD bD
U y G~ 'p '~ 't7cci..C .-~..U ~y, CL CL CL ~
R ~ U ~ ~ ; ~ O.
~ :
r.."C ~ hD ~ ~ s a" O.~a U p _ U U
~ bD cC ~ G -~ a~ C.
, D Q GL
.
~
Z U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ C1.LC y ~ . ~ y 0. d. . y d, L'~ Glr V7 C/7 C/~ C/7 V7 C/7 C/~
a.
~'.
U M ~ ~ ~' ' Ca . t c c a . .o o . ~ ~ a~ a~a~ a~
'b o ~ no oDco cD n ~. ~n ~ = ~ o a. a. . a.
~" . . .....
:- ' ~ y ~ ~ ~ ~ .~~ ~ E E E
~ 'C
o n o r.. a. n.o. n. ~ o ~ . ~ Y?~ o 0 0 _ _ vi U ~ ' V ' L L L.
C y L L
H V7 w n ~ . U N U . L U
t., ~ 3 G1. U y ~ G~
Q N
, y ..
U U U U ~ p U U U U U _ O ~ d' a U
a ~ H
y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .a~ .a S~ t~ O O
~ ~"~ ,~ dD ~f ~ O
~
O O O O U ~ O O O O O
U ~ ~ U ~ ~
L1 U U '.> ~ >> ?>>i ?v >> >> >> >>
= 01 CL H L L3-~r...~
a ~ a a a .
x 'G U
U ;
~
N
z 0.
E ~ N ~ N ~ U N U N N
. ~ N U
. N v -v an ao ~n do v, a~ a~ ~ x '~ ~ = ~ ~n ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ v D ~ . - ~ ~ _ . . .
. ~ U
C
~
cG U'v.c~ ~~ U C ~ ~ ~O VO Up p 00 ' c O O L
U L
CD O. .D ~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O O
Y ~ Y U U
. . .
as U D .. U O U
C .-O'C = a' _ ~ ~ ~ O ~ O O O ~ C
cUC ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R
c . . ow ~' ~~ ~ ' ~~ ~~ Rte'~~ ~~ ~~ as, ~
0 0 ~ x a ~ a U U U x a a a .
U Gl ,_,_ ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~_ C C C
~ 3 N _ _- _' .__ N r~H ~ E-~E-~ 7 N ~ ~ o M _ y N U a~N e~ N a~ ~ O O O O O
~ D ~o c~ c~~ ~a ~ac~ (~ ~ .c .o .: ..c.c t s .~ s~ ~ ~ ~ E
w ~ ~ ~ U Z -o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o ~ ~
0 o :b D ~ O .-.. U a r 'L y 'L ~V 'LL L L L a 'L L a~ ' v Y a~rw ~ a~rt~..a~ri.~.~ N ~ N _~~ =o ~L ~'Cl.
c~a~ ~ o c o a.a~ W CO o o p GG C7GtlC U U L L H~ U U
GD CO GO -' ~ N_~ N~ U
tea, - -.
C~7 U U
WO 01/00234 cA o23~~oa4 2ooi-i2-2i pCT~S00/16984 ' o >
L_ L_ >
.>
.C a. S
S
_~
y y y it N Q
. ~n ' r N C >
y N a CN ~ Lr it >
VI p ~ . N ~ ~ ~ U
L > n U
..L fA CAS f".,C U ~ !A Vf ~_.
.. V 4 .> U a . 'U .. ~
.> V ~C
' v > O _f W > O ... .
~ N O
U <n cC > y N 'Lt ~ ~' O ,~ >> >> y ' U
~ ~ ~ O U
t C ~ ~ U C ~. O O ,~
n C > C = 6J ,N c ' ~
_ '~ >~.U...~.,.. N ~ ....wO"m R>V _ c~> C
> ~
p ~ ~ j ~ ' ~ ' ' U U~
b_O" ~ C/ N Q '_ ~ > G1. y ~ > > G_ ~ ~
''"~,"$",~.~.,~ , ,~,,'~,,-.~~ C ~ Gl. Q. V1 V~
, ~
C ~ _ v1 ~OI~ t11 ~.. ~
y .. .C
N ~ ~ ~ o ~ r ~ ~ C1 N
>
C .- f .
. M M M 4 '>of .y ~ U
M 'O
v7 ~O ~O ~O~D ~ ~, > cV
~ N
C ~ v~ m o v~ > V U
' ~n U ~ w ~ ~ .~ ~ ~ C.'UV ~ G
'> ~ x ' ' ' ' Q U ~ ~ ' ~
> > > > o ~ o ~ Y ~ ~ E
~ ~ ~ ' > o ~ ~ ~ ~ W L..
N ~ C ~ U
C C C C C ~ yC ~ L S. U C ~a' ~
. -''v:.
.
~
N ~ _ ~ O
=~ U U U :~ ~ .
~ .
O
O O O O O ~ .~GCO ~ ~ p id .=" - v W v i ' r y.. .........rY O t,:,., .. ~ v ~ r > U ~ ~ 0. L1 .
yn U U U U v c~ cC cC cC v.
W ~ ~ CD CU CO C7 N W (~ (~ w 3,CO CD
2. Attenuated bacterial, fungal and parasite vaccines The invention also provides attenuated vaccines against bacterial, fungal and other pathogens, such as parasites. Methods for obtaining these attenuated vaccines are also provided. The methods of the invention provides a means by which one can generate novel variant bacteria or parasites that have genotypes and phenotypes that do not naturally occur or would not otherwise be anticipated to occur at a substantial frequency. A
preferred aspect of tl:e method employs recursive nucleotide sequence recombination, termed "sequence shuffling" or ''DNA shuffling," which enables the rapid generation of a collection of broadly diverse bacterial or parasite phenotypes that can be selectively bred for a broader range of novel phenotypes or more extreme phenotypes than would otherwise occur by natural evolution in the same time period.
Similarly to the case for viral vaccines described above, the presently preferred methods involve (1) sequence shuffling of a plurality of whole or partial bacterial or parasite genomes, and (2) selection of the resultant shuffled bacterial or parasite genomes to isolate or enrich a plurality of shuffled genomes that result in an organism that has a desired phenotypes) (e.g., attenuation). In preferred embodiments, the method includes (3) repeating steps (1) and (2) on the plurality of shuffled genomes that confer the desired phenotypes) until one or more variant genomes that confer a sufficiently optimized desired phenotype is obtained. In this general manner, the method facilitates the "forced evolution"
of a bacterial or other pathogen genome to encode an attenuated organism which natural selection and evolution has heretofore not generated. The recursion option is generally selected each cycle until one or more genomes that confer a satisfactory optimization for the desired phenotypes) are obtained.
Typically, a plurality of bacterial, parasite, or other genomes of the same taxonomic classification are shuffled and selected by the present method. A
common use of the method will be to shuffle mutant variants of a clinical isolates) or of a laboratory strain of an organism to obtain a variant of the clinical isolate or laboratory strain that possesses a novel desired phenotype (e.g., attenuation). However, the method can be used with a plurality of strains (or Glades) of a pathogenic organism, or even with a plurality of related organisms (e.g., Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium vaccae and Mycobacterium bovis (BCG)), and in some instances with unrelated pathogens or portions thereof which have recombinogenic portions (either naturally or gene:ated via genetic engineering). The method can be used to shuffle xenogeneic sequences into a pathogen's genome (e.g., incorporating and evolving a gene of a first pathogenic organism in the genome of a second organism so as to confer a desired phenotype (such as immunogenicity) to the evolved genome of the second organism). Furthermore, the method can be used to evolve a heterologous nucleic acid (e.g., a non-naturally occurring mutant gene) to optimize its phenotypic expression (e.g., immunogenicity) when present in a bacterial or parasite genome, and/or in a particular host cell or expression system (e.g., an expression cassette or expression replicon).
In some embodiments, the methods of the invention are used to create chimeras of pathogenic and non-pathogenic bacteria, fungi or parasites. In these applications, whole genome or partial genome shuffling is preferred for generating the libraries of recombinant nucleic acids. For example, a specific and broad-spectrum bacterial vaccine against nosocomical infections can be obtained by whole genome shuffling of pathogenic bacteria with, for example, Lactococcus lactis. Protocols for whole genome shuffling are described in, for example, PCT patent application No. US98/00852 (Publ. No. WO
98/31837).
The methods of the invention, including family shuffling of single genes and whole genomes, can also be used to generate attenuated strains of bacteria that are useful as vaccines or vaccine antigen delivery vehicles. In addition, these methods can be used to improve expression levels of vaccine antigens in bacterial strains used as vaccines. For example, Mycobacterium bovis bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) has been widely used as human tuberculosis vaccine, and it has several features that make it a particularly attractive live recombinant vaccine vehicle. BCG, like other mycobacteria, are potent adjuvants, and the immune response to mycobacteria has been studied extensively (Orme, Int.
J. Tuberc.
Lung Dis. (1997) 1: 95-100). More than two billion immunizations with BCG have been performed with a long record of safe use in man. It is one of the few vaccines that can be given at birth, and it provides long- lived immune responses after a single dose. Foreign genes have been successfully introduced into BCG enabling the generation of BCG-based vaccines against non-mycobacterial diseases, including HIV (Aldovini and Young, Nature (1991) 351: 479-82). Another useful bacterial strain for evolution by DNA
shuffling is Mycobacterium vaccae (M vaccae), which has previously been implicated in the treatment of psoriasis (Lehrer et al., FEMS Immunol. Med. Microbiol. (1998) 21: 71-7).
The methods of the invention enable the generation of chimeric bacteria or other pathogenic organisms that have antigenic determinants from other bacteria or pathogens. For example, whole genome shuffling can be used to generate BCG-like strains that have multiple antigenic determinants derived from Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mt).
More specifically, BCG and Mt can be crossed by whole genome shuffling and the optimal vaccine strains selected by Mt-specific antibodies. Alternatively, chimeras of M. vaccae and Mt can be generated using similar type of approach. The attenuated phenotype of the new shuffled strains can be confirmed in animals models, which will simultaneously allow the analysis of the immunogenicity of such strains. In fact, the optimal vaccine strains can be selected by using in vivo immunizations. The strains that induce potent Mt-specific antibody responses in vivo, while retaining their attenuated phenotype, can also be selected for new rounds of whole genome shuffling and selection. Challenge of the immunized animals with live Mt will enable the analysis of the quality of the protective immune response.
Further examples of useful targets include, but are not limited to, whole genome shuffling of Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis to generate nonpathogenic bacillus strains that have antigenic determinants from Bacillus anthracis, which can provide protective immune responses against anthrax. Moreover, shuffling attenuated and pathogenic strains of Salmonella species can be used to generate strains that have attenuated phenotype, while expressing immunogenic determinants from pathogenic Salmonellae, providing protective immune responses against Salmonella infection.
DNA shuffling can also be used to improve expression levels of antigens to be expressed in the attenuated bacteria. Because pathogens infecting mammalian cells have generally not coevolved with bacteria, expression of viral antigens in bacteria is problematic often resulting in poor expression levels. Expression, solubility and folding of pathogens antigens, viral antigens in particular, are also often impaired in BCG, reducing the efficacy of immunizations. DNA shuffling can be used to improve solubility of proteins in bacteria.
For example, one can generate libraries of pathogen antigens and select the most efficiently expressed variants in bacteria. For example, HIV antigen gp120 can be fused to GFP, and the fusion proteins expressed in BCG or M. vaccae. Expression of GFP is an indication of gp120 expression, and the brightest cells can be selected for example by flow cytometry based cell sorting.
These approaches using Mycobacteria and DNA shuffling also provide opportunities to improve orally or intranasally delivered vaccines. BCG has also been shown to provide protective immune responses via aerogenic vaccination (Lagranderie et al., Tubercle and Lung Disease (1993) 74: 38-46). Improved expression of foreign antigens in BCG by DNA shuffling can substantially improve the e~cacy of BCG as an oral or inhaled vaccine delivery strain. Further improvements can be obtained by fusing the antigen of interest to adjuvant enterotoxins, such as cholera toxin (CT) or heat-labile enterotoxin of E
coli (LT), which can then be secreted from the cells. In the most desired approach, a library of enterotoxins are generated by DNA shuffling (for example by shuffling CT
and LT), and these shuffled enterotoxins are fused to shuffled vaccine antigens of interest. These libraries can be screened as expressed purified proteins or they can be expressed in BCG
or M.
vaccae, and these strains will subsequently be screened in animals for immunogenicity.
1 ~ Because several enterotoxins, such as CT and LT, have been shown to act as adjuvants, particularly in the skin and mucosal membranes, this approach is expected to further improve the efficacy of oral, intranasal, transdermal and inhaled vaccines.
Screening for ability of the attenuated vaccines to induce an immune response can be performed using methods known to those of skill in the art. In a presently preferred embodiment, an in vitro screen is employed to test for attenuation. The in vitro screen will be followed up by further testing in vivo. Moreover, the ability of the modified cells to induce protective immunity upon inoculation into a mammal will be studied.
The methods of the invention are useful for producing attenuated vaccines against a wide range of bacterial and other pathogenic cells. For example, one can obtain vaccines against pathogenic gram-positive cocci, including pneumococcal, staphylococcal and streptococcal bacteria. Pathogenic gram-negative cocci are also suitable targets. Of particular interest are the meningococcal and gonococcal bacteria.
Also of interest are vaccines against the pathogenic enteric gram-negative bacilli. Examples include, but are not limited to, enterobacteriaceae (pseudomonas, acinetobacteria and eikenella), melioidosis, salmonella, shigellosis, hemophilus, chancroid, brucellosis, tularemia, yersinia (pasteurella), streptobacillus moniliformis and spirillum, listeria monocytogenes, erysipeloL'~.rix rhusiopathiae, diphtheria, cholera, anthrax, donovanosis (granuloma inguinale), and bartonellosis.
The pathogenic anaerobic bacteria are also suitable targets for the development of attenuated vaccines. Those of particular interest include, for example, tetar_us, botulism, other clostridia, tuberculosis, leprosy, and other mycobacteria. Pathogenic spirochetal diseases include syphilis, treponematoses (yaws, pima and endemic syphilis), and leptospirosis.
Vaccine targets also include other infections caused by higher pathogen bacteria and pathogenic fungi, including, for example, actinomycosis, nocardiosis, cryptococcosis, blastomycosis, histoplasmosis and coccidioidomycosis;
candidiasis, aspergillosis, and mucormycosis; sporotrichosis, paracoccidiodomycosis, petriellidiosis, torulopsosis, mycetoma and chromomycosis; and dermatophytosis. The methods of the invention are also useful for obtaining attenuated vaccines against rickettsial infections (e.g., rickettsial and rickettsioses) and mycoplasma and chlamydial infections (e.g., mycoplasma pneumoniae, lymphogranuloma venereum, psittacosis and perinatal chlamydial infections).
Other targets include parasites, including but not limited to, amebiasis, malaria, leishmaniasis, trypanosomiasis, toxoplasmosis, pneumocystis carinii, babesiosis, giardiasis, trichinosis, filariasis, schistosomiasis, nematodes, trematodes or flukes, and cestode (tapeworm) infections.
II. Methods to Screen for Attenuated Organisms A recombination cycle is usually followed by at least one cycle of screening or selection for recombinant nucleic acid molecules having a desired property or characteristic that is of interest for vaccination. The nature of screening or selection depends on what property or characteristic is to be acquired or the property or characteristic for which improvement is sought, and many examples are discussed below. It is not usually necessary to understand the molecular basis by which particular products of recombination (recombinant segments) have acquired new or improved properties or characteristics relative to the starting substrates. For example, an attenuated vaccine of the invention can have many component sequences each having a different intended role (e.g., coding sequence, regulatory sequences, targeting sequences, stability-conferring sequences, immunomodulatory sequences and sequences affecting antigen presentation). Each of these component sequences can be varied and recombined simultaneously.
Screening/selection can then be performed to identify recombinant segments that have, for example, increased attenuation and/or immunogenicity without the need to attribute such improvement to any of the individual component sequences of the vector.
If a recombination cycle is performed in vitro, the products of recombination, i. e., recombinant segments, are sometimes introduced into cells before tl~.e screening step.
Recombinant segments can also be linked to an appropriate vector or other regulatory sequences before screening. The products of in vitro recombination are sometimes packaged as viruses before screening, or as part of the screening. For example, an attenuated viral vaccine can be identified by the inability of the recombinant nucleic acids to direct synthesis of viruses upon introduction into a non-permissive host cell (e.g., a cell from the species that is to be vaccinated). If recombination is performed in vivo, recombination products can sometimes be screened in the cells in which recombination occurred. In other applications, recombinant segments are extracted from the cells, and optionally packaged as viruses;
before screening.
The introduction of the recombinant nucleic acids into cells for screening can introduce multiple copies of the recombinant nucleic acids. For some applications, it is desirable to insert only a single copy of the modified gene into each cell.
Another preferred variation of this assay involves reducing the amount of variability in transcription of a recombinant nucleic acid that can result from differences in chromosomal location of integration sites. This requires a means for defined, site-specific integration of the recombinant nucleic acids. These methods can also be used to evolve an episomal vector (which can replicate inside the cell) that can site-specifically integrate into a chromosome.
One way to obtain single copy integrations of recombinant nucleic acids is to use retroviruses as a shuttle vector. Retroviruses integrate as a single copy.
However, this insertion is not site-specific, i.e., the retrovirus inserts in a random location in the chromosome. Adenoviruses and ars-plasmids are also used to shuttle modified transgenes, however, they integrate as multiple copies. While wild type AAV integrates as a single copy in chromosome q19, commonly used modified versions of AAV do not. Homologous recombination is also used to insert a modified recombinant segment into a chromosome, but this method can be inefficient and may result in the integration of two copies in the pair of chromosomes.
To solve these problems, some embodiments of the invention utilize site-specific integration systems to target the transgene to a specific, constant location in the genome. A preferred embodiment uses the Cre/LoxP or the related FLP/FRT site-specific integration system. The Cre/LoxP system uses a Cre recombinase enzyme to mediate site-specific insertion and excision of viral or phage vectors into a specific palindromic 34 base pair sequence called a "LoxP site." LoxP sites can be inserted to a mammalian genome of choice, to create, for example, a transgenic animal containing the LoxP site, by homologous recombination (see Rohlmann (1996) Nature Biotech. 14:1562-1565). If a cell's genome is engineered to contain a LoxP site in a desired location, infection of such cells with recombinant nucleic acids that are flanked by LoxP sites, in the presence of Cre recombinase (e.g., expressed by a vector that expresses a gene for the Cre recombinase) results in the efficient, site-specific integration of the recombinant nucleic acids into the LoxP site. This 1 ~ approach is reproducible from cycle to cycle and provides a single copy of the recombinant sequence at a constant, defined location. Thus, a recombinant nucleotide obtained using the methods of the invention in vitro can be reinserted into the cell for in vivolin situ selection for the new or improved property in the optimal way with minimal noise. This technique can also be used in vivo. See, for example, Agah (1997) J. Clin. Invest. 100:169-179; Akagi (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:1766-1773; Xiao (1997) Nucleic Acids Res 25:2985-2991;
Jiang (1997) Curr Biol 7:321-8323, Rohlmann (1996) Nature Biotech. 14:1562-1565; Siegal (1996) Genetics 144: 715-726; Wild (1996) Gene 179:181-188. The evolution of Cre is discussed in further detail in PCT patent application US97/17300 (Publ. No.
W098/13487), filed September 26, 1997.
In presently preferred embodiments, the attenuated vaccines of the invention are screened in mammalian cells or organisms. Once a group of attenuated strains have been identified, these vaccine strains are subsequently analyzed for their immunogenicity in vivo.
Useful animal species for such studies include, but are not limited to, mice, rats, guinea pigs, cats, dogs, cows, pigs, horses, chicken. These experiments are useful in identifying improved veterinary vaccines, and they also provide information about their safety and efficacy for use as human vaccines. The attenuated vaccines that are intended for use in humans are often subjected to further testing in humans. In some instances, cells used for screening can be obtained from a patient to be treated with a view, for example, to minimizing problems of immunogenicity in this patient. Use of an attenuated vaccine in treatment can itself be used as a round of screening. That is, attenuated vaccines that are successively taken up and/or expressed by the intended target cells in one patient are recovered from those target cells and used to treat another patient. The attenuated vaccines that are recovered from the intended target cells in one patient are enriched for vectors that have evolved, t. e., have been modified by recursive recombination, toward improved or new properties or characteristics for attenuation, specific uptake, immunogenicity, stability, and the like.
The screening or selection step identifies a subpopulation of recombinant segments (e.g., viral or bacterial whole or partial genomes, or other nucleic acid segments) that have evolved toward acquisition of improved attenuation, and/or other new or improved desired properties useful in vaccination. Depending on the screen, the recombinant segments can be screened as components of cells, components of viruses or other vectors, or in free form. More than one round of screening or selection can be performed after each round of recombination.
If further improvement in a property is desired, at least one and usually a collection of recombinant segments surviving a first round of screening/selection are subject to a further round of recombination. These recombinant segments can be recombined with each other or with exogenous segments representing the original substrates or further variants thereof. Again, recombination can proceed in vitro or in vivo. If the previous screening step identifies desired recombinant segments as components of cells, the components can be subjected to further recombination in vivo, or can be subjected to further recombination in vitro, or can be isolated before performing a round of in vitro recombination. Conversely, if the previous screening step identifies desired recombinant segments in naked form or as components of viruses or other vectors, these segments can be introduced into cells to perform a round of in vivo recombination. The second round of recombination, irrespective how performed, generates further recombinant segments which encompass additional diversity compared to recombinant segments resulting from previous rounds.
The second round of recombination can be followed by a further round of screening/selection according to the principles discussed above for the first round. The stringency of screening/selection can be increased between rounds. Also, the nature of the screen and the property being screened for can vary between rounds if improvement in more than one property is desired or if acquiring more than one new property is desired.
Additional rounds of recombination and screening can then be performed until the recombinant segments have su~ciently evolved to acquire the desired new or improved property or function.
After a desired phenotype is acquired toga satisfactory extent by a selected shuffled viral or other pathogen genome or portion thereof, it is often desirable to remove mutations which are not essential or substantially important to retention of the desired phenotype ("superfluous mutations"). Superfluous mutations can be removed by backcrossing, which involves shuffling the selected shuffled genome(s) with one or more parental genome and/or naturally-occurring genome(s) (or portions thereof) and selecting or screening the resultant collection of shufflants to identify those that retain the desired phenotype. By employing this method, typically in one or more recursive cycles of shuffling against parental or naturally-occurring genome(s) (or portions thereof) and selection or screening for retention of the desired phenotype, it is possible to generate and isolate selected shufflants that incorporate substantially only those mutations necessary to confer the desired phenotype (e.g., attenuation), while having the remainder of the genome (or portion thereof) consist of sequence which is substantially identical to the parental (or wild-type) sequence(s). As one example of backcrossing, a viral genome can be shuffled and selected for attenuation in target host cells; the resultant selected shufflants can be backcrossed with one or more genomes of clinical isolates of the virus and selected for retention of the attenuation. After several cycles of such backcrossing, the backcrossing will yield viral genome(s) that contain the mutations necessary for attenuation, and will otherwise have a genomic sequence substantially identical to the genome(s) of the clinical isolates) of the virus.
Examples of the types of approaches that are useful for obtaining attenuated vaccines, and screening/selection techniques that are suitable for identifying vaccines having the desired properties, are described in the following section.
III. Illustrative Examples o_fAttenuated Vaccines The invention provides attenuated vaccines, and methods for obtaining attenuated vaccines, that have a wide variety of properties. To obtain attenuated vaccines that have these and other desired properties, a suitable screening and/or selection method is used which is specific for the particular properties desired. The screening and/or selection methods can be used in combination to obtain attenuated vaccines that have more than one desired improvement. The following are illustrative examples of types of attenuated viral, and bacterial vaccines, and methods for obtaining such vaccines. Different selection/
screening methods can also be used as is appropriate to identify attenuated vaccines that have other desirable properties. Analogous methods are useful for developing attenuated fungal and parasite vaccines.
1. Non-pathogenic chimeric vaccines In some embodiments, the invention provides chimeric viruses, bacteria or other organisms into which are introduced nucleic acids that encode one or more immunogenic polypeptides from a pathogenic virus or other organism. In presently preferred embodiments, the chimeric vaccine is non-pathogenic. Both the pathogenic and non-pathogenic virus or organism can be of the same species (e.g., a coding region for an immunogenic polypeptide from a pathogenic strain is introduced into a non-pathogenic strain). These methods are useful, for example, in the development of polyvalent vaccines that express immunogenic polypeptides from multiple strains of an organism or virus. As one example, vaccines derived from human papillomavirus strains are typically not cross-protective against other HPV strains. By using the methods of the invention, one can obtain polyvalent, cross-protective HPV strains. Alternatively, the pathogenic and non-pathogenic virus or organism can be of different species. As one example, a vaccinia virus can function as a non-pathogenic carrier for a nucleic acid that encodes an immunogenic polypeptide such as, for example, gp120 of HIV.
These methods typically involve recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments from a virus or cell with a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments. The nucleic acid segments of the second set typically encode one or more polypeptides, or portions thereof, that confer upon a viruses or cells that include the polypeptide a property that is desirable for vaccination. For example, the second set of nucleic acid segments can encode an immunogenic polypeptide from a pathogenic strain of a virus or cell, an adjuvant or immunomodulatory molecule, and the like.
The resulting library of recombinant DNA fragments is then screened to identify those that confer upon a virus or cell an improvement in the desired property. In presently preferred embodiments, the viruses or cells that contain the recombinant fragments are screened to identify those viruses or cells that have become, or remain, attenuated (i. e., nonpathogenic) under physiological conditions present in a host organism inoculated with the virus or cell. The screening for attenuation can be conducted before or after, or simultaneously with, the screening for the improvement in the other desired property.
In some embodiments, the recombination is performed in vivo. For example, one can introduce a library of DNA fragments that comprises at least a partial genomic library of a pathogenic cell into a plurality of nonpathogenic cells. At least one of the fragments from the pathogenic cell undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the non-pathogenic cells to produce modified cells. The modified cells are screened to identify those that are nonpathogenic but have evolved towards an ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells. The resulting nonpathogenic cells that have evolved towards an ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells are suitable for use as an attenuated vaccine.
If desired, further improvement can obtained by subjecting the DNA from the modified cells that are nonpathogenic and have evolved an ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells to recombination with a further library of DNA
fragments from a pathogenic organism. At least one of the fragments from the pathogenic organism undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or the episome of the modified cells to produce further modified cells. Alternatively, one can recombine DNA
from the modified cells that are nonpathogenic and have evolved an ability to induce an immune response with DNA from the pathogenic cells to produce further modified cells.
The further modified cells are then screened to identify further modified cells that are nonpathogenic and have evolved a further ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells. The recombination and selection/screening steps can be repeated as required until the further modified cells are nonpathogenic and have acquired the ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells.
5~
The recombination and selection/screening methods of the invention provide a means not only for obtaining attenuated viruses or cells for use as the carrier, but can be used to obtain chimeric viruses or organisms that exhibit improvements in properties such as enhanced expression of the antigen and improved immunogenicity of the antigen.
The genes that encode the antigen can be subjected to recombination separately from the non-pathogenic virus or other vaccine organism; alternatively, one can perform the recombination on whole or partial viral, bacterial or parasite genomes.
Methods for improving antigen expression and immunogenicity are described in co-pending, commonly assigned US patent application Ser. No. 09/247,890 (filed February 10, 1999).
A
polynucleotide that encodes a recombinant antigenic polypeptide can be placed under the control of a promoter, e. g., a high activity or tissue-specific promoter. The promoter used to express the antigenic polypeptide can itself be optimized using recombination and selection methods analogous to those described herein (see, e.g., US Ser. No.
09/247,888, filed February 10, 1999).
In some embodiments, the methods of the invention are used to obtain virus-like particles (VLP'n) that have desired characteristics. VLPs lack the viral components that are required for virus replication and, therefore, represent a highly attenuated form of a virus.
The VLPs can display antigens from multiple viral strains, and thus are useful as a polyvalent vaccine. Viral proteins from several viruses are known to form VLPs, including human papillomavirus, HIV (Kang et al., Biol. Chem. 380: 353-64 (1999)), Semliki-Forest virus (Notka et al., Biol. Chem. 380: 341-52 (1999)), human.polyomavirus (Goldmann et al., J. Virol. 73: 4465-9 (1999)), rotavirus (Jiang et al., Vaccine 17: 1005-13 (1999)), parvovirus (Canal, Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry, Vol 29, Part 2, pp 141-150 (1999)), canine parvovirus (Hurtado et al., J. Yirol. 70: 5422-9 (1996)), and hepatitis E
virus (Li et al., J.
Virol. 71: 7207-13 (1997)).
Screening for ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells can be performed using methods known to those of skill in the art. In a presently preferred embodiment, the screening is performed by testing for ability of the modified cells to induce protective immunity upon inoculation into a mammal.
Z. Replication-deficient viral vaccines that are evolved for high efficiency infectivity and protectivity In other embodiments, the invention provides replication-deficient viruses that are evolved to infect target cells with high efficiency, but with only one round of replication or no replication once the cells are infected. Replication-deficient viruses can be obtained either by rational design (e.g., targeted disruption of a gene that is involved in viral replication) or by the recombination and screening/selection methods of the invention. The nucleic acids of the replication deficient viruses thus obtained are then subjected to recombination and selection for those viruses that exhibit improved entry into host cells. The screening can be accomplished by, for example, fluorescence-activated cell sorting of cells that contain the virus (based on expression of a gene such as Mx). Viruses can be recovered from these cells, re-infected into host cells, re-sorted. After one or more repetitions of the screening/selection, individual colonies analyzed for their capacity to replicate in cell culture. Those that do not replicate in host cells are suitable for further testing as vaccines, e.g., for ability to induce an "antiviral state" in infected cells. Again, backcrossing can be used to obtain viral vaccines that include the mutations that prevent replication but lack other mutations that reduce immunogenicity.
3. Vaccines attenuated by insertions of stop codons in polypeptide coding regions In another embodiment, the invention provides attenuated vaccines, and methods of obtaining attenuated vaccines, in which numerous stop codons are introduced into the nucleic acids of the vaccine virus or other organism. These attenuated vaccines thus require the presence of a suppressor tRNA in a host cell in order to replicate (Drabkin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 907-13 (1996); Park and RajBhandary, Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, (1998)). Accordingly, a production cell is used that contains the appropriate suppressor tRNA (e.g., amber, ochre, frameshift or other suppressor) that corresponds to the stop codons that are introduced into the genome of the vaccine virus or other organism.
Preferably, the stop codons are of a type that is not frequently used in the respective naturally occurring virus or organism.
The stop codon-containing attenuated vaccines are obtained by recombining a nucleic acid segment, or mixture of fragments, from a virus or other vaccine organism with a population of oligonucleotides that include one or more stop codons interspersed within one or more polynucleotide sequences that code for at least a portion of a polypeptide necessary for replication of the virus or organism. For example, one can use a library of stop codon-containing oligonucleotides, wherein the sequences of the oligos are determined based on known sequence information for the viral proteins. The mixture of fragments can be a full or partial fragmented genome of the organism. A library of recombinant nucleic acid segments is produced by subjecting the oligonucleotides to recombination together with nucleic acids of the virus or other organism. This results in the non-naturally occu.-ring stop codons becoming incorporated into the coding regions of the cell or virus, thus causing premature translational termination in the absence of a corresponding suppressor tRNA.
The library of recombinant nucleic acid segments are then screened by contacting introduced into production cells, for example, that contain suppressor tRNA
which suppresses the translational termination that would otherwise occur at the introduced stop codons (see, e.g., (Drabkin et al., lt~Iol. Cell. Biol. 16, 907-13 (1996); Park and RajBhandary, Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, 4418-25 (1998)). Those viruses or other organisms that reproduce in the production cells, and resulting progeny, are then collected.
In presently preferred embodiments, those that replicate are then tested for ability to replicate in non-suppressor cells. Preferably, cells of the mammal that is to be inoculated are tested. Progeny viruses or other organisms that do not replicate in the non-suppressor cells are suitable for use as attenuated vaccine organisms.
4. Selection of conditionally replicating mutant strains In some embodiments, the invention provides attenuated vaccines that are unable to proliferate under physiological conditions in an inoculated host mammal, but are capable of replication under permissive conditions such as those used for production of the vaccine. Permissive conditions can include a property of a production cell or growth conditions, that differs from the corresponding physiological condition in the cells of an inoculated host mammal. For example, a permissive condition can be a temperature, pH, sugar content, the presence or absence of complement components and/or serum proteins, and the like, that differs from the physiological condition found in the inoculated mammal.
A permissive condition can also be the presence of an essential nutrient that is absent in the inoculated host mammal.
Methods of obtaining such vaccines are also provided by the invention. For bacterial, parasite, and other whole-cell vaccines, these methods typically involve introducing a library of recombinant DNA fragments into population of the bacterial cells.
The recombinant fragments can be a whole or partial bacterial genome, or a recombinant gene or genes, that can become incorporated into the genome or an episome of the cells. The modified cells are then screened to identify conditionally defective cells that have evolved toward loss of the ability to proliferate under physiological conditions as found in a host organism. The conditionally defective cells are then screened to identify those modified cells that have evolved toward ability to replicate under the permissive conditions.
Modified cells that replicate under permissive conditions but not in a host mammal are suitable for testing as an attenuated vaccine organism.
If further improvement in attenuation is desired, additional rounds of recombination and screening can be performed. DNA from the modified cells that have evolved toward inability to replicate ~.mder physiological conditions and ability to replicate under permissive conditions is recombined with a further library of DNA
fragments, genomes, or partial genomes. The recombined DNA is introduced into the modified cells to produce further modified cells. Alternatively, one can recombine DNA among the modified cells that have evolved toward the desired function to produce the further modified cells. The further modified cells are then screened to identify those cells that have further evolved toward loss of ability to replicate under physiological conditions and toward ability to replicate under permissive conditions. These steps can be repeated as required until the further modified cells have lost the ability to replicate under.physiological conditions in a host mammal and have acquired the ability to replicate under permissive conditions.
To obtain conditional-sensitive attenuated viral vaccines, the recombinant libraries of viral genomes can be introduced into suitable test cells which are similar to those of the target mammal in terms of the conditions that can affect viral replication. The virus-containing cells are cultured in increasing or decreasing temperatures, pHs, sugar content, or other condition, and the surviving viruses are chosen for new rounds of recombination and selection. The viruses that grow in altered temperatures or other condition are further analyzed to identify those that do not replicate at the temperature or other condition found in the mammal to be inoculated. In addition, it is generally desirable to analyze the conditional-sensitive viruses for their capacity to induce pathology and protective immune response in the natural host. Backcrossing can be employed as discussed herein to obtain an attenuated vaccine in which the mutated gene or genes that are responsible for the conditional sensitivity are found in a virus that is otherwise unmodified in terms of its immunogenicity or other properties related to effectiveness as a vaccine.
In some embodiments, viral vaccines are screened by introducing the recombinant nucleic acids into allantoid cavities of embryonal eggs.
Alternatively, in vitro tissue culture can be used. This selection scheme can employ as the culture cells a mixture of cells from various species that have different requirements (e.g., for temperature or other condition) in tissue culture. This can overcome potential loss of survival and growth of the host cells that could occur when cultured under changing conditions in vitro.
5. Altered host cell specificity Also provided by the invention are attenuated vaccines that are evolved to exhibit altered host specificity. One aim is to evolve viral, bacterial, or parasite strains that can specifically grow in cell types and/or organisms that allow efficient production of the vaccine strain, but cannot grow in the natural host cells or organisms in which they could cause a disease.
As one example, one can gradually change the selection pressure by using cell lines from different species. One can start by adapting the virus or other organism to simultaneously grow in the natural host and in phylogenetically related species. When generating attenuated human viruses, for example, one can start by adapting the virus to grow in both monkey cells and human cells. Thereafter, one would start selecting mutants that also grow in bovine cell lines, and the human cells are removed from the culture system.
After recursive rounds of shuffling and selection, one is likely to be able to find a mutant strain that specifically grows in nonnatural host cell. In presently preferred embodiments, the mutant strain will not replicate in human cells. These screening methods can be done using pooled whole libraries of shuffled viruses, significantly reducing the numbers of samples that are handled.
In addition, the attenuated strains can be selected by screening for virus growth only in selected host cells rather than in many cell types (i. e.
restriction of host cell specificity). This selection system allows generation of viruses that can replicate in certain cells of the body, sufficient to elicit an immune response, but the restricted cell specificity will reduce the pathogenicity of the virus, thus preventing clinical symptoms.
Because the genes that regulate replication in host cells and the important antigenic determinants are likely to be encoded by different genes, backcrossing provides a means to retain the maximal number of the epitopes that are important for induction of protective immune responses.
6. Rapid growth in manufacturing cells but reduced proliferation in host cells The invention also provides attenuated vaccines that exhibit rapid growth in manufacturing cells, but reduced proliferation in cells of the inoculated host. For example, one can first select for growth in manufacturing cell lines or culture conditions, and then generate a library of recombinant viruses and test those individually for growth in natural host cells. The clones with the slowest growth rate in the natural host cells are selected and subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection. The selection for high growth in manufacturing cells and slow growth in host cells can be repeated. An advantage of this method is that simultaneous selection and screening for attenuation and high yield manufacturing is performed. Alternatively, one can first select individual clones that exhibit slow growth in host cells, and then select for growth in manufacturing cells.
Again, selected mutants/chimeras are selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection.
7. Screening based on adherence to target cells or target cell receptors The invention also provides methods for screening to identify viral vaccines that exhibit reduced adherence to target host cells. A library of mutant/chimeric viruses is incubated in the presence of cells of the type in which virus entry and replication is not desired. The viruses that do not bind or enter the cells are harvested from the supernatant.
Kinetic studies can be performed to identify the optimal incubation time to most e~ciently remove viruses which demonstrate specific binding to the cells. Also, several rounds of cell panning may be required to achieve optimal removal of the mutants/chimeras that have retained their capacity to bind to their specific cell surface receptors.
In addition to the intact cells, one can also use purified virus receptors in the panning in cases when the cell surface receptors for the given virus have been identified. In this system the viruses are mixed with purified (e.g., recombinant) receptor in solution or crosslinked to a plate. The viruses that bind to the receptors are captured by using, for example, monoclonal antibodies that are specific for the receptor or simply by allowing them to bind to the receptor crosslinked to the plate. The viruses are subsequently selected for growth in manufacturing cells, and the shuffling and selection is repeated as desired for further optimization. The selection is oscillated between binding to the specific receptors and growth in manufacturing cells.
8. Selection based on sensitivity to complement Attenuated viruses can also be selected based on their sensitivity to complement or complement components. The library of recombinant viruses is generated by a method such as DNA shuffling, preferably family shuffling. Individuals clones of virus are e~cpanded in manufacturing cells, and subsequently cultured in the presence of complement or complement components. Clones that demonstrate decreased virus titer upon exposure to complement are selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection. Viruses that are susceptible to killing by complement are likely to have strongly reduced capacity to induce pathology in vivo, yet they are likely to elicit immune responses that protect from future infections.
In addition, one can select virus mutants/chimeras that bind purified complement components (e.g., C3 or components thereof). Binding of complement components directly to the virus may induce the cascade of complement mediated killing, and it may also cause opsonization of the virus rendering them more susceptible for killing by phagocytic cells, such as monocytes. The selection of mutants/chimeras that bind complement components can be done for example by panning or amity column chromatography.
9. Selection for growth in immunocompromised animals only Additional selection systems for attenuated vaccine strains include screening for growth in immunocompromised hosts only. Genetically immunocompromised strains of certain species are available, such immunodeficient mouse strains. Such strains include, but are not limited to, SCID mice, nude mice and mice rendered deficient in their genes encoding RAGI or RAG2 genes. Importantly, however, practically any host species can be rendered transiently immunodeficient by drug treatment or irradiation.
Immunosuppressive drugs include, but are not limited to cyclosporin A, FK~06, IL-10, soluble IL-2 receptor, steroids and anti-proliferative cancer drugs, such as methotrexate.
Individual virus, bacterial, or parasite clones are tested for their capacity to propagate in either genetically immunodeficient or transiently immunocompromised hosts.
The individual clones that grow well in immunocompromised hosts are then tested for growth in normal hosts. Clones that grow in imm~unocompromised hosts but demonstrate slow growth in immunocompetent hosts are selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection.
In addition, viruses or other pathogens may grow, in immunocompromised hosts, in tissues where they normally do not grow. This allows selection of virus, bacterial, or parasite mutants/chimeras that have altered tissue specificity in immunocompromised hosts. In this selection system, one can infect the host with a library of viruses or other organisms and harvest viruses, bacteria, or parasites from novel target tissues. Individual clones from these tissues can then be tested for growth in immunocompetent hosts and manufacturing cells. Like in other shuffling formats, the selected mutants/chimeras can be subjected to additional rounds of shuffling and selection.
Immunosuppressive drugs include, but are not limited to cyclosporin A, FK~06, IL-10, soluble IL-2 receptor, steroids and anti-proliferative cancer drugs, such as methotrexate.
Individual virus, bacterial, or parasite clones are tested for their capacity to propagate in either genetically immunodeficient or transiently immunocompromised hosts.
The individual clones that grow well in immunocompromised hosts are then tested for growth in normal hosts. Clones that grow in imm~unocompromised hosts but demonstrate slow growth in immunocompetent hosts are selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection.
In addition, viruses or other pathogens may grow, in immunocompromised hosts, in tissues where they normally do not grow. This allows selection of virus, bacterial, or parasite mutants/chimeras that have altered tissue specificity in immunocompromised hosts. In this selection system, one can infect the host with a library of viruses or other organisms and harvest viruses, bacteria, or parasites from novel target tissues. Individual clones from these tissues can then be tested for growth in immunocompetent hosts and manufacturing cells. Like in other shuffling formats, the selected mutants/chimeras can be subjected to additional rounds of shuffling and selection.
10. Selection of pathogen variants that are killed by Ab response alone or by components of normal serum rendering them less virulent Immune defense against viral and other infections generally includes both cell mediated and humoral immune responses. Attenuated virus or cell strains can be selected by screening mutants/chimeras that are killed by either one of these mechanisms alone. For example, virus or cell mutants can be selected that are killed by specific antibodies alone, in the absence of T cell mediated immune responses. First, antisera are generated against the wild-type virus or cell by immunization. Thereafter, the shuffled library of virus or cell mutants/chimeras is mixed with the antisera and viruses or cells that are recognized by the antisera are selected for further analysis. These clones are then tested individually whether the antiserum neutralizes the function of the virus or cell. These studies can be done either in vitro or in vivo, or both. For example, one can first analyze whether the antisera, or pools of antisera, neutralize the virus or cell variants in vitro and then test these individual clones for their capacity to induce pathology and immunity in vivo.
In a va~~iant of this selection system, one can also use sera from non-immunized hosts in order to identify virus or cell variants that are neutralized by serum components normally present in the host. As described above, the serum components that limit virus growth can include complement and complement components. However, the use of whole serum can allow evolution for killing by additional agents present in normal serum.
Such mutants/chimeras are also likely to have an attenuated phenotype in vivo.
As in other recombination and screening/selection formats, the selected mutants/chimeras can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection if further optimization is desired.
In a va~~iant of this selection system, one can also use sera from non-immunized hosts in order to identify virus or cell variants that are neutralized by serum components normally present in the host. As described above, the serum components that limit virus growth can include complement and complement components. However, the use of whole serum can allow evolution for killing by additional agents present in normal serum.
Such mutants/chimeras are also likely to have an attenuated phenotype in vivo.
As in other recombination and screening/selection formats, the selected mutants/chimeras can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection if further optimization is desired.
11. Combinations of selection systems to obtain optimal attenuation The optimal attenuation may often be obtained by combining several different selection mechanisms. For example, optimal attenuation can be achieved by simultaneously selecting mutants that grow at altered temperatures in a nonconventional host cell, e.g., a cell line from a species other than the normal host for the virus or other pathogen. To achieve such a large change in the function of the virus or other organism, gradual selection pressure can be important. The temperature is readily increased or decreased gradually, and mixtures of cells derived from different species can be used to allow gradual adaptation to grow in nonhost tissues.
Furthermore, in vitro and in vivo selection systems can be used in combination. One can first select mutants that do not bind cells that normally are target cells for the given virus in vitro. In this format the natural host cells and the virus library are incubated as a mixture, and the mutants that do dot bind are hen harvested, and the process is repeated until minimal or no viruses are removed from the pool by the host cells.
Thereafter, the remaining population is analyzed in vivo either as pools or as individual recombinant viruses. Both induction of pathology and immune responses are measured. For example, one can inject the mutant viruses into animals, observe pathology, omit the ones that become sick, and then analyze the remaining animals by challenging them by the wild-type virus. Animals that have developed protective immunity after inoculation of the attenuated mutant strain will survive the challenge with the wild-type infectious virus.
These can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection. Again, backerossing with the wild-type virus can be used to retain maximal number of immunologically important residues.
Furthermore, in vitro and in vivo selection systems can be used in combination. One can first select mutants that do not bind cells that normally are target cells for the given virus in vitro. In this format the natural host cells and the virus library are incubated as a mixture, and the mutants that do dot bind are hen harvested, and the process is repeated until minimal or no viruses are removed from the pool by the host cells.
Thereafter, the remaining population is analyzed in vivo either as pools or as individual recombinant viruses. Both induction of pathology and immune responses are measured. For example, one can inject the mutant viruses into animals, observe pathology, omit the ones that become sick, and then analyze the remaining animals by challenging them by the wild-type virus. Animals that have developed protective immunity after inoculation of the attenuated mutant strain will survive the challenge with the wild-type infectious virus.
These can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and selection. Again, backerossing with the wild-type virus can be used to retain maximal number of immunologically important residues.
12. Evolution of vaccine strains that can escape recognition by maternal antibodies The invention is also useful for generating vaccines that are not recognized by maternal antibodies. Vaccines that exhibit reduced maternal antibody binding are expected to have improved efficacy. To obtain such vaccines, nucleic acids that encode either a whole or partial genome of a potential vaccine organism, or that encode a particular immunogenic polypeptide, are subjected to recombination as described herein. The resulting recombinant nucleic acids are then introduced into cells or viruses, which are then negatively selected so that the vaccines recognized by maternal antibodies are removed from the libraries. Typical methods to negatively select vaccines that are not recognized by maternal aaibodies include, but are not limited to, affinity selection using flasks or columns coated with the maternal antibodies.
The family shuffling approach has an advantage in that one will simultaneously generate chimeras of the different strains. These chimeras can then be screened for optimal immunogenicity and crossprotection in vivo. These multivalent strains are likely to be more potent in inducing crossprotection against all different existing and emerging variants of the parent virus or cell. In some embodiments, libraries of the virus or cells that contain the recombinant nucleic acids are generated, and these libraries are initially screened for lack of binding to antibodies derived from animals that were previously immunized against the respective cell or virus. The immunogenicity of the selected vaccines can be verified by immunizing animals, and subsequently challenging the vaccinated animals with different strains of live virus or cells.
The family shuffling approach has an advantage in that one will simultaneously generate chimeras of the different strains. These chimeras can then be screened for optimal immunogenicity and crossprotection in vivo. These multivalent strains are likely to be more potent in inducing crossprotection against all different existing and emerging variants of the parent virus or cell. In some embodiments, libraries of the virus or cells that contain the recombinant nucleic acids are generated, and these libraries are initially screened for lack of binding to antibodies derived from animals that were previously immunized against the respective cell or virus. The immunogenicity of the selected vaccines can be verified by immunizing animals, and subsequently challenging the vaccinated animals with different strains of live virus or cells.
13. Evolution of more stable attenuated vaccine strains The inherent lability of live organisms presents a challenge in terms of stabilizing and preserving viability of attenuated vaccine strains during manufacturing, storage, and administration (Burke et al., Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug. Carrier Syst. (1999) 16: 1-83). Due to instability of several attenuated vaccine strains, shelf life of the vaccines is often limited, reducing the practicality of the vaccines for veterinary application or limiting their usage in undeveloped or tropical areas. Such examples include, but are not limited to, rinderpest vaccine for cattle (House and Manner, Dev. Biol. Stand. (1996) 87:
235-44) and Vanzcella-Zoster virus (VZV) vaccines (Fanget and Francon, Dev. Biol. Stand.
(1996) 87:
167-71). The stability of these vaccine strains can be improved by the methods of the invention.
Libraries of vaccine strains are generated by the recombination methods described herein, e.g., DNA shuffling, and the resulting libraries are analyzed for stability.
Different temperatures, formulations and time periods can be used to generate a selection pressure that only allows propagation of viruses or cells that have the desired properties. In addition, the virus and cell libraries can be freeze dried, reconstituted, and the most stable viruses or cells selected varying periods after reconstitution. The viruses or cells that demonstrate improved stability can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection.
Subsequent immunizations and challenge studies can be used to further evaluate the degree of attenuation, immunogenicity and stability.
1Y. Use of the Attenuated Vaccines The attenuated vaccines of the invention are useful for treating and/or preventing the various diseases and conditions that are caused by viral or cellular pathogens.
The attenuated vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention can be further modified to enhance their effectiveness in vaccination. For example, one can incorporate into the attenuated vaccines immunostimulatory sequences such as are described in copending, commonly assigned US Patent Application Serial No. 09/248,716, filed February 10, 1999.
The vaccine vector can be modified to direct a particular type of immune response, e.g., a THl or a TH2 response, as described in US Patent Application Serial No.
09/247,888, filed February 10, 1999. It is sometimes advantageous to employ a vaccine that is targeted for a particular target cell type (e.g., an antigen presenting cell or an antigen processing cell);
suitable targeting methods are described in copending, commonly assigned US
patent application Serial No. 09/247,886, filed February 10, 1999.
The attenuated vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention find use not only for inducing a prophylactic or therapeutic immune response against the vaccine itself, but the backbone of the vaccines can be used to carry other pharmaceutically useful proteins into a cell. Such molecules include, for example, vaccine antigens, immunomodulatory molecules, therapeutic proteins, and the like.
Suitable formulations and dosage regimes for vaccine delivery are well known to those of skill in the art. The vaccines of the invention can be delivered to a mammal (including humans) to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic immune response.
Vaccine delivery vehicles can be delivered in vivo by administration to an individual patient, typically by systemic administration (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subdermal, intracranial, anal, vaginal, oral, buccal route or they can be inhaled) or they can be administered by topical application. Alternatively, vaccines can be delivered to cells ex vivo, such as cells explanted from an individual patient (e.g., lymphocytes, bone marrow aspirates, tissue biopsy) or universal donor hematopoietic stem cells, followed by reimplantation of the cells into a patient, usually after selection for cells which have incorporated the vector.
A large number of delivery methods are well known to those of skill in the art. St~~ methods include, for example liposome-based gene delivery (Debs and Zhu ( 1993) WO 93/24640; Mannino and Gould-Fogerite (1988) BioTechniques 6(7): 682-691;
Rose U.S. Pat No. 5,279,833; Brigham (1991) WO 91/06309; and Felgner et al. (1987) Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 84: 7413-7414), as well as use of viral vectors (e.g., adenoviral (see, e.g., Berns et al. (1995) Ann. NYAcad. Sci. 772: 95-104; Ali et al. (1994) Gene Ther. 1: 367-384;
and Haddada et al. (1995) Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 199 ( Pt 3): 297-306 for review), papillomaviral, retroviral (see, e.g., Buchscher et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66(5) 2731-2739;
Johann et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66 (5):1635-1640 (1992); Sommerfelt et al., (1990) Virol.
176:58-59; Wilson et al. (1989) J. Virol. 63:2374-2378; Miller et al., J.
Virol. 65:2220-2224 (1991); Wong-Staal et al., PCT/US94/05700, and Rosenburg and Fauci (1993) in Fundamental Immunology, Third Edition Paul (ed) Raven Press, Ltd., New York and the references therein, and Yu et al., Gene Therapy (1994) supra.), and adeno-associated viral vectors (see, West et al. (1987) Virology 160:38-47; Carter et al. (1989) U.S.
Patent No.
4,797,368; Carter et al. WO 93/24641 (1993); Kotin (1994) human Gene Therapy 5:793-801; Muzyczka (1994) J. Clin. Invst. 94:1351 and Samulski (supra) for an overview of AAV
vectors; see also, Lebkowski, U.S. Pat. No. 5,173,414; Tratschin et al. (1985) Mol. Cell.
Biol. 5(11):3251-3260; Tratschin, et al. (1984) Mol. Cell. Biol., 4:2072-2081;
Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6466-6470; McLaughlin et al.
(1988) and Samulski et al. (1989) J. Virol., 63:03822-3828), and the like.
"Naked" DNA and/or RNA that comprises a genome of an attenuated vaccine cag-be introduced directly into a tissue, such as muscle. See, e.g., USPN
5,580,859. Other methods such as "biolistic" or particle-mediated transformation (see, e.g., Sanford et al., USPN 4,945,050; USPN 5,036,006) are also suitable for introduction of vaccines into cells of a mammal according to the invention. These methods are useful not only for in vivo introduction of DNA into a mammal, but also for ex vivo modification of cells for reintroduction into a mammal. As is the case for other methods of delivering vaccines, vaccine adminsstration is repeated, if necessary, in order to maintain the desired level of immunomodulation.
Attenuated vaccines can be administered directly to the mammal. The vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention can be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions for administration in any suitable manner, including parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, or intravenous), topical, oral, rectal, intrathecal, buccal (e.g., sublingual), or local administration, such as by aerosol or transdermally, for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment. Pretreatment of skin, for example, by use of hair-removing agents, may be useful in transdermal delivery. Although more than one route can be used to administer a particular composition, a particular route can often provide a more immediate and more effective reaction than another route.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. See, e.g., Lieberman, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms"
Marcel Dekker, Vols. 1-3 (1998); Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 15th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Euston, Pennsylvania (1980) and similar publications. A
variety of aqueous carriers can be used, e.g., buffered saline and the like. These solutions are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter. These compositions can be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques. The compositions can contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium lactate and the like. The concentration of attenuated vaccine in these formulations can vary widely, and will be selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight and the like in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the patient's needs.
Formulations suitable for oral administration can consist of (a) liquid solutions, such as an effective amount of the packaged nucleic acid suspended in diluents, such as water, saline or PEG 400; (b) capsules, sachets or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, as liquids, solids, granules or gelatin; (c) suspensions in an appropriate liquid; and (d) suitable emulsions. Tablet forms can include one or more of lactose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, calcium phosphates, corn starch, potato starch, tragacanth, microcrystalline cellulose, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, talc, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, fillers, binders, diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, dyes, disintegrating agents, and pharmaceutically compatible carriers.
Lozenge forms can comprise the active ingredient in a flavor, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, as well as pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia emulsions, gels, and the like containing, in addition to the active ingredient, carriers known in the art. It is recognized that the attenuated vaccines, when administered orally, must be protected from digestion. This is typically accomplished either by complexing the vaccines with a composition to render it resistant to acidic and enzymatic hydrolysis or by packaging the vaccines in an appropriately resistant carrier such as a liposome. Means of protecting vectors from digestion are well known in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions can be encapsulated, e.g., in liposomes, or in a formulation that provides for slow release of the active ingredient.
The attenuated vaccines, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be made into aerosol formulations (e.g., they can be "nebulized") to be administered via inhalation. Aerosol formulations can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and the like.
Suitable formulations for rectal administration include, for example, suppositories, which consist of the packaged nucleic acid with a suppository base. Suitable suppository bases include natural or synthetic triglycerides or paraffin hydrocarbons. In addition, it is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules which consist of a combination of the packaged nucleic acid with a base, including, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols, and paraffin hydrocarbons.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration, such as, for example, by intraarticular (in the joints), intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous routes, include aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions, which can contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives. In the practice of this invention, compositions can be administered, for example, by intravenous infusion, orally, topically, intraperitoneally, intravesically or intrathecally. Parenteral administration and intravenous administration are the preferred methods of administration. The formulations of attenuated vaccines can be presented in unit-dose or mufti-dose sealed containers, such as ampoules and vials.
The dose administered to a patient, in the context of the present invention 1 ~ should be sufficient to effect a beneficial therapeutic and/or prophylactic response in the patient over time. The dose will be determined by the efficacy of the particular attenuated vaccine employed and the condition of the patient, as well as the body weight or vascular surface area of the patient to be treated. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects that accompany the administration of a particular vaccine in a particular patient.
In determining the effective amount of the vaccine to be administered in the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection or other condition, the physician evaluates vaccine toxicities, progression of the disease, and the production of anti-vaccine vector antibodies, if any. In general, the dose equivalent of a naked nucleic acid from a vector is from about 1 p.g 2~ to 1 mg for a typical 70 kilogram patient, and doses of vectors used to deliver the nucleic acid are calculated to yield an equivalent amount of therapeutic nucleic acid.
Administration can be accomplished via single or divided doses.
In therapeutic applications, compositions are administered to a patient suffering from a disease (e.g., an infectious disease or autoimmune disorder) in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the disease and its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as a "therapeutically effective dose."
Amounts effective for this use will depend upon the severity of the disease and the general state of the patient's health. Single or multiple administrations of the compositions may be administered depending on the dosage and frequency as required and tolerated by the patient. In any event, the composition should provide a sufficient quantity of the proteins of this invention to effectively treat the patient.
In prophylactic applications, compositions are administered to a human or other mammal to induce an immune response that can help protect against the establishment of an infectious disease or other condition. Subsequent challenge by the corresponding pathogen will trigger the immune response that has been primed by pre-exposure to the vaccine.
The toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the attenuated vaccines provided by the invention are determined using standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals. One can determine the LD;o (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the EDSO (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) using procedures presented herein and those otherwise known to those of skill in the art.
The attenuated vaccines of the invention can be packaged in packs, dispenser devices, and kits for administering genetic vaccines to a mammal. For example, packs or dispenser devices that contain one or more unit dosage forms are provided.
Typically, instructions for administration of the compounds will be provided with the packaging, along with a suitable indication on the label that the compound is suitable for treatment of an indicated condition. For example, the label may state that the active compound within the packaging is useful for treating a particular infectious disease, autoimmune disorder, tumor, or for preventing or treating other diseases or conditions that are mediated by, or potentially susceptible to, a mammalian immune response.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are offered to illustrate, but not to limit the present invention.
Example 1 Specific examples of using DNA shuffling to generate attenuated viruses to be used as vaccines or vaccine vectors This Example describes several illustrative methods for using the methods of the invention to generate attenuated viral vaccines or vaccine vectors.
A. Bovine viral diarrhea virus Bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) is a togavirus that is the most insidious and devastating viral pathogen of cattle in the United States (Vassilev et al., J. Virol. (1997) 71:471-8). The virus causes immunosuppression, diarrhea, respiratory distress, abortion and persistent infection in calves. There are at least two serotypes of BVDV, as well as two biotypes (cytopathic and non-cytopathic). Because of the existing natural diversity in the BVDV strains, the virus offers an excellent starting point for evolution by family shuffling.
The approach is particularly feasible, because stable full-len'th cDNA copies of BVDV have been established (Mendez et al., J. Yirol. 1998;72: 4737-45; Vassilev et al., J. Yirol. (1997) 71:471-8). As assayed by transfection of MDBK cells, uncapped RNAs transcribed from these cDNA clones were highly infectious (>105 PFU/~,g). The recovered virus was similar in plaque morphology, growth properties, polyprotein processing, and cytopathogenicity to the parental BVDV strain (Mendez et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72: 4737-45).
In addition, the principle of generating chimeras of infectious BVDV and antigenic determinants from other viruses has been demonstrated using rational design. More specifically, the coding region for the major envelope glycoprotein E2/gp53 in the molecular genomic clone of BVDV was substituted with that of the Singer strain, giving rise to a chimeric virus (Vassilev et al., J. Yirol. (1997) 71:471-8). However, such approaches to design of chimeric viruses suffer a significant drawback in that immunogenicity against the original virus is lost when the immunogenic envelope proteins are replaced by those derived from other pathogens.
To obtain chimeric viruses that have maintained the immunogenicity of the parental virus, DNA is used shuffling to generate chimeras between different viruses or their immunogenic fragments. Nucleic acids of different serotypes of BVDV are shuffled using family shuffling approach, for example. Either the entire infectious cDNA
clones or the nucleic acids that encode the envelope proteins are shuffled, and a library of chimeric viruses is generated. Shuffling the entire viral genome has the advantage that one is likely to simultaneously find solutions to attenuation and immunogenicity. MDBK cells, for example, are suitable for use in screening for attenuation in vitro, because the wild-type BVDV is highly infectious in these cells, and some strains cause a cytopathic effect (Mendez et al., J.
Virol. (1998) 72: 4737-45). Other ways by which one can screen for attenuation include, for example, analysis of temperature sensitivity, altered host-cell specificity, selection based upon sensitivity to complement, and selection for growth in immunocompromised animals only. Alternatively, one can also choose to shuffle only one virus strain to attenuate the virus first, and thereafter use family DNA shuffling of the immunogenic regions to generate chimeras that provide potent crossprotective immunity.
B. Marek's Disease Virus (MDV); improved manufacturine of viral vaccines by DNA shuffling Marek's disease (MD) is a lymphoproliferative disease of chicken, which is characterized by malignant T cell-lymphoma formation (Morimura et al., J. Vet.
Med. Sci.
1998; 60:1-8). Relatively efficient vaccines are available to prevent the disease, but methods for manufacturing of the vaccine in particular need major improvements. The previously available attenuated MDV-vaccine is propagated in primary chick embryo fibroblasts, and the vaccine is the frozen, virus-infected cell preparation. Cell-free vaccines have also been tested, but their immunogenicity is inferior as compared to the cell-associated vaccines. In addition, MDV has been significantly evolving over the past 40 years to gain greater oncogenicity, and some of these viruses are not adequately controlled by the vaccines that are currently available (Biggs, Philos. Traps. R. Soc. Lond. B. Biol Sci.
(1997) 352:1951-62).
The development of vaccines against MDV is also hampered by the existence of multiple serotypes. Mixtures of different serotypes have been used in the vaccine preparations; such as vaccines based on the attenuated strains of serotype 1, 2 and 3, but failures resulting in disease progress have been reported indicating a need for production of new, more effective vaccines (Zelnik, Acta Virol. (1995) 39:53-63).
Molecular evolution of MDV by DNA shuffling provides solutions to the problems otherwise associated with the manufacturing, attenuation and immunogenicity of the vaccine. Generation of cell-free vaccine preparations provides a major improvement in the manufacturing process. Libraries of recombinant MDV nucleic acids, or fragments thereof, are generated and screened for efficient propagation in cell culture in a cell-free manner. Cell lines from other species can be used to simultaneously achieve proper attenuation. The cell-free viruses that are then analyzed for their immunogenicity in ovo or in chicks. These cell-free preparations will provide major improvements to the manufacturing and storage of the vaccine, because the current vaccine preparations have to be shipped in liquid nitrogen containers to ensure the stability of the cells.
Because family DNA shuffling allows one to generate chimeric antigens and viruses, the approach is useful in generating vaccine strains that provide efficient cross-protection against all or most different serotypes of MDV. Furthermore, because maternal antibodies interfere with the vaccine, thus reducing its efficacy (Sharma and Graham, Avian Dis. (1982) 26: 860-70; Nazerian et al., Avian Dis. (1996) 40: 368-76), and because DNA
shuffling can generate new antigenic variants, this approach allows one to generate vaccine strains that are not recognized-~r~naternal antibodies of previously vaccinarted animals. By generating large libraries of vaccine strains, several different immunogenic variants are found. This enables vaccinations of different generations with antigenically variable vaccines, reducing the interference by maternal antibodies induced by immunization.
Screening for reduced interference by maternal antibodies can be done in vitro using sera derived from vaccinated animals. For example, negative selection techniques, such as panning, are used to remove all strains that are recognized by antibodies from immunized animals. The antigenicity and immunogenicity of the remaining strains can subsequently be verified in in vivo studies. Protective immunity will be analyzed by challenging the chicken by different live MDV serotypes.
C. Bovine heroes virus type-1 (BHV-1), also known as Infectious Bovine Rhinotracheatis virus (IBRV) Bovine herpesvirus 1 (BHV-1 ), also called Infectious bovine rhinotracheatis virus (IBRV), replicates in a wide range of cell types and the disease manifestations include respiratory tract disease, conjunctivitis, vulvovaginitis, abortion, balanoposthitis, meningoencephalitis, alimentary tract disease and fatal systemic infection (Lupton and Reed, Am. J. Vet. Res. (1980) 41: 383). Immune responses to BHV-1 have been observed after exposure of animals to virulent virus, conventional live or killed vaccines, genetically engineered live virus vaccines, subunit vaccines and, more recently, following immunization with plasmids encoding immunogenic antigens (Babiuk et al., Vet. Microbiol.
(1996) 53:31-42). Exposure to BHV-1 or its glycoproteins induced specific responses to the virus which are capable of neutralizing virus and killing virus infected cells. Killing of virus infected cells occurs after the expression of viral antigens on the cell surface of infected cells (Babiuk et al., Vet. Microbiol. (1996) 53:31-42). BHV-1 may spread in the infected host by viremia, gaining access to a broader range of tissues and organs, and it may cause a variety of symptoms (Engels and Ackermann, Vet. Microbiol. (1996) 53: 3-15).
Herpesviruses may also establish latency in neuronal or lymphoid cells, and during latency few viral antigens are synthesized. Upon reactivation, the viruses re-establish the lytic cycle of replication.
Although a vigorous immune response is often induced during the primary viral infection, these mechanisms help the herpesviruses to escape the host immune system during latency and to a lesser degree also during reactivation (Id. ).
Evolution of attenuated BHV-1 strains is achieved by random DNA shuffling of the virus or targeted evolution of virus components that are critical to the penetration and propagation of the virus. One example of such virus component is the glycoprotein H
(Meyer et al., J. Gen. Virol. (1998) 79: 1983-7). gH is a structural component of the virus and forms a complex with glycoprotein gL. Experiments with gH-deficient BHV-1 demonstrated that gH is crucial in the infectious cycle of the virus and is involved in virus entry and cell-to-cell spread, but not in the attachment of the virus (Id.).
Another example of useful component of BHV-1 for molecular evolution by DNA shuffling is the glycoprotein D
(gD), which has also been shown to be an essential component involved in virus entry (Hanon et al., Virology (1999) 257: 191-197). BHV-1 viruses devoid of gD (BHV-1 gD-/-) are able to bind to BL-3 cells, but they are no longer able to induce apoptosis (Id.).
Furthermore, immunity against gD has been shown to confer resistance to BHV-1 replication in cattle (Zhu and Letchworth, Vaccine (1996) 14: 61-9).
DNA shuffling is used to cause molecular evolution of gH or gD so as to generate BHV-1 variants that have altered capacity to spread from cell to cell, a crucial event in pathogenesis. Taken together, family DNA shuffling of gD and or gH provides means to simultaneously attenuate the virus and to generate chimeric viruses that provide protection against multiple serotypes.
More specifically, in this approach the virus, or fragments thereof, such as gH
or gD, will be shuffled and a library are generated. The shuffled fragments can be incorporated into the virus backbone using conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art. The library of viruses are then selected for attenuation. A number of different approaches for selection can be taken, some of which have been previously described during attempts to attenuate the wild-type virus. Such selection techniques can also be applied to selection of attenuated, DNA shuffled vaccine strains. These methods include rapid passage in bovine cell culture (Schwartz et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Mod. (1957) 96:
453) or by adaptation to porcine or canine cell cultures (Schwartz et al., Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol. Mod.
(1958) 97: 680; Zuschek et al., J. Am. Vet. Mod. Assoc. (1961) 139: 236). In addition, the virus can be adapted to grow in cell culture in reduced temperature (30°C), or by selection of temperature sensitive mutants (56 °C for 40 minutes) (Inaba, J. Jpn.
Vet. Mod. Assoc. ( 1975) 28: 410; Bartha, Dev. Biol. Stand. (1974) 26:5).
Intranasally administered BHV-1 has also been attenuated by serial passage in rabbit cells cultured in vitro, or were modified by treatment with HNOZ
followed by selection of temperature sensitive mutants (Todd, Can. Vet. J. (1974) 15: 257;
Zygraich et al., Res. Vet. Sci. (1974) 16: 328). These selection techniques are also useful in identifying attenuated strains of shuffled viruses; the library of shuffled viruses can contain viruses that have additional improvements in addition to attenuation. A crucial advantage as compared to previously described attenuation techniques is the fact that efficient chimerism between the different serotypes can be achieved, which enables one to generate crossprotective strains that provide improved immune responses in vivo. The analysis of the efficacy of the immune response in animals can be done by analyzing immune parameters in the sera and circulating lymphocytes in immunized animals. Moreover, the protective and crossprotective immune responses can be studied by challenging the immunized animals with the wild-type viruses of different serotypes. The viruses that demonstrate the best attenuation combined with the most potent crossprotective immune response in vivo are selected for further rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
D. Infectious bronchitis virus Infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) is a member of the family Coronaviridae and causes highly contagious respiratory and reproductive disease in chickens.
IBV has a single-stranded, positive sense RNA genome of 27.6 kb. The construction of a full-length clone of IBV downstream of the bacteriophage T7 promoter has been described (Penzes et al., J. Virol. (1996) 70: 8660-8). Electroporation of in vitro T7-transcribed RNA from the two different constructs into IBV helper virus-infected cells resulted in the replication and packaging of the RNA (Penzes et al., J. Virol. (1996) 70:8660-8).
The three structural proteins of IBV are the spike glycoprotein (S protein), the membrane glycoprotein (IV protein) and the nucleocapsid protein (N protein) (Jia et al., Arch. Virol. (1995) 140: 259). There are at least ten serotypes of IBV.
Massachusetts, Connecticut, Arkansas and California serotypes are the most persistent in the US. Mutations and crossovers are common mechanisms for the generation of new serotypes and provide means for the virus to escape naturally existing immunity or that induced by vaccinations (Keck et al., J. Virol. (1988) 62: 1810). More immunogenic and crossprotective vaccine strains are needed, and molecular evolution technologies provide improved and faster means to generate novel chimeras that can be screened for the desired properties using in vitro and in vivo screenings.
Libraries of IBV strains are generated by shuffling, and the desired clones are selected from the library by analyzing the entire library, pools thereof, or individual clones.
More specifically, the degree of attenuation can be studied for example by using tracheal organ cultures (TOC) and oviduct organ cultures (00C) (Raj and Jones, Vaccine (1997) 15:
163-8). Ciliostasis (CD50), immunofluorescence staining (IFID50) and organ culture infectivity (OCID50) have been shown to associate with attenuation and are useful methods for screening candidate live respiratory viral vaccines for attenuation (la'.
). These methods are also useful when selecting shuffled, attenuated strains of IBV. Subsequent immunizations and challenge studies in animals can be used to further evaluate the degree of attenuation, immunogenicity and cross-protection.
E. Evolution of stable Yellow Fever vaccine strains by DNA shuffling The stability of these vaccine strains can be improved by DNA shuffling technology. This Example describes the evolution of yellow fever (YF) virus, which is an example of a vaccine strain, the stability of which can be improved by the methods described here. YF is an acute mosquito-borne viral haemorrhagic fever that has reemerged across Africa and in South America. A total of 18,735 yellow fever cases and 4,522 deaths were reported from 1987 to 1991. This represents the greatest reported amount of yellow fever activity for any 5-year period since 1948 (Robertson et al., JAMA (1996) 276:
1157-62). In Africa, a large proportion of cases have occurred in children. There is an efficient vaccine against yellow fever available, but financing the vaccine has been difFcult for the poorest in the world (Robertson et al., JAMA (1996) 276: 1157-62).
The stability of YF vaccine is a major problem in undeveloped countries and tropical areas. The lyophilized vaccine strain without stabilizers deteriorates rapidly when exposed to temperatures above -20 °C (Monath, Dev. Biol. Stand. (1996) 87: 219-25).
Additives, such as sugars, amino acids, and divalent cations have improved the stability of the vaccine preparations. However, despite the relatively good stability of these vaccine formulations stability when freeze dried, the vaccine is unstable after reconstitution and must be discarded after one hour (Monath, Dev. Biol. Stand. ( 1996) 87: 219-25).
Improvements in vaccine stability after reconstitution would significantly reduce cost, stretch supplies of the vaccine, and would also reduce the frequency of vaccine failures due to use of degraded vaccine.
In this Example, infectious cDNA clones of YF are subjected to recombination by, for example, DNA shuffling. The resulting virus libraries are analyzed for stability. Selection is conducted under different temperatures, formulations and time periods, as desired, to obtain suitable YF viruses that are stable under the conditions of interest. Only those viruses that can propagate under such conditions survive the selection.
In addition, the virus libraries can be freeze dried, reconstituted, and the most stable viruses selected varying periods after reconstitution. The viruses that demonstrate improved stability can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection. Subsequent immunizations and challenge studies will further evaluate the degree of attenuation, immunogenicity and stability.
F. Influenza A virus Epidemic infections with influenza A continue to associate with significant morbidity and mortality in the general population, particularly among the elderly and other high risk patients (Calfee and Hayden, Drugs (1998) ~6: 537-53). Tens of th ousands of deaths occur each year despite the availability of relatively efricient vaccines. E~cient control of the disease has not been achieved through immunization programs because of incomplete protective efficacy and antigenic variations of the virus.
Vaccinations must be given annually because of the antigenic changes that the virus undergoes, and because the antibody responses decrease significantly over time (Rimmelzwaan ~t al., Vaccine (1999) 17: 1355-8).
Influenza A virus belongs to family Orthomyxoviridae, which are segmented, negative-stranded viruses. Additional members of the family are Influenza B
and Influenza C viruses. Viral replication occurs after synthesis of the mRNAs and requires synthesis of the viral proteins. Complete infectious segmented negative-strand viruses have been successfully recovered from cloned cDNA (Bridgen and Elliott, Proc. Nat'1.
Acad. Sci. USA
(1996) 93: 15400-4). Plasmids encoding full-length cDNA copies of three Bunyamwera bunyavirus RNA genome segments flanked by bacteriophage T7 promoter and hepatitis 1 ~ delta virus ribozyme sequences were capable of encoding infectious virus with the characteristic of the parental cDNA clones (Bridgen and Elliott, Proc. Nat'1.
Acad. Sci. USA
(1996) 93: 15400-4). Similarly, full-length, infectious vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV), the prototypic nonsegmented negative-strand RNA virus, has been recovered from a cDNA
clone (Whelan et al., Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA (1990 92: 8388-92). These data illustrate the feasibility of shuffling the entire genomes of negative-strand RNA
viruses. In addition, foreign genes have been successfully introduced into Influenza A genome (Luytjes et al., Cell (1989) 59: 1107-13), indicating that Influenza A virus genomes can be successfully engineered. Infectious Influenza A virus has been recovered after transfection of cDNA
encoding the PB2 polymerase gene, followed by transfection of the RNA
transcripts (Subbarao et al., J. Virol. (1993) 67, 7223-8). Therefore, as an alternative to whole viral genome shuffling, novel attenuated vaccine strains of Influenza A can be generated by shuffling individual segments of the virus, further illustrating the feasibility of DNA
shuffling approach in evolution of Influenza A viruses.
Libraries of Influenza A viruses are generated by shuffling the entire genome, or segments thereof (such as, for example, the PB2 polymerase gene). Because of the large antigenic diversity of Influenza viruses, the segments encoding the immunogenic proteins, such as the nucleocapsid, matrix proteins, hemaggluti_nia, nucleoprotein or neuramididase, provide additional targets for molecular evolution by DNA shuffling. Because live attenuated influenza A virus vaccines have been widely produced by the transfer of attenuating genes from a donor virus to new epidemic variants of influenza A
virus (Subbarao et al., J. Virol. (1993) 67: 7223-8), the shuffled segments can be introduced back to other Influenza strains of interest. The shuffled viruses can be selected using mufti-tiered screening process including selection for growth in manufacturing cells, identification of temperature sensitive mutants, screening for presence of multiple epitopes by polyclonal antibodies, analysis of potent crossprotective immune response in vivo, or all of the above.
The best variants can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and screening when desired.
G. Respiratory svncvtial virus (RSVP
Respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) is the most important cause of lower respiratory tract infection during infancy and early childhood (Domachowske and Rosenberg, Clin. Microbiol. Rev. (1999) 12: 298-309). RSV infection can be devastating in elderly and immunosuppressed individuals (Wyde, Antiviral Res. (1998) 39: 63-79). The infection generally results in the development of anti-RSV neutralizing-antibodies, but these are often suboptimal during an infant's initial infection. Reinfection during subsequent exposures is common, and efficient vaccines are highly desired.
Functional, infectious RSV has been recovered from expressed, cloned cDNAs. RSV was expressed in a functional form by coexpressing the viral polymerase protein, phosphoprotein, and nucleocapsid protein from cDNA clones (Yu et al., J. Virol.
(1995) 69: 2412-9). Such cDNA clones provide an excellent starting point for molecular evolution by DNA shuffling. Several different antigenic groups of RSV have been identified (Sanz et al., Virus Res. (1994) 33: 203-17), and very high mortality rates, up to 78%, have 2~ been observed in immunocompromised patients (Harrington et al., J. Infect.
Dis. (1992) 165:
987-93). Therefore, efficient vaccines that provide protection against multiple different variants of RSV are highly desired.
Although the antigenic heterogeneity of RSV is a challenge for vaccine development, these naturally existing variants of the pathogen provide a pool of existing sequences that can be used to generate a family shuffled library of RSV.
Libraries of RSV
viruses are generated by shuffling infectious cDNA clones derived from various RSV
isolates. The resulting RSV variants are screened for attenuation and for their properties as vaccines. The stability of the viruses can be selected in vitro by storing the vaccine strains for prolonged periods of time. Moreover, the attenuation will be evaluated in animal models for lack of disease or for reduced levels of symptoms. These attenuated strains are be further analyzed for their capacity to induce protective immune responses in vivo.
This can be achieved by challenging tl'~e immunized animals by live wild-type pathogens and scoring the different strains for their level of attenuation and efficacy in inducing protective immune responses. The optimal strains with desired properties can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and screening.
H. Canine Distemper virus (CDR
Canine distemper virus (CDV) is a morbillivirus that affects the neurologic system and causes a frequently fatal systemic disease in a wide range of carnivore species, including domestic dogs. Classical serology provides data of diagnostic and prognostic values and is also used to predict the optimal vaccination age of pups, because maternal antibodies can interfere with the vaccines (Appel and Harris, J. Am. Yet. Med.
Assoc. (1988) 193: 332-3). Several antigenically different strains of CDV have been identified (Ohashi et al., J. Vet. Med. Sci. (1998) 60: 1209-12; Carpenter et al., Vet. Immunol.
Immunopathol.
(1998) 65(2-4): 259-66), and the virus appears to frequently cross host species among carnivores (Id.). The antigenic heterogeneity of the different strains is a challenge for vaccine development, but it also provides and excellent genetic diversity that enables further evolution in vitro using the methods of the invention.
Infectious morbilliviruses have been reconstituted from cDNA (Cathomen et al., EMBO J. (1998) 17: 3899-908), indicating that the use of DNA shuffling to generate attenuated morbilliviruses, such as attenuated vaccine strains of CDV, is feasible. More stable and immunogenic viruses are highly desired. In addition, because maternal antibodies can interfere with CDV vaccines, vaccines not recognized by such antibodies are expected have improved e~cacy (Appel and Harris, J. Am. Vet. Med Assoc. (1988) 193: 332-3).
Libraries of CDV viruses are generated by DNA shuffling of infectious cDNA, and the resulting viruses are screened for their properties as vaccines. Studies in vivo in dogs are used to identify attenuated strains (strains that cause inhibited or no clinical disease) that provide efficient immune response upon challenge of the immunized animals by wild-type viruses. In addition, the viruses can be selected for increased stability in vitro by storing the vaccine strains for prolonged periods of time. Strains with desired properties can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and screening if further improvement is desired.
Example 2 Evolution of attenuated alnhaviruses; VEE as a vehicle for airborne vaccinations This Example describes the use of DNA shuffling to evolve attenuated alphaviruses, which are useful as a vehicle for vaccines that are suitable for airborne administration.
The alphaviruses are a genus of 26 enveloped viruses that cause disease in several species, including humans and domestic animals. Mosquitoes and other hematophagous arthropods serve as vectors (Strauss and Strauss, Microbiol.
Rev. (1994) 58:
491-562). Alphaviruses include Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis virus (VEE), Semliki Forest virus (SFV) and Sindbis virus (SIN), which have also been targets of interest as vaccine vectors, because of the broad host range and superior infectivity of these viruses.
The generation of high-titer recombinant alphavirus stocks has enabled high-level expression of several nuclear, cytoplasmic, membrane-associated and secreted proteins in a variety of cell lines and primary cell cultures (Lundstrom, J. Recept. Signal. Transduct.
Res. (1999) 19:
673-86).
The complete sequences of the positive stranded RNA genomes of at least eight alphaviruses have been determined, and partial sequences are known for several others (Strauss and Strauss, Microbiol. Rev. (1994) 58: 491-562). Importantly, full-length cDNA
clones from which infectious RNA can be recovered have been constructed for four 2~ alphaviruses, including VEE, SFV and SIN (Davis et al., Virology (1989) 171:189-204;
Polo et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA (1999) 96: 4598-603; Atkins et al., Mol. Biotechnol.
(1996) 5: 33-8). Therefore, VEE, SIN and SFV are particularly good examples of alphaviruses that can be attenuated by DNA shuffling. In the present Example, although VEE is described in detail, the high degree of structural and functional relatedness among alphaviruses allows one to use a similar approach for other alphaviruses.
VEE is an unusual alphavirus in that it is also highly infectious for both humans and rodents by aerosol inhalation. Therefore, attenuated strains of VEE
provide vehicles to deliver the vaccines in an aerosol formulation, which enables rapid vaccinations of large populations of humans or animals at the same time. Aerosol vaccination with inactivated or attenuated recombinant patihogens has been shown to be an efficient way to induce local protection against lung diseases, and aerosol vaccinations have also been shown to protect against infectious diseases (Hensel and Lubitz, Behring. Inst.
Mitt. (1997) 98: 212-9). Because VEE can also be used as a vector to deliver antigens from other pathogenic organisms, aerosol mediated vaccinations with attenuated strains of VEE are expected to provide very efficient and rapid vaccination protocols against a variety of diseases. VEE is an unusual virus also because its primary target outside the central nervous system is the lymphoid tissue, and therefore, attenuated variants may provide means to target vaccines or pharmaceutically useful proteins to the immune system.
There are at least seven subtypes of VEE that can be identified genetically and serologically. Based on epidemiological data the virus isolates fall into two main categories: I-AB and I-C strains, which are associated with VEE
epizootics/epidemics, and the remaining serotypes, which are associated primarily with enzootic vertebrate-mosquito cycles and circulate in specific ecological zones (Johnston and Peters, In Fields Virology, Third Edition, eds. B.N. Fields et al., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, 1996).
Libraries of recombinant VEE viruses are created and screened to identify those recombinant viruses that exhibit an attenuated phenotype. Libraries are generated by subjecting to DNA shuffling either the entire infectious cDNA clones or the regions known to play a role in pathogenesis and protection, such as the envelope protein.
These libraries and individuals chimeras/mutants thereof are subsequently screened for their capacity to 2~ induce widely crossreacting and protective antibody responses.
Alternatively or additionally, the libraries are screened to identify those recombinant viruses that have the capacity to immunize mammals through aerosol delivery. The libraries are delivered in aerosol formulations and the optimal viruses are subsequently identified in animals that develop specific antibodies and survive the infection, as an indication that the strain was sufficiently attenuated. When the libraries are generated by family shuffling of the different serotypes of VEE, one also is able to identify the most crossprotective strains by challenging the immunized animals with various serotypes of the live, wild-type pathogen.
Furthermore, because VEE can act as a vehicle to deliver foreign antigens, attenuated VEE strains encoding antigens from other pathogens can be useful in vaccinations against a variety of diseases. Packaging cell lines can be used to enable production of biologically active vector particles even when the structural proteins of the virus have been replaced by foreign antigens (Polo et al., supra.). These packaging cells can be engineered to encode those structural proteins that were shown to mediate efficient immunization, for example through aerosol mediated immunization. As an e:~ample, the gene that encodes VEE envelope protein is replaced with that which encodes hantavirus glycoproteins.
Because VEE is known to infect mice by airborne challenge, the approach provides a method for aerosol mediated vaccinations of wild mice against hantavirus infections, which should greatly reduce the risk to humans of encountering hantavirus in endemic areas. A
significant advantage of the method is that the laboratory setting is useful in the initial screening, because mice can be infected with VEE by airborne challenge (Wright and Phillpotts, Arch. Yirol. (1998) 143: 1155-62). The best clones are subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
Example 3 Infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV1 Infectious bursal disease (IBD) emerged in 1957, spread rapidly, and became recognized throughout the U.S. broiler and commercial egg production areas by (Lasher and Davis, Avian Dis. (1997) 41: 11-9). Infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV) attacks the Bursa of Fabritius causing immunosuppression and death. The acute stage of IBD, the immunosuppression that follows, and the widespread distribution of IBD virus (IBDV), contribute to the major economic significance of the disease (Saif, Poult. Sci.
(1998) 77:1186-9). A live attenuated vaccine was developed and demonstrated a rather good efficacy (Lasher and Davis, supra.). However, in the mid-1980s novel variants emerged, such as the Delaware variants, and variants with increased virulence were identified in Europe and Asia in 1989 (Id.). In addition, maternal immunity significantly reduces the efficacy of the vaccines (Bayyari et al., Avian Dis. (1996) 40: 588-99), and vaccines with improved efficacy are desired.
IBDV is a double stranded RNA virus and belongs to the family Birnaviridae of the genus Avibirnavirus (Nagarajan and Kibenge, Can. J. Vet. Res. (1997) 61: 81-8). The genome consists of two segments, designated A and B. cDNA clones encoding the segments A and B of IBDV have been shown to generate viable virus progeny. Independent full-length cDNA clones were constructed that contained the entire coding and noncoding regions of R~'~tA segments A and B (Mundt and Vakharia, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA
(1996) 93:
11131-6). These cDNAs provide an excellent starting point for DNA shuffling.
In addition, because the NS protein is dispensable for viral replication in vitro and in vivo plays an important role in viral pathogenesis (Yao et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72: 2647-54), the segment encoding the NS protein is a particularly useful target for evolution by DNA
shuffling.
Furthermore, the existence of several natural variants of IBDV (Nagarajan and Kibenge, supra.), provides a source of natural diversity for family DNA shuffling to generate attenuated strains and chimeras of the different serotypes.
Libraries of recombinant IBDV nucleic acids are generated by shuffling both A and B segments. In addition, libraries of viruses that contain shuffled NS
genes are generated by shuffling NS genes that are then incorporated back into the viral genome. The libraries of viruses is initially screened for attenuation in vitro. However, because chicken are accessible in large numbers, the primary screen is for attenuation and immunogenicity in vivo. More specifically the viruses or pools of viruses are injected in ovo, at one day of age or applied to the drinking water at 7-14 days of age. Attenuated viruses not causing clinical disease are identified, and the immunized animals are subsequently screened for protective immune responses by challenging them with the live wild-type viruses. The best viruses are subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
Example 4 Canine parvovirus~ evolution of vaccine strains that can escape interference by maternal antibodies Canine parvovirus is a newly emerged pathogen of dogs that was identified in the late 1970s (Pollock and Coyne, Yet. Clin. North Am. Small. Anim. Pract.
(1993) 23:555-68). Although parvoviral enteritis was initially seen as epidemic disease in all dogs, the disease now primarily occurs in 1- to 6-month-old dogs. Interference by maternal antibodies accounts for the vast majority of vaccine failures (Id.; Waner et al., J. Vet.
Diagn. Invest.
(1996) 8: 427-32). Maternally derived hemagglutination inhibition (HI) titers have also been shown to correlate to the efficacy of attenuated CPV vaccines (Hoare et al., Vaccine (1997) 15: 273-5). Intranasal vaccination of pups with maternal antibodies has demonstrated some success in avoiding the interference, but vaccines that have improved immunogenicity in ti'~e presence of such antibodies are desired (Buonavoglia et al., Zentralbl.
Veterinarmed. (1994) 41: 3-8). Molecular virologic methods have also revealed continued evolution of the virus adding to the antigenic heterogeneity of the virus and to the challenges in vaccine development.
In this Example, canine parvovirus strains are_evolved and screened to identify those that, when used as vaccines, do not interfere with maternal antibodies. Either the entire vaccine strain, or the immunogenic antigens of the vaccine alone, is shuffled and negatively selected so that the vaccines that are recognized by maternal antibodies are removed from the libraries. For example, amity selection using flasks or columns coated with the maternal antibodies are used. To identify strains that have epitopes derived form multiple different strains of CPV, monoclonal antibodies that discriminate among different strains of CPV (Sagazio et al., J. Virol. Methods (1998) 73: 197-200) can be used, provided these antibody specificities are not a major component of the maternal antibodies. These multivalent strains are likely to be more potent in inducing crossprotection against all different existing and emerging variants of CPV.
Molecular infectious clones of parvoviruses have been generated (Bloom et al., J. Virol. (1993) 67: 5976-88). Such clones provide a suitable substrate for family DNA
shuffling. The family shuffling approach has the advantage that one will simultaneously generate chimeras of the different strains. These chimeras can then be screened for optimal immunogenicity and crossprotection in vivo. In one approach, libraries of canine parvoviruses are generated, and these libraries are initially screened for lack of binding to antibodies derived from dogs previously immunized against CPV. The immunogenicity of the selected vaccines can be verified by immunizing dogs, and subsequently challenging the vaccinated animals with different strains of live CPV. Vaccines that have reduced binding to maternal antibodies are expected have improved efficacy, and chimeric vaccines are expected to provide crossprotective immune responses.
Example 5 Flaviviruses; evolution of chimeric attenuated vaccine strains of Dengue viruses Dengue viruses are transmitted through mosquito bites and 50-100 million people each year. The virus causes serious clinical manifestations, such as dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF). There are four major serotypes of Dengue virus, namely Dengue 1, 2, 3 and 4. The spread of the four dengue virus serotypes had led to increased incidence of DHF and estimated 2.~ billion people at risk of the infection (Cardosa, Br.
Med. Bull. (1998) 54: 395-40~). No efficient vaccine against dengue infections are currently available.
The envelope protein of Dengue virus has been shown to provide an immune response that protects from a future challenge with the same strain of virus.
However, the levels of neutralizing antibodies produced in response to subunit vaccines are relatively low and protection from live virus challenge is not always observed. For example, mice injected with genetic vaccines encoding envelope protein of Dengue-2 virus develop neutralizing antibodies when analyzed by zn vitro neutralization assays, but the mice did not survive the challenge with live Dengue-2 virus (Kochel et al., Vaccine (1997) ~15: 547-552). However, protective immune responses were observed in mice immunized with recombinant vaccinia virus expressing Dengue 4 virus structural proteins (Bray et al., (1989) J.
Yirol. 63: 2853.
Furthermore, live attenuated Dengue-2 vaccines protected monkeys against homologous challenge (Velzing et al., Vaccine (1999) 17: 1312-20). These data suggest that live attenuated Dengue vaccines will be an efficient approach to Dengue vaccine development.
However, a tetravalent vaccine that induces neutralizing antibodies against all four strains of Dengue is required to avoid antibody-mediated enhancement of the disease when the individual encounters Dengue virus of different serotype. Family DNA shuffling provides a technology that simultaneously enables attenuation and generation of chimeric viruses that protect against all four serotypes.
Infectious cDNA clones of Dengue viruses have been generated and the immunogenic envelope genes sequenced, providing a good starting point for shuffling (Lai et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA (1991) 88: 5139-43; Lanciotti et al., J.
Gen. Virol. (1994) 75: 65-75; Kinrey et al., Virology (1997) 230: 300-8; Puri et al., Virus Genes (1998) 17: 85-8).
In this Example, the entire cDNAs encoding dengue viruses are shuffled to obtain proper attenuation. Alternatively, selected regions of the virus are be shuffled to generate attenuated strains. Such viral genes that are useful targets for shuffling include the prM, E, NS1 and NS3 genes (Pryor et al., J. Gen. Virol. (1998) 79: 2631-9;
Valle and Falgout, J. Virol. (1998) 72: 624-32). Additionally, the envelope genes of all four serotypes can be shuffled separately to generate crossprotective antigens, which can subsequently be incorporated back into the attenuated clones. Efficient chimerism is expected to be achieved also by family shuffling the entire infectious cDNA clones. The E proteins of the different dengue viruses share 62% to 77% of their amino acids. Dengue l and Dengue 3 are most closely related (77% identical), followed by Dengue 2 (69%) and Dengue 4 (62%). These identities are well in the range that allows efficient family shuffling.
Initially, screening for proper attenuation can be performed in vitro. For example, passaging in primary dog kidney cells can be used (Puri et al., J.
Gen. Virol.
(1997) 78: 2287-91). One can also select temperature sensitive mutants. The immunogenicity and crossprotection provided by the.attenuated vaccine strains can be further studied in mice challenged with the various live wild-type pathogens.
If desired, further studies are performed in large non-human primates to verify the level of attenuation.
This enables simultaneous studies of the immune responses. Infectivity in monkeys has been shown to correlate with that in humans, indicating that the monkey model is useful in selecting the properly attenuated strains (Marchette et al., Am. J. Trop. Med.
Hyg. (1990) 43:
212-8). Eventually, the attenuated, shuffled vaccines are tested in humans for their capacity to protect against infections with the different dengue serotypes.
Example 6 Flaviviruses: Hepatitis C virus (HCVI
Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection is a major health problem that leads to cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma in a substantial number of infected individuals, estimated to be 100-200 million worldwide (Martin et al., Biochemistry (1998) 37: 11459-68). Vaccines or effective treatments for HCV infection are not available.
Antigenic heterogeneity of different strains of hepatitis C virus (HCV) is a major problem in development of efficient vaccines against HCV. Antibodies or CTLs specific for one strain of HCV typically do not protects against other strains. Multivalent vaccine antigens that simultaneously protect against several strains of HCV would be of major importance when developing efficient vaccines against HCV.
HCV is a particularly suitable target for attenuation by DNA shuffling because full-length cDNAs have been constructed (Yanigi et al., Proc. Nat'l.
Acid Sci.
USA (1997) 94: 8738-43) and infectious HCV cDNA can be obtained from infectious blood samples (Aizaki et al., Hepatolo~ (1998) 27:621-7). Thus, the naturally existing diversity of HCV can be directly isolated from the blood of infected individuals providing an excellent starting point for family DNA shuffling.
Several approaches to attenuation of HCV by DNA shuffling are available.
First, the entire cDNA clones may shuffled and the libraries screened using the methods described below. Secondly, the polymerise gene may be replaced by that derived from other related viruses, such as other flaviviruses. Polymerise genes from flaviviruses, such as Dengue virus, may allow replication of the HCV in tissue culture cells, which is not possible with the wild-type HCV. The NSSB protein of HCV is an RhIA-dependent RNA
polymerise that is required for virus replication (Behrens et al., EMBO J. (1996) 15: 12-22). Because other flaviviruses readily replicate in vitro, RNA-polymerise genes derived from other flavivirus family members may allow HCV to replicate in vitro. Importantly, family DNA
shuffling of flavivirus derived polymerise genes can be used to optimize the genes to enable the most potent replication in vitro. Generation of a library of HCV viruses with shuffled polymerise genes improves the chance to identify the viruses that efficiently grow in vitro.
Another useful target for DNA shuffling is the internal ribosome entry site of HCV, which is required for viral translation (Honda et al., J. Virol. (1999) 73: 1165-74).
The region has been shown to be relatively conserved in the different flaviviruses, indicating that family shuffling is a particularly attractive approach (Id.).
The libraries of shuffled HCV, generated by shuffling the entire genomes, or fragments thereof, are generally screened for growth in vitro and in vivo.
Family DNA
shuffling allows the simultaneous generation of chimeric viruses and viral proteins. This is expected to improve the crossprotection against the different strains of HCV.
One important approach to attenuation is the selection of variants that grow in tissue culture cells as described above. A particularly significant selection is that which occurs in vivo. Virus clones isolated during the acute phase from patients and chimpanzees had identical sequences in the hypervariable region, and the infectious clones derived from patients were infectious in chimpanzees (Aizaki et al., Hepatology (1998) 27:621-7).
Therefore, the chimpanzee model will be useful when analyzing the level of attenuation and immune response in animals. The degree of attenuation of the selected HCV variants can thus be readily analyzed in chimpanzees. The animals are subsequently challenged with various wild-type HCV isolates to detect the most protective and crossprotective vaccine strains.
The best variants can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and screening, when desired.
Example 7 Porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus Porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus (PRRSV) is a recently identified virus that continues to challenge swine producers, veterinary practitioners, and animal health researchers. The prevalence of infection is high, approximately 60% to 80% of herds, and the clinical effects of infection vary widely among the farms (Zimmerman et al., Vet. Microbiol. (1997) 55: 187-96). In many herds, infection is subclinical and productivity seemingly unaffected. However, some infected herds report occasional respiratory disease outbreaks in young pigs, periodic outbreaks of reproductive disease, or severe, chronic disease problems, particularly in young pigs. In these herds, secondary infections with viral or bacterial pathogens, such as Salmonella choleraesuis, Streptococcus suis, or Haemophilus parasuis typically occur concurrently with PRRSV infections (Zimmerman et al., Yet.
Microbiol. (1997) 55: 187-96).
There is evidence that existing candidate vaccine strains may persist and mutate to a less attenuated form in vivo (Mengeling et al., Am. J. Vet. Res.
(1999) 60: 334-4).
Moreover, different isolates of PRRSV have been shown to differ substantially in their antigenic properties increasing the challenges in vaccine development (Pirzadeh et al., Can.
,l. Yet. Res. (1998) 62: 170-7). Protection against heterologous strains is poor (van Woensel et al., Vet. Rec. (1998) 142: 510-2), and need for improved vaccines is evident.
DNA shuffling is used to generate improved, attenuated vaccine strains of PRRSV. Infectious transcripts from cloned genome-length cDNA of PRRSV have been generated (Meulenberg et al., .I. Virol. (1998) 72: 380-7). Thus, family DNA
shuffling of such infectious cDNA clones derived from various isolates provides a means to generate chimeras that simultaneously protect against the different serotypes.
Furthermore, the genetic heterogeneity of the different isolates provides an excellent starting pool to generate optimally attenuated strains that provide efficient protection without clinical disease. As an example, porcine alveolar lung macrophages or CL2621 cells can be used to grow the viruses to address the level of attenuation (Meulenberg et al., J. Virol.
(1998) 72: 380-7).
Furthermore, BHK-21 cells are useful in the initial screening, because they are readily transfectable by the cDNA clones (Meulenberg et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72: 380-7). The subsequent analysis of the attenuated strains can be done in pigs or other suitable test animal.
For example, pigs are immunized with the attenuated strains, and the animals that do not become ill are challenged with the wild-type viruses to assess the efficacy of the vaccines.
The attenuated viruses that provided the most efficient protection can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
Example 8 Human immunodeficiency virus (Hf~
The development of a safe and effective vaccine for the prevention of HIV
infections has proven to be extremely difficult, at least in part because of the complexity associated with HIV-1 and its pathogenesis (Hulskotte et al., Vaccine (1998) 16: 904-15).
Previous studies suggest that that HIV infections in human may be abrogated by the host immune system supporting the conclusion that it is possible to generate a weakened virus that induces a protective immune response, but does not cause a disease. In addition, some individuals survive the infection for more than 15 years, further suggesting that the immune response can control HIV-1 infection at least in some individuals (Id.). Live, attenuated viruses have been the most successful vaccines in monkey models of HIV-1 infection (Berkhout et al., J. Virol. (1999) 73: 1138-45).
A number of infectious molecular clones from various HIV isolates have been constructed (Srinivasan et al., Gene (1987); 52: 71-82; Sauermann et al., AIDS
Res. Hum.
Retroviruses (1990) 6: 813-23; Collman et al., J. Virol. (1992) 66: 717-21), thus providing suitable substrates for using family DNA shuffling to achieve evolution of attenuated vaccine strains of HIV. Libraries of HIV viruses are generated by family shuffling the entire molecular clones or fragments thereof. Useful HIV regions for evolution by DNA
shuffling are the genes encoding the Gag and Env structural proteins MA (matrix), CA
(capsid), NC
(nucleocapsid), p6, SU (surface), and TM (transmembrane); the Pol enzymes PR
(protease), RT (reverse transcriptase), and IN (integrase); the gene regulatory proteins Tat and Rev; and the accessory proteins Nef, Vif, Vpr, and Vpu (Frankel and Young, Annu. Rev.
Biochem.
(1998) 67: 1-25; Turner and Summers, J. Mol. Biol. (1999) 285: 1-32). Nucleic acids that encode any of these proteins can be targeted by DNA shuffling. In addition, combination libraries can be generated by combining shuffled libraries of different viral genes.
The shuffled libraries are screened for attenuation using in vitro and in vivo methods. In vitro methods include, but are not limited to, selection of strains with altered host cell specificity, selection of temperature sensitive mutants and selection of variants that can enter the human host cells but do not replicate. In vivo methods include selection of variants that grow in animals that cannot be infected with the wild-type virus. The chimpanzee model provides an excellent in vivo system to address the degree of attenuation of the selected variants (Murthy et al., AIDS Res. Hum. Retroviruses (1998) Suppl 3:S271-6). Because chimpanzees can also be challenged with the live viruses resulting in AIDS, the model simultaneously provides an opportunity to address the efficacy of the vaccines. The chimpanzees that are immunized with the attenuated, shuffled vaccine strains of HIV can be challenged with various wild-type strains to analyze the level of protection and crossprotection. The clones demonstrating optimal level of attenuation with efficient protection against subsequent challenge can be chosen for additional rounds of shuffling and selection, if so desired.
Example 9 Evolution of Multivalent HPV Vaccines Background Mucosal/genital HPV is one of the most common sexually transmitted diseases worldwide, with approximately 5.5 million new cases diagnosed per year in the US
alone. Estimates of up to 40 million infected individuals have been reported in the United States alone (Cancer Weekly Plus, June 29, 1998). Approximately 20 different HPV types infect the mucosal area, the majority of which are classified as "high risk"
HPV types because of their association with over 90 % of cervical carcinomas (Bosch et al., J. Natl.
Cancer Inst. 87:796-802 (1995)) and other ano-genital and oral malignancies.
Human papillomavirus infections are the primary cause of cervical cancers (Bosch et al, J. Natl.
Cancer Inst. 87:796-802, 1995) and have been also linked to anal, vaginal, vulvar, oral and cutaneous cancers. In the United States alone, 1 x,000 women a year are diagnosed with cervical cancer, resulting in 5,000 annual deaths (U.S. CDC). A summary of the association of different HPV types with human diseases is outlined is Table 2 (source: M.
Stanley, Antiviral Research 24:1-1~, 1994).. It has been estimated that up to 50% of sexually active women are infected with these so-called 'high risk' HPVs. There are no curative treatments to date.
Table 2 Skin Common warts, hands and 1. 2. 4. (26), (27), 29.
feet etc. 57 Plane warts 3. 10, 28, (49) Butchers' warts 7 Epidcrrnodysplasia verruciformis, 5, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 17, bcnign 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,25,36,4b,47,50 Epidermodysplasia verruciformis, 5, 8, 14, 17, 20 SCC
Keiatocanthoma 37 Malignant melanoma 38 Actinic kcratosis 5,8 SCC - 41 , (48) Epidcrmoid cyst 60 Genitalia and mucous membranes Normal cervix 16,53 Gcnital warts 6,11,44,54 Busclike Lowenstein tumours 6,11 Cervical intracphlielial 6,11, 16, 18, 30, 31, 33, ncoplasia 34, 35, 39, 40, 42, (43), (44), 45, 51, 52, 56, 57, 58, 66*
Cervical carcinoma 16, 18, 31, 33, 35, 39, 45, 51, 52, 56,.66*
Vulvar intracpithelial 16,18,43,59 neoplasia Penile intracpithelial 16,18,39,40 ncoplasia Bowen's disease 34 Bowenoid papulosis 16,39,55 Laryngeal papillomas 6,11 Laryngeal carcinoma 30 Focal epithelia] hyperplasia 13,32 (Ileck's) Oral paoillomis 32 Papillomavirus are small, non-enveloped DNA virus with a circular genome of 7.8 kb in size. Expression of the viral early and late proteins as well as episomal replication are regulated by a complex interaction of viral and host transcription and replication factors (Bernard and Apt, Arch. Dermatol. 130:210 (1994)). The viral early proteins E6 and E7 of "high risk" HPVs are powerful oncogenes and are constitutively expressed in cancer cells. They can thus serve as tumor antigens for therapeutic vaccine development. Vaccination of mice with recombinant E6 and E7 proteins has been shown to elicit a CTL mediated protective immune response against challenge with E6/E7 expressing tumors (Hariharan et al, Int. J. Oncol., 12:1229-35 (1998)).
Two structural proteins, L1 and L2, form papillomavirus viruses, which are expressed in the late viral life cycle. A virus is composed of 72 capsomers, each of which is formed by 5 L 1 molecules. The ratio of the maj or capsid protein L 1 to the minor capsid protein L2 is estimated as 30:1. The inability of HPVs to productively grow in cell culture has severely hampered attempts to generate sufficient amounts of viruses for experimental vaccination. The discovery that papillomavirus Ll proteins have the intrinsic capacity to self assemble into viral like-particles (VLPs) when expressed in the absence of other viral gene products and epithelial differentiation (Kirnbauer et al., Proc. Nat'1.
Acad. Sci. USA 89:
12180-84 (1992)) was the technological breakthrough that has driven the recent flurry of prophylactic vaccine development. Papillomavirus VLPs were used in animal models as effective virus surrogates to induce protective immunity. They provide essential conformational epitopes without being infectious. There is no experimental system for testing prophylactic anti-HPV vaccines due to the species specificity of all papillomaviruses.
However, experimental animal vaccinations have resulted in antibody-mediated protection of domestic rabbits, cows and dogs following infections with cotton-tail rabbit papillomavirus, bovine papillomavirus and canine oral papillomavirus, respectively (Lowy and Schiller, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1423: M1-8, 1998, and references herein). Post-attachment neutralization of PVs by antibodies could also be demonstrated.
Effective immune surveillance of human papillomavirus may be difficult to achieve. Natural HPV infections at the genital mucosal surface are poorly immunogenic, presumably reflecting the non-lytic viral life cycle and the co-evolution of the viruses with their natural hosts. Individuals infected with HPVs are usually seropositive both for the late viral proteins and for the viral early oncogenes, but antibody titers are low.
For epitheliotropic genital HPVs, which have no blood-borne phase in the viral cycle, the relevance of circulating antibodies will be restricted to their availability on the mucosal surface. The demonstration that systemic immunization with viral-like particles (VLPs) in African green monkeys induced neutralizing IgG in both sera and cervical-vaginal secretions makes it likely that VLP immunization will give similar results in humans (Lowe et al, J.
Infect. Dis. 176: 1141-1145 (1997)). However, any enhancement of the elicited immune response will result in greater clinical benefit.
HPV pseudotype assays have shown that VLP based prophylactic vaccines are type specific and do not mediate cross-protection (Roden et al., J.
Virol., 70: 587-3383 (1996)). Efficient prophylactic vaccines should therefore include antigenic determinants from several HPV types. Recent experimental studies point to the minor capsid protein L2 as an alternative target for vaccine development. Immunization of mice with L2 proteins led to the induction of neutralizing antibodies with some degree of cross-neutralization. The antibody titers were, however, very low compared to the titers induced by VLP
immunization.
Immunotrerapy may offer a novel and more effective means for both prevention and treatment of HPV infection and associated diseases. The majority of current efforts in vaccine development are directed against two of the more prevalent "high risk"
types, HPV-16 and HPV-18, which are most commonly found in malignant cancers.
However, in vztro neutralization assays have demonstrated that the immune surveillance of HPV is type specific (Roden et al, J. Virol. 70:5875-5883 (1996)). Eradication of the rivo major HPV types, HPV-16 and HPV-18 could, therefore, drive the evolution of the large number of serological distinct genotypes. Additionally, different HPV-type specific variants, co-evolved with human races, need to be considered in effective prophylactic vaccine 1 ~ development. There is epidemiological evidence that minor variations within HPV-types may be more strongly associated with the risk of developing cancer (Xi et al, J. Nat'1.
Cancer Inst. 89: 796-802 (1997)). Broadly protective HPV vaccines therefore must be multivalent.
Rational design of cross protective, multivalent VLP vaccines is extremely difficult given the lack of knowledge concerning the structure, localization and sequences involved in the antigenic epitopes exposed on the virus surfaces. Furthermore, direct approaches to study HPV immune surveillance are not possible due to the lack ef animal models. Papillomavirus evolved with their hosts and are strictly species-specific.
Evolution of Polwalent HPV Vaccines In this Example, the challenges that have hampered development of HPV
vaccines are addressed by the use of molecular breeding by recursive rounds of DNA family shuffling and screening. Since shuffling does not require an understanding of the mode or mechanism of infection, but simply relies on a functional screen for desired improvements, it is the tool most likely to quickly yield a product of clinical and commercial relevance.
Recombination of antigenic sequences from related "high risk" HPVs are used to generate large pools of functionally diverse chimeric sequences from which the best are selected based on improved immunogenic and cross-reactive properties. For example, one can generate potent multivalent VLP vaccines by shuffling nucleic acids that encode antigen epitopes from different L 1 proteins and/or L2 genes to improve cross-neutralizing epitopes and antibody titers.
Nucleic acids that encode the antigens are used to generate complex, high-quality antigen libraries that are screened with high throughput (HTP) screening assays in vitro and in vivo for the selection of superior cross protective antigens against the major "high risk" HPV types. An example of a suitable strategy is summarized in Figure 3. The naturally existing diversity of HPV virus antigens is combined to generate complex antigen libraries by DNA shuffling. HTP in vitro assay systems are then used for the production of VLPs and subsequent screening to enrich the libraries for antigenic epitope display. An in vivo antigen library screen with subsequent neutralization assays then allows one to select for broad-spectrum VLP vaccines.
A. Generation of chimeric LI anPigen libraries First, different L1 genes are isolated from "high risk" HPVs and associated variants to generate complex libraries. Papillomaviruses are a large family of related viruses with specific tropism for different epithelia. Based on sequence alignment of the viral genomes, papillomaviruses can be divided into several distinct groups. A
phylogenetic tree, computed for 108 different papillomavirus L 1 genes, contains three supergroups (mucosal/genital, cutaneous/EV, and certain animal PVs) and 24 subgroups (Figure 4). The phylogenetic relationship is reflected by a similar tissue tropism (cutaneous, mucosal/oral, ano-genital) of the virus and the pathogenic lesions they induce (benign or malignant tumors). Eight "high risk" HPV types (HPV-18, 39, 45 and HPV-16, 31, 33, 35, 52) are found in the majority of malignant cancers and cluster in two distinct subgroups of the phylogenetic tree (A7 and A9, Figure 4).
The phylogenetic distance between the two subgroups is, however, greater than desired for successful DNA family shuffling. Therefore, two different libraries are generated, one for each subgroup. HPV-16 and HPV-18, which are associated with 80 % of the HPV-related cancers, are used as major templates and different amounts of sequences from related types are added to the shuffling reactions.
HPV-16 L1 genes are pooled with the closely related variants HPV-31, 33, 3~, 52 as well as different HPV-16 variants, and HPV-18 genes are pooled with HPV-45 and HPV-39. Pools of related Ll genes are subjected to random fragmentation and subsequent reassembly in a primerless PCR reaction according to established DNA family shuffling protocols as described herein (see also, Crameri et al., Nature 391: 288 (1998)). Additional sequence heterogeneity can be added by spiking homologous sequences from more distant "high risk" HPV types (e.g., HPV-51, 56 and 66, subgroup A~ and A6, Figure 4) into the assembly reaction, in the form of short oligonucleotides with homologous ends.
Reassembled L 1 chimeras are amplified by PCR with primers flanking the L 1 genes and subcloned into shuttle vectors, which allow for high throughput DNA
amplification in E. coli and protein expression in mammalian cells. The complexity of the libraries is estimated by restriction analyses and sequencing of randomly selected clones. The quantitative goal is to gain large libraries (>105), with 90 - 100 % chimeric sequences. The same experimental strategy can be applied to the L2 genes.
B. Development of high throughput in vitro screening assays The next step is to establish HTP assay systems for selection of L1 and L2 chimeras displaying antigenic epitopes. The ultimate goal is to select the best L1 and L2 chimeras for their ability to induce broadly reactive antibodies in vivo. DNA
family shuffling, however, can generate "wrongly" assembled genes, which give rise to abortive protein expression. Therefore, pre-screening the libraries in vitro for L 1 and L2 protein expression and for ability to display immunogenic epitopes will help to avoid unnecessary animal studies during subsequent in vivo screening.
A general strategy of a high throughput in vitro assay is outlined in Figure 5.
Chimeric L 1 and L2 genes are transfected into mammalian cells for L T, L2 protein expression and VLP assembly. Cell lysates are prepared from random clones to check the library quality by immunoblotting or simple plate ELISA assays. If the libraries show a higher than desired "knock out" rate, one can apply milder shuffling conditions by using lower percentages of L 1 genes which are most distant from the main types, HPV
-16 and HPV-18.
The in vitro screening assays generally involve the following components:
(i) For expression in mammalian cells and amplification in E. coli, the shuffled L 1 and L2 genes are linked to a strong eukaryotic promoter and cloned into plasmid vectors containing a bacterial origin of replication and a drug selection marker. For Ll, it is particularly preferred to use a strong promoter, e.g., a CMV promoter or a promoter that has been improved using DNA shuffling. High expression of Ll is desirable to obtain expression levels that are sufficiently high for efficient VLP assembly.
(ii) Different mammalian cell lines are tested with different transfection agents to optimize transfection efficiencies. An efficiency of 80-90 % is desirable. Human 293 cells are often suitable. Transfection efficiency levels and promoter strength can be tested using a control plasmid (e.g., one that expresses GFP), which allows rapid fluorescence read outs. Random clones of the library are transfected into the selected cell line. ELISA or Western blotting is used to examine the cell lysates for L1 and L2 protein expression.
(iii) Preferred screening assays are based on immune recognition, for which specific antibodies are needed. For some embodiments, it is sufficient for the in vitro screening assays to use antibodies against HPV-16 and HPV-18 Ll and L2 proteins, since they are most prevalent in malignant cancers and selected chimeras should have the property to induce high levels of antibodies against these two types. Cross protection of the antigens against the related HPV types is tested in the final in vivo screening assays.
For the generation of polyclonal antisera against L1/L2 proteins and conformational L1 VLP epitopes, the L1 and L2 genes of HPV-16 and HPV-18 are cloned into bacterial expression vectors (e.g., pET-3a) from which proteins can be expressed in quantitative amounts in appropriate bacterial strains (BL21/DE3, HMS174/DE3).
It has been shown that HPV-L 1 proteins can reassemble into VLPs during the subsequent protein purification steps (Gripe et al., J. Virol. 71: 2988-2995 (1997)). Purified Ll and L2 proteins and sucrose gradient purified L1 VLPs can be used to inject rabbits or mice for induction antibodies against conformational antigen epitopes.
C. HTP in vitro screening assay To select and enrich for chimeric clones that give rise to L1/L2 proteins that expose conformational antigenic epitopes, the libraries are subjected to subsequent rounds of screening in vitro. A schematic overview of the in vitro screening assay is illustrated in Figure 5. The libraries are transfected into mammalian cells for protein expression and VLP
formation. For subsequent screening, Ll/L2 proteins and VLPs are preferably purified from the crude cell lysates. To achieve high throughput purification for the L 1 VLPs, one can use expression vectors LI'~at direct the expression of the chimeric L1/L2 proteins as fusions with a heterologous antigenic epitope (e.g., a hexahistidine tag). The presence of such heterologous amino acid sequences does not hamper the self assembly of L 1 proteins into VLPs and the display of conformational antigenic epitopes (Peng et al., Virology 240:1800-1805 (1998)).
Fusion of a hexahistidine tag to the C-terminus of the protein chimeras provides an efficient and fast way of protein purification in HTP plate assays. The hexahistidine tag is uncharged at physiological pH and rarely interferes with protein structure and function.
The His tag can be linked to the C-terminal part of the shuffled chimeras by simply adding a short sequence coding for 6 histidine residues to the 3'-PCR primers used for the final amplification of the shuffled products.
Following amplification of the shuffled libraries in E. coli, plasmid DNA
from individual clones can be robotically prepared in a high throughput 96 well format.
Robotic plasmid purification protocols that allow purification of 600-800 plasmids per day or more are feasible. The quantity and purity of the DNA can also be analyzed on the plates.
The libraries are transfected into mammalian cells seeded in 96 well formats, allowing for up to 1000 individual transfections at a time. Crude lysates are prepared after culturing the cells for two days. The lysates are transferred to new 96 well plates coated with nickel-nitrilotriacetic acid (Ni-NTA HisSorb plates, Qiagen), to effciently immobilize the 6xHis tagged L 1 / L2 proteins and VLPs on the plates. The plates are incubated with the anti-HPV-16 and HPV-18 L1/L2 antibodies and the detection conjugate, and analyzed by automated plate read out. The HPV-16 and 18 wild type genes will serve as positive controls for the assay. HPV-16 and HPV-18 do not display cross-reactive epitopes and can be used as background control. The quantitative goal of the in vitro assay is to select 1000 or more chimeras from each library for subsequent immune stimulation in mice.
D. Alternative assays for YAP production and screening:
An alternative HTP assay can be set up by making use of the ability of VLPs to package plasmid DNA of up to 10 kb in size (Stauffer et al., J. Mol. Biol.
263: 529-536 (1998)). A marker gene expressing a photon emitting protein (e.g., GFP, LacZ, luciferase) is cloned into the Ll expression plasmids, which are packaged during the VLP
assembly.
After VLP production in one cell line, all cells from a 96 well plate are pooled, and VLPs can be purified in a single reaction. Subsequent incubation of the VLPs with mammalian cells leads to marker transfer for L1 chimeras, which have the capacity to assemble into infectious VLPs. Cells expressing the marker gene can be easily monitored by fluorescence microscopy and plate ELISA, and selected by FACS sorting. The plasmid DNA can be purified by Hirt preparation, followed by amplification in E. coli. This direct screening assay is more stringent, but selection is only for VLPs which are able to package DNA, so variants that have lost the ability to package DNA but express strong immunogenic epitopes might be missed.
Other alternative transfection protocols and low-throughput (LTP) chromatographic VLP purification steps (affinity chromatography, capillary electrophoresis or sucrose centrifugation) can also be used.
E. Analyses of the shuffled library in vivo Pre-selected chimeric library clones from in vitro assays are used to immunize mice. Two different routes of application can be envisioned: (1) Injection of L2 proteins and purified L 1 VLPs, which has been successfully used in other experimental studies, and (2) naked DNA delivery, which offers the advantage of easy commercial scale vaccine manufacturing and non-invasive dermal application, specifically for future clinical applications. Naked DNA vaccinations have resulted in sufficient conformational L 1 epitope delivery and immune protection in an experimental rabbit model (Sundaram et al., Vaccine 15: 664-671 (1997)).
One can initially conduct the in vivo screening experiments using dermal naked DNA application. If this assay is not sufficiently sensitive, one can express and purify VLPs. L 1 proteins can be quantitatively expressed in, for example, E. coli (or yeast), assembled into VLPs in vitro and purified by sucrose/CsCI gradients for injection. Using the naked DNA delivery approach in the experimental system has the additional advantage of enabling one to select concomitantly for L1 chimeras with the highest ability to assemble into VLPs in vivo.
Pooling plasmids or VLPs and deconvoluting in subsequent screening rounds can reduce the number of small animals required to identify potent immunogens.
The lowest concentration of plasmids or VLPs, which leads to induction of neutralizing antibodies in mice, are evaluated with the HPV-16 wild-type L1 and L2 plasmids or proteins.
Pools of 10 or 20 clones of the library can be used in a small number of experiments to examine whether the strategy of pooling and deconvolution in subsequent screening rounds is feasible. If no significant differences can be detected between different pools and the wild type control, single clones can be used for library immunization.
F. Neutralization assay and analyses of cross protective immunity Sera from immunized mice is collected and tested for cross-neutralization efficiency of the wild type VLPs in 96 well plate assays. Papillomavirus Ll/VLPs retain the ability of natural viruses to agglutinate mouse erythrocytes in culture and antibodies raised against VLPs can inhibit agglutination (Roden et al., J. Virol. 70: 3298-3201 (1996)).
Hemagglutination inhibition assays (HIA) provide therefore reliable and sensitive surrogate neutralization assays. VLPs from all wild-type high risk HPVs can be prepared by expression in E. coli and seeded together with the mouse erythrocytes in 96 well plates.
Collected sera will be added in serial dilutions to evaluate the neutralization titers and cross-neutralization ability. L1 and L2 chimeras from pooling experiments, which induced antibodies with improved neutralization titers compared to anti-wild type antigens and are cross reactive with other related wild type VLPs, can then be deconvoluted in the next round of in vivo screening. The improved characteristics of selected clones can be confirmed in direct neutralization assays using marker gene transfer as described above.
To further improve the quality of the novel antigens, a second round of shuffling and screening is preferably applied to obtain the best variants.
Improved variants--defmed as those inducing potent cross-reactive immunity against a broad range of related HPV--are reshuffled and screened. Shuffled chimeras can be backcrossed with the wild type genes to further improve the antibody titers. Backcrossing is performed by shuffling the improved sequence with a large molar excess of the parental sequence and provides a means to breed the shuffled chimeras/mutants back to a parental or wild-type sequence, while retaining the mutations that are critical to the phenotype that provides cross-protective antibody responses. In addition to removing the neutral mutations, molecular backcrossing can also be used to characterize which of the many mutations in an improved variant contribute most to the phenotype. This cannot be accomplished in an efficient library fashion by any other method.
It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modificatior_s or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes.
235-44) and Vanzcella-Zoster virus (VZV) vaccines (Fanget and Francon, Dev. Biol. Stand.
(1996) 87:
167-71). The stability of these vaccine strains can be improved by the methods of the invention.
Libraries of vaccine strains are generated by the recombination methods described herein, e.g., DNA shuffling, and the resulting libraries are analyzed for stability.
Different temperatures, formulations and time periods can be used to generate a selection pressure that only allows propagation of viruses or cells that have the desired properties. In addition, the virus and cell libraries can be freeze dried, reconstituted, and the most stable viruses or cells selected varying periods after reconstitution. The viruses or cells that demonstrate improved stability can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection.
Subsequent immunizations and challenge studies can be used to further evaluate the degree of attenuation, immunogenicity and stability.
1Y. Use of the Attenuated Vaccines The attenuated vaccines of the invention are useful for treating and/or preventing the various diseases and conditions that are caused by viral or cellular pathogens.
The attenuated vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention can be further modified to enhance their effectiveness in vaccination. For example, one can incorporate into the attenuated vaccines immunostimulatory sequences such as are described in copending, commonly assigned US Patent Application Serial No. 09/248,716, filed February 10, 1999.
The vaccine vector can be modified to direct a particular type of immune response, e.g., a THl or a TH2 response, as described in US Patent Application Serial No.
09/247,888, filed February 10, 1999. It is sometimes advantageous to employ a vaccine that is targeted for a particular target cell type (e.g., an antigen presenting cell or an antigen processing cell);
suitable targeting methods are described in copending, commonly assigned US
patent application Serial No. 09/247,886, filed February 10, 1999.
The attenuated vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention find use not only for inducing a prophylactic or therapeutic immune response against the vaccine itself, but the backbone of the vaccines can be used to carry other pharmaceutically useful proteins into a cell. Such molecules include, for example, vaccine antigens, immunomodulatory molecules, therapeutic proteins, and the like.
Suitable formulations and dosage regimes for vaccine delivery are well known to those of skill in the art. The vaccines of the invention can be delivered to a mammal (including humans) to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic immune response.
Vaccine delivery vehicles can be delivered in vivo by administration to an individual patient, typically by systemic administration (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subdermal, intracranial, anal, vaginal, oral, buccal route or they can be inhaled) or they can be administered by topical application. Alternatively, vaccines can be delivered to cells ex vivo, such as cells explanted from an individual patient (e.g., lymphocytes, bone marrow aspirates, tissue biopsy) or universal donor hematopoietic stem cells, followed by reimplantation of the cells into a patient, usually after selection for cells which have incorporated the vector.
A large number of delivery methods are well known to those of skill in the art. St~~ methods include, for example liposome-based gene delivery (Debs and Zhu ( 1993) WO 93/24640; Mannino and Gould-Fogerite (1988) BioTechniques 6(7): 682-691;
Rose U.S. Pat No. 5,279,833; Brigham (1991) WO 91/06309; and Felgner et al. (1987) Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 84: 7413-7414), as well as use of viral vectors (e.g., adenoviral (see, e.g., Berns et al. (1995) Ann. NYAcad. Sci. 772: 95-104; Ali et al. (1994) Gene Ther. 1: 367-384;
and Haddada et al. (1995) Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 199 ( Pt 3): 297-306 for review), papillomaviral, retroviral (see, e.g., Buchscher et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66(5) 2731-2739;
Johann et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66 (5):1635-1640 (1992); Sommerfelt et al., (1990) Virol.
176:58-59; Wilson et al. (1989) J. Virol. 63:2374-2378; Miller et al., J.
Virol. 65:2220-2224 (1991); Wong-Staal et al., PCT/US94/05700, and Rosenburg and Fauci (1993) in Fundamental Immunology, Third Edition Paul (ed) Raven Press, Ltd., New York and the references therein, and Yu et al., Gene Therapy (1994) supra.), and adeno-associated viral vectors (see, West et al. (1987) Virology 160:38-47; Carter et al. (1989) U.S.
Patent No.
4,797,368; Carter et al. WO 93/24641 (1993); Kotin (1994) human Gene Therapy 5:793-801; Muzyczka (1994) J. Clin. Invst. 94:1351 and Samulski (supra) for an overview of AAV
vectors; see also, Lebkowski, U.S. Pat. No. 5,173,414; Tratschin et al. (1985) Mol. Cell.
Biol. 5(11):3251-3260; Tratschin, et al. (1984) Mol. Cell. Biol., 4:2072-2081;
Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6466-6470; McLaughlin et al.
(1988) and Samulski et al. (1989) J. Virol., 63:03822-3828), and the like.
"Naked" DNA and/or RNA that comprises a genome of an attenuated vaccine cag-be introduced directly into a tissue, such as muscle. See, e.g., USPN
5,580,859. Other methods such as "biolistic" or particle-mediated transformation (see, e.g., Sanford et al., USPN 4,945,050; USPN 5,036,006) are also suitable for introduction of vaccines into cells of a mammal according to the invention. These methods are useful not only for in vivo introduction of DNA into a mammal, but also for ex vivo modification of cells for reintroduction into a mammal. As is the case for other methods of delivering vaccines, vaccine adminsstration is repeated, if necessary, in order to maintain the desired level of immunomodulation.
Attenuated vaccines can be administered directly to the mammal. The vaccines obtained using the methods of the invention can be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions for administration in any suitable manner, including parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, or intravenous), topical, oral, rectal, intrathecal, buccal (e.g., sublingual), or local administration, such as by aerosol or transdermally, for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment. Pretreatment of skin, for example, by use of hair-removing agents, may be useful in transdermal delivery. Although more than one route can be used to administer a particular composition, a particular route can often provide a more immediate and more effective reaction than another route.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. See, e.g., Lieberman, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms"
Marcel Dekker, Vols. 1-3 (1998); Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 15th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Euston, Pennsylvania (1980) and similar publications. A
variety of aqueous carriers can be used, e.g., buffered saline and the like. These solutions are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter. These compositions can be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques. The compositions can contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium lactate and the like. The concentration of attenuated vaccine in these formulations can vary widely, and will be selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight and the like in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the patient's needs.
Formulations suitable for oral administration can consist of (a) liquid solutions, such as an effective amount of the packaged nucleic acid suspended in diluents, such as water, saline or PEG 400; (b) capsules, sachets or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, as liquids, solids, granules or gelatin; (c) suspensions in an appropriate liquid; and (d) suitable emulsions. Tablet forms can include one or more of lactose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, calcium phosphates, corn starch, potato starch, tragacanth, microcrystalline cellulose, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, talc, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, fillers, binders, diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, dyes, disintegrating agents, and pharmaceutically compatible carriers.
Lozenge forms can comprise the active ingredient in a flavor, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, as well as pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia emulsions, gels, and the like containing, in addition to the active ingredient, carriers known in the art. It is recognized that the attenuated vaccines, when administered orally, must be protected from digestion. This is typically accomplished either by complexing the vaccines with a composition to render it resistant to acidic and enzymatic hydrolysis or by packaging the vaccines in an appropriately resistant carrier such as a liposome. Means of protecting vectors from digestion are well known in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions can be encapsulated, e.g., in liposomes, or in a formulation that provides for slow release of the active ingredient.
The attenuated vaccines, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be made into aerosol formulations (e.g., they can be "nebulized") to be administered via inhalation. Aerosol formulations can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and the like.
Suitable formulations for rectal administration include, for example, suppositories, which consist of the packaged nucleic acid with a suppository base. Suitable suppository bases include natural or synthetic triglycerides or paraffin hydrocarbons. In addition, it is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules which consist of a combination of the packaged nucleic acid with a base, including, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols, and paraffin hydrocarbons.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration, such as, for example, by intraarticular (in the joints), intravenous, intramuscular, intradermal, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous routes, include aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions, which can contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives. In the practice of this invention, compositions can be administered, for example, by intravenous infusion, orally, topically, intraperitoneally, intravesically or intrathecally. Parenteral administration and intravenous administration are the preferred methods of administration. The formulations of attenuated vaccines can be presented in unit-dose or mufti-dose sealed containers, such as ampoules and vials.
The dose administered to a patient, in the context of the present invention 1 ~ should be sufficient to effect a beneficial therapeutic and/or prophylactic response in the patient over time. The dose will be determined by the efficacy of the particular attenuated vaccine employed and the condition of the patient, as well as the body weight or vascular surface area of the patient to be treated. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects that accompany the administration of a particular vaccine in a particular patient.
In determining the effective amount of the vaccine to be administered in the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection or other condition, the physician evaluates vaccine toxicities, progression of the disease, and the production of anti-vaccine vector antibodies, if any. In general, the dose equivalent of a naked nucleic acid from a vector is from about 1 p.g 2~ to 1 mg for a typical 70 kilogram patient, and doses of vectors used to deliver the nucleic acid are calculated to yield an equivalent amount of therapeutic nucleic acid.
Administration can be accomplished via single or divided doses.
In therapeutic applications, compositions are administered to a patient suffering from a disease (e.g., an infectious disease or autoimmune disorder) in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the disease and its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as a "therapeutically effective dose."
Amounts effective for this use will depend upon the severity of the disease and the general state of the patient's health. Single or multiple administrations of the compositions may be administered depending on the dosage and frequency as required and tolerated by the patient. In any event, the composition should provide a sufficient quantity of the proteins of this invention to effectively treat the patient.
In prophylactic applications, compositions are administered to a human or other mammal to induce an immune response that can help protect against the establishment of an infectious disease or other condition. Subsequent challenge by the corresponding pathogen will trigger the immune response that has been primed by pre-exposure to the vaccine.
The toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of the attenuated vaccines provided by the invention are determined using standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals. One can determine the LD;o (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the EDSO (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) using procedures presented herein and those otherwise known to those of skill in the art.
The attenuated vaccines of the invention can be packaged in packs, dispenser devices, and kits for administering genetic vaccines to a mammal. For example, packs or dispenser devices that contain one or more unit dosage forms are provided.
Typically, instructions for administration of the compounds will be provided with the packaging, along with a suitable indication on the label that the compound is suitable for treatment of an indicated condition. For example, the label may state that the active compound within the packaging is useful for treating a particular infectious disease, autoimmune disorder, tumor, or for preventing or treating other diseases or conditions that are mediated by, or potentially susceptible to, a mammalian immune response.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are offered to illustrate, but not to limit the present invention.
Example 1 Specific examples of using DNA shuffling to generate attenuated viruses to be used as vaccines or vaccine vectors This Example describes several illustrative methods for using the methods of the invention to generate attenuated viral vaccines or vaccine vectors.
A. Bovine viral diarrhea virus Bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) is a togavirus that is the most insidious and devastating viral pathogen of cattle in the United States (Vassilev et al., J. Virol. (1997) 71:471-8). The virus causes immunosuppression, diarrhea, respiratory distress, abortion and persistent infection in calves. There are at least two serotypes of BVDV, as well as two biotypes (cytopathic and non-cytopathic). Because of the existing natural diversity in the BVDV strains, the virus offers an excellent starting point for evolution by family shuffling.
The approach is particularly feasible, because stable full-len'th cDNA copies of BVDV have been established (Mendez et al., J. Yirol. 1998;72: 4737-45; Vassilev et al., J. Yirol. (1997) 71:471-8). As assayed by transfection of MDBK cells, uncapped RNAs transcribed from these cDNA clones were highly infectious (>105 PFU/~,g). The recovered virus was similar in plaque morphology, growth properties, polyprotein processing, and cytopathogenicity to the parental BVDV strain (Mendez et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72: 4737-45).
In addition, the principle of generating chimeras of infectious BVDV and antigenic determinants from other viruses has been demonstrated using rational design. More specifically, the coding region for the major envelope glycoprotein E2/gp53 in the molecular genomic clone of BVDV was substituted with that of the Singer strain, giving rise to a chimeric virus (Vassilev et al., J. Yirol. (1997) 71:471-8). However, such approaches to design of chimeric viruses suffer a significant drawback in that immunogenicity against the original virus is lost when the immunogenic envelope proteins are replaced by those derived from other pathogens.
To obtain chimeric viruses that have maintained the immunogenicity of the parental virus, DNA is used shuffling to generate chimeras between different viruses or their immunogenic fragments. Nucleic acids of different serotypes of BVDV are shuffled using family shuffling approach, for example. Either the entire infectious cDNA
clones or the nucleic acids that encode the envelope proteins are shuffled, and a library of chimeric viruses is generated. Shuffling the entire viral genome has the advantage that one is likely to simultaneously find solutions to attenuation and immunogenicity. MDBK cells, for example, are suitable for use in screening for attenuation in vitro, because the wild-type BVDV is highly infectious in these cells, and some strains cause a cytopathic effect (Mendez et al., J.
Virol. (1998) 72: 4737-45). Other ways by which one can screen for attenuation include, for example, analysis of temperature sensitivity, altered host-cell specificity, selection based upon sensitivity to complement, and selection for growth in immunocompromised animals only. Alternatively, one can also choose to shuffle only one virus strain to attenuate the virus first, and thereafter use family DNA shuffling of the immunogenic regions to generate chimeras that provide potent crossprotective immunity.
B. Marek's Disease Virus (MDV); improved manufacturine of viral vaccines by DNA shuffling Marek's disease (MD) is a lymphoproliferative disease of chicken, which is characterized by malignant T cell-lymphoma formation (Morimura et al., J. Vet.
Med. Sci.
1998; 60:1-8). Relatively efficient vaccines are available to prevent the disease, but methods for manufacturing of the vaccine in particular need major improvements. The previously available attenuated MDV-vaccine is propagated in primary chick embryo fibroblasts, and the vaccine is the frozen, virus-infected cell preparation. Cell-free vaccines have also been tested, but their immunogenicity is inferior as compared to the cell-associated vaccines. In addition, MDV has been significantly evolving over the past 40 years to gain greater oncogenicity, and some of these viruses are not adequately controlled by the vaccines that are currently available (Biggs, Philos. Traps. R. Soc. Lond. B. Biol Sci.
(1997) 352:1951-62).
The development of vaccines against MDV is also hampered by the existence of multiple serotypes. Mixtures of different serotypes have been used in the vaccine preparations; such as vaccines based on the attenuated strains of serotype 1, 2 and 3, but failures resulting in disease progress have been reported indicating a need for production of new, more effective vaccines (Zelnik, Acta Virol. (1995) 39:53-63).
Molecular evolution of MDV by DNA shuffling provides solutions to the problems otherwise associated with the manufacturing, attenuation and immunogenicity of the vaccine. Generation of cell-free vaccine preparations provides a major improvement in the manufacturing process. Libraries of recombinant MDV nucleic acids, or fragments thereof, are generated and screened for efficient propagation in cell culture in a cell-free manner. Cell lines from other species can be used to simultaneously achieve proper attenuation. The cell-free viruses that are then analyzed for their immunogenicity in ovo or in chicks. These cell-free preparations will provide major improvements to the manufacturing and storage of the vaccine, because the current vaccine preparations have to be shipped in liquid nitrogen containers to ensure the stability of the cells.
Because family DNA shuffling allows one to generate chimeric antigens and viruses, the approach is useful in generating vaccine strains that provide efficient cross-protection against all or most different serotypes of MDV. Furthermore, because maternal antibodies interfere with the vaccine, thus reducing its efficacy (Sharma and Graham, Avian Dis. (1982) 26: 860-70; Nazerian et al., Avian Dis. (1996) 40: 368-76), and because DNA
shuffling can generate new antigenic variants, this approach allows one to generate vaccine strains that are not recognized-~r~naternal antibodies of previously vaccinarted animals. By generating large libraries of vaccine strains, several different immunogenic variants are found. This enables vaccinations of different generations with antigenically variable vaccines, reducing the interference by maternal antibodies induced by immunization.
Screening for reduced interference by maternal antibodies can be done in vitro using sera derived from vaccinated animals. For example, negative selection techniques, such as panning, are used to remove all strains that are recognized by antibodies from immunized animals. The antigenicity and immunogenicity of the remaining strains can subsequently be verified in in vivo studies. Protective immunity will be analyzed by challenging the chicken by different live MDV serotypes.
C. Bovine heroes virus type-1 (BHV-1), also known as Infectious Bovine Rhinotracheatis virus (IBRV) Bovine herpesvirus 1 (BHV-1 ), also called Infectious bovine rhinotracheatis virus (IBRV), replicates in a wide range of cell types and the disease manifestations include respiratory tract disease, conjunctivitis, vulvovaginitis, abortion, balanoposthitis, meningoencephalitis, alimentary tract disease and fatal systemic infection (Lupton and Reed, Am. J. Vet. Res. (1980) 41: 383). Immune responses to BHV-1 have been observed after exposure of animals to virulent virus, conventional live or killed vaccines, genetically engineered live virus vaccines, subunit vaccines and, more recently, following immunization with plasmids encoding immunogenic antigens (Babiuk et al., Vet. Microbiol.
(1996) 53:31-42). Exposure to BHV-1 or its glycoproteins induced specific responses to the virus which are capable of neutralizing virus and killing virus infected cells. Killing of virus infected cells occurs after the expression of viral antigens on the cell surface of infected cells (Babiuk et al., Vet. Microbiol. (1996) 53:31-42). BHV-1 may spread in the infected host by viremia, gaining access to a broader range of tissues and organs, and it may cause a variety of symptoms (Engels and Ackermann, Vet. Microbiol. (1996) 53: 3-15).
Herpesviruses may also establish latency in neuronal or lymphoid cells, and during latency few viral antigens are synthesized. Upon reactivation, the viruses re-establish the lytic cycle of replication.
Although a vigorous immune response is often induced during the primary viral infection, these mechanisms help the herpesviruses to escape the host immune system during latency and to a lesser degree also during reactivation (Id. ).
Evolution of attenuated BHV-1 strains is achieved by random DNA shuffling of the virus or targeted evolution of virus components that are critical to the penetration and propagation of the virus. One example of such virus component is the glycoprotein H
(Meyer et al., J. Gen. Virol. (1998) 79: 1983-7). gH is a structural component of the virus and forms a complex with glycoprotein gL. Experiments with gH-deficient BHV-1 demonstrated that gH is crucial in the infectious cycle of the virus and is involved in virus entry and cell-to-cell spread, but not in the attachment of the virus (Id.).
Another example of useful component of BHV-1 for molecular evolution by DNA shuffling is the glycoprotein D
(gD), which has also been shown to be an essential component involved in virus entry (Hanon et al., Virology (1999) 257: 191-197). BHV-1 viruses devoid of gD (BHV-1 gD-/-) are able to bind to BL-3 cells, but they are no longer able to induce apoptosis (Id.).
Furthermore, immunity against gD has been shown to confer resistance to BHV-1 replication in cattle (Zhu and Letchworth, Vaccine (1996) 14: 61-9).
DNA shuffling is used to cause molecular evolution of gH or gD so as to generate BHV-1 variants that have altered capacity to spread from cell to cell, a crucial event in pathogenesis. Taken together, family DNA shuffling of gD and or gH provides means to simultaneously attenuate the virus and to generate chimeric viruses that provide protection against multiple serotypes.
More specifically, in this approach the virus, or fragments thereof, such as gH
or gD, will be shuffled and a library are generated. The shuffled fragments can be incorporated into the virus backbone using conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art. The library of viruses are then selected for attenuation. A number of different approaches for selection can be taken, some of which have been previously described during attempts to attenuate the wild-type virus. Such selection techniques can also be applied to selection of attenuated, DNA shuffled vaccine strains. These methods include rapid passage in bovine cell culture (Schwartz et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Mod. (1957) 96:
453) or by adaptation to porcine or canine cell cultures (Schwartz et al., Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol. Mod.
(1958) 97: 680; Zuschek et al., J. Am. Vet. Mod. Assoc. (1961) 139: 236). In addition, the virus can be adapted to grow in cell culture in reduced temperature (30°C), or by selection of temperature sensitive mutants (56 °C for 40 minutes) (Inaba, J. Jpn.
Vet. Mod. Assoc. ( 1975) 28: 410; Bartha, Dev. Biol. Stand. (1974) 26:5).
Intranasally administered BHV-1 has also been attenuated by serial passage in rabbit cells cultured in vitro, or were modified by treatment with HNOZ
followed by selection of temperature sensitive mutants (Todd, Can. Vet. J. (1974) 15: 257;
Zygraich et al., Res. Vet. Sci. (1974) 16: 328). These selection techniques are also useful in identifying attenuated strains of shuffled viruses; the library of shuffled viruses can contain viruses that have additional improvements in addition to attenuation. A crucial advantage as compared to previously described attenuation techniques is the fact that efficient chimerism between the different serotypes can be achieved, which enables one to generate crossprotective strains that provide improved immune responses in vivo. The analysis of the efficacy of the immune response in animals can be done by analyzing immune parameters in the sera and circulating lymphocytes in immunized animals. Moreover, the protective and crossprotective immune responses can be studied by challenging the immunized animals with the wild-type viruses of different serotypes. The viruses that demonstrate the best attenuation combined with the most potent crossprotective immune response in vivo are selected for further rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
D. Infectious bronchitis virus Infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) is a member of the family Coronaviridae and causes highly contagious respiratory and reproductive disease in chickens.
IBV has a single-stranded, positive sense RNA genome of 27.6 kb. The construction of a full-length clone of IBV downstream of the bacteriophage T7 promoter has been described (Penzes et al., J. Virol. (1996) 70: 8660-8). Electroporation of in vitro T7-transcribed RNA from the two different constructs into IBV helper virus-infected cells resulted in the replication and packaging of the RNA (Penzes et al., J. Virol. (1996) 70:8660-8).
The three structural proteins of IBV are the spike glycoprotein (S protein), the membrane glycoprotein (IV protein) and the nucleocapsid protein (N protein) (Jia et al., Arch. Virol. (1995) 140: 259). There are at least ten serotypes of IBV.
Massachusetts, Connecticut, Arkansas and California serotypes are the most persistent in the US. Mutations and crossovers are common mechanisms for the generation of new serotypes and provide means for the virus to escape naturally existing immunity or that induced by vaccinations (Keck et al., J. Virol. (1988) 62: 1810). More immunogenic and crossprotective vaccine strains are needed, and molecular evolution technologies provide improved and faster means to generate novel chimeras that can be screened for the desired properties using in vitro and in vivo screenings.
Libraries of IBV strains are generated by shuffling, and the desired clones are selected from the library by analyzing the entire library, pools thereof, or individual clones.
More specifically, the degree of attenuation can be studied for example by using tracheal organ cultures (TOC) and oviduct organ cultures (00C) (Raj and Jones, Vaccine (1997) 15:
163-8). Ciliostasis (CD50), immunofluorescence staining (IFID50) and organ culture infectivity (OCID50) have been shown to associate with attenuation and are useful methods for screening candidate live respiratory viral vaccines for attenuation (la'.
). These methods are also useful when selecting shuffled, attenuated strains of IBV. Subsequent immunizations and challenge studies in animals can be used to further evaluate the degree of attenuation, immunogenicity and cross-protection.
E. Evolution of stable Yellow Fever vaccine strains by DNA shuffling The stability of these vaccine strains can be improved by DNA shuffling technology. This Example describes the evolution of yellow fever (YF) virus, which is an example of a vaccine strain, the stability of which can be improved by the methods described here. YF is an acute mosquito-borne viral haemorrhagic fever that has reemerged across Africa and in South America. A total of 18,735 yellow fever cases and 4,522 deaths were reported from 1987 to 1991. This represents the greatest reported amount of yellow fever activity for any 5-year period since 1948 (Robertson et al., JAMA (1996) 276:
1157-62). In Africa, a large proportion of cases have occurred in children. There is an efficient vaccine against yellow fever available, but financing the vaccine has been difFcult for the poorest in the world (Robertson et al., JAMA (1996) 276: 1157-62).
The stability of YF vaccine is a major problem in undeveloped countries and tropical areas. The lyophilized vaccine strain without stabilizers deteriorates rapidly when exposed to temperatures above -20 °C (Monath, Dev. Biol. Stand. (1996) 87: 219-25).
Additives, such as sugars, amino acids, and divalent cations have improved the stability of the vaccine preparations. However, despite the relatively good stability of these vaccine formulations stability when freeze dried, the vaccine is unstable after reconstitution and must be discarded after one hour (Monath, Dev. Biol. Stand. ( 1996) 87: 219-25).
Improvements in vaccine stability after reconstitution would significantly reduce cost, stretch supplies of the vaccine, and would also reduce the frequency of vaccine failures due to use of degraded vaccine.
In this Example, infectious cDNA clones of YF are subjected to recombination by, for example, DNA shuffling. The resulting virus libraries are analyzed for stability. Selection is conducted under different temperatures, formulations and time periods, as desired, to obtain suitable YF viruses that are stable under the conditions of interest. Only those viruses that can propagate under such conditions survive the selection.
In addition, the virus libraries can be freeze dried, reconstituted, and the most stable viruses selected varying periods after reconstitution. The viruses that demonstrate improved stability can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection. Subsequent immunizations and challenge studies will further evaluate the degree of attenuation, immunogenicity and stability.
F. Influenza A virus Epidemic infections with influenza A continue to associate with significant morbidity and mortality in the general population, particularly among the elderly and other high risk patients (Calfee and Hayden, Drugs (1998) ~6: 537-53). Tens of th ousands of deaths occur each year despite the availability of relatively efricient vaccines. E~cient control of the disease has not been achieved through immunization programs because of incomplete protective efficacy and antigenic variations of the virus.
Vaccinations must be given annually because of the antigenic changes that the virus undergoes, and because the antibody responses decrease significantly over time (Rimmelzwaan ~t al., Vaccine (1999) 17: 1355-8).
Influenza A virus belongs to family Orthomyxoviridae, which are segmented, negative-stranded viruses. Additional members of the family are Influenza B
and Influenza C viruses. Viral replication occurs after synthesis of the mRNAs and requires synthesis of the viral proteins. Complete infectious segmented negative-strand viruses have been successfully recovered from cloned cDNA (Bridgen and Elliott, Proc. Nat'1.
Acad. Sci. USA
(1996) 93: 15400-4). Plasmids encoding full-length cDNA copies of three Bunyamwera bunyavirus RNA genome segments flanked by bacteriophage T7 promoter and hepatitis 1 ~ delta virus ribozyme sequences were capable of encoding infectious virus with the characteristic of the parental cDNA clones (Bridgen and Elliott, Proc. Nat'1.
Acad. Sci. USA
(1996) 93: 15400-4). Similarly, full-length, infectious vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV), the prototypic nonsegmented negative-strand RNA virus, has been recovered from a cDNA
clone (Whelan et al., Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA (1990 92: 8388-92). These data illustrate the feasibility of shuffling the entire genomes of negative-strand RNA
viruses. In addition, foreign genes have been successfully introduced into Influenza A genome (Luytjes et al., Cell (1989) 59: 1107-13), indicating that Influenza A virus genomes can be successfully engineered. Infectious Influenza A virus has been recovered after transfection of cDNA
encoding the PB2 polymerase gene, followed by transfection of the RNA
transcripts (Subbarao et al., J. Virol. (1993) 67, 7223-8). Therefore, as an alternative to whole viral genome shuffling, novel attenuated vaccine strains of Influenza A can be generated by shuffling individual segments of the virus, further illustrating the feasibility of DNA
shuffling approach in evolution of Influenza A viruses.
Libraries of Influenza A viruses are generated by shuffling the entire genome, or segments thereof (such as, for example, the PB2 polymerase gene). Because of the large antigenic diversity of Influenza viruses, the segments encoding the immunogenic proteins, such as the nucleocapsid, matrix proteins, hemaggluti_nia, nucleoprotein or neuramididase, provide additional targets for molecular evolution by DNA shuffling. Because live attenuated influenza A virus vaccines have been widely produced by the transfer of attenuating genes from a donor virus to new epidemic variants of influenza A
virus (Subbarao et al., J. Virol. (1993) 67: 7223-8), the shuffled segments can be introduced back to other Influenza strains of interest. The shuffled viruses can be selected using mufti-tiered screening process including selection for growth in manufacturing cells, identification of temperature sensitive mutants, screening for presence of multiple epitopes by polyclonal antibodies, analysis of potent crossprotective immune response in vivo, or all of the above.
The best variants can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and screening when desired.
G. Respiratory svncvtial virus (RSVP
Respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) is the most important cause of lower respiratory tract infection during infancy and early childhood (Domachowske and Rosenberg, Clin. Microbiol. Rev. (1999) 12: 298-309). RSV infection can be devastating in elderly and immunosuppressed individuals (Wyde, Antiviral Res. (1998) 39: 63-79). The infection generally results in the development of anti-RSV neutralizing-antibodies, but these are often suboptimal during an infant's initial infection. Reinfection during subsequent exposures is common, and efficient vaccines are highly desired.
Functional, infectious RSV has been recovered from expressed, cloned cDNAs. RSV was expressed in a functional form by coexpressing the viral polymerase protein, phosphoprotein, and nucleocapsid protein from cDNA clones (Yu et al., J. Virol.
(1995) 69: 2412-9). Such cDNA clones provide an excellent starting point for molecular evolution by DNA shuffling. Several different antigenic groups of RSV have been identified (Sanz et al., Virus Res. (1994) 33: 203-17), and very high mortality rates, up to 78%, have 2~ been observed in immunocompromised patients (Harrington et al., J. Infect.
Dis. (1992) 165:
987-93). Therefore, efficient vaccines that provide protection against multiple different variants of RSV are highly desired.
Although the antigenic heterogeneity of RSV is a challenge for vaccine development, these naturally existing variants of the pathogen provide a pool of existing sequences that can be used to generate a family shuffled library of RSV.
Libraries of RSV
viruses are generated by shuffling infectious cDNA clones derived from various RSV
isolates. The resulting RSV variants are screened for attenuation and for their properties as vaccines. The stability of the viruses can be selected in vitro by storing the vaccine strains for prolonged periods of time. Moreover, the attenuation will be evaluated in animal models for lack of disease or for reduced levels of symptoms. These attenuated strains are be further analyzed for their capacity to induce protective immune responses in vivo.
This can be achieved by challenging tl'~e immunized animals by live wild-type pathogens and scoring the different strains for their level of attenuation and efficacy in inducing protective immune responses. The optimal strains with desired properties can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and screening.
H. Canine Distemper virus (CDR
Canine distemper virus (CDV) is a morbillivirus that affects the neurologic system and causes a frequently fatal systemic disease in a wide range of carnivore species, including domestic dogs. Classical serology provides data of diagnostic and prognostic values and is also used to predict the optimal vaccination age of pups, because maternal antibodies can interfere with the vaccines (Appel and Harris, J. Am. Yet. Med.
Assoc. (1988) 193: 332-3). Several antigenically different strains of CDV have been identified (Ohashi et al., J. Vet. Med. Sci. (1998) 60: 1209-12; Carpenter et al., Vet. Immunol.
Immunopathol.
(1998) 65(2-4): 259-66), and the virus appears to frequently cross host species among carnivores (Id.). The antigenic heterogeneity of the different strains is a challenge for vaccine development, but it also provides and excellent genetic diversity that enables further evolution in vitro using the methods of the invention.
Infectious morbilliviruses have been reconstituted from cDNA (Cathomen et al., EMBO J. (1998) 17: 3899-908), indicating that the use of DNA shuffling to generate attenuated morbilliviruses, such as attenuated vaccine strains of CDV, is feasible. More stable and immunogenic viruses are highly desired. In addition, because maternal antibodies can interfere with CDV vaccines, vaccines not recognized by such antibodies are expected have improved e~cacy (Appel and Harris, J. Am. Vet. Med Assoc. (1988) 193: 332-3).
Libraries of CDV viruses are generated by DNA shuffling of infectious cDNA, and the resulting viruses are screened for their properties as vaccines. Studies in vivo in dogs are used to identify attenuated strains (strains that cause inhibited or no clinical disease) that provide efficient immune response upon challenge of the immunized animals by wild-type viruses. In addition, the viruses can be selected for increased stability in vitro by storing the vaccine strains for prolonged periods of time. Strains with desired properties can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and screening if further improvement is desired.
Example 2 Evolution of attenuated alnhaviruses; VEE as a vehicle for airborne vaccinations This Example describes the use of DNA shuffling to evolve attenuated alphaviruses, which are useful as a vehicle for vaccines that are suitable for airborne administration.
The alphaviruses are a genus of 26 enveloped viruses that cause disease in several species, including humans and domestic animals. Mosquitoes and other hematophagous arthropods serve as vectors (Strauss and Strauss, Microbiol.
Rev. (1994) 58:
491-562). Alphaviruses include Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis virus (VEE), Semliki Forest virus (SFV) and Sindbis virus (SIN), which have also been targets of interest as vaccine vectors, because of the broad host range and superior infectivity of these viruses.
The generation of high-titer recombinant alphavirus stocks has enabled high-level expression of several nuclear, cytoplasmic, membrane-associated and secreted proteins in a variety of cell lines and primary cell cultures (Lundstrom, J. Recept. Signal. Transduct.
Res. (1999) 19:
673-86).
The complete sequences of the positive stranded RNA genomes of at least eight alphaviruses have been determined, and partial sequences are known for several others (Strauss and Strauss, Microbiol. Rev. (1994) 58: 491-562). Importantly, full-length cDNA
clones from which infectious RNA can be recovered have been constructed for four 2~ alphaviruses, including VEE, SFV and SIN (Davis et al., Virology (1989) 171:189-204;
Polo et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA (1999) 96: 4598-603; Atkins et al., Mol. Biotechnol.
(1996) 5: 33-8). Therefore, VEE, SIN and SFV are particularly good examples of alphaviruses that can be attenuated by DNA shuffling. In the present Example, although VEE is described in detail, the high degree of structural and functional relatedness among alphaviruses allows one to use a similar approach for other alphaviruses.
VEE is an unusual alphavirus in that it is also highly infectious for both humans and rodents by aerosol inhalation. Therefore, attenuated strains of VEE
provide vehicles to deliver the vaccines in an aerosol formulation, which enables rapid vaccinations of large populations of humans or animals at the same time. Aerosol vaccination with inactivated or attenuated recombinant patihogens has been shown to be an efficient way to induce local protection against lung diseases, and aerosol vaccinations have also been shown to protect against infectious diseases (Hensel and Lubitz, Behring. Inst.
Mitt. (1997) 98: 212-9). Because VEE can also be used as a vector to deliver antigens from other pathogenic organisms, aerosol mediated vaccinations with attenuated strains of VEE are expected to provide very efficient and rapid vaccination protocols against a variety of diseases. VEE is an unusual virus also because its primary target outside the central nervous system is the lymphoid tissue, and therefore, attenuated variants may provide means to target vaccines or pharmaceutically useful proteins to the immune system.
There are at least seven subtypes of VEE that can be identified genetically and serologically. Based on epidemiological data the virus isolates fall into two main categories: I-AB and I-C strains, which are associated with VEE
epizootics/epidemics, and the remaining serotypes, which are associated primarily with enzootic vertebrate-mosquito cycles and circulate in specific ecological zones (Johnston and Peters, In Fields Virology, Third Edition, eds. B.N. Fields et al., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, 1996).
Libraries of recombinant VEE viruses are created and screened to identify those recombinant viruses that exhibit an attenuated phenotype. Libraries are generated by subjecting to DNA shuffling either the entire infectious cDNA clones or the regions known to play a role in pathogenesis and protection, such as the envelope protein.
These libraries and individuals chimeras/mutants thereof are subsequently screened for their capacity to 2~ induce widely crossreacting and protective antibody responses.
Alternatively or additionally, the libraries are screened to identify those recombinant viruses that have the capacity to immunize mammals through aerosol delivery. The libraries are delivered in aerosol formulations and the optimal viruses are subsequently identified in animals that develop specific antibodies and survive the infection, as an indication that the strain was sufficiently attenuated. When the libraries are generated by family shuffling of the different serotypes of VEE, one also is able to identify the most crossprotective strains by challenging the immunized animals with various serotypes of the live, wild-type pathogen.
Furthermore, because VEE can act as a vehicle to deliver foreign antigens, attenuated VEE strains encoding antigens from other pathogens can be useful in vaccinations against a variety of diseases. Packaging cell lines can be used to enable production of biologically active vector particles even when the structural proteins of the virus have been replaced by foreign antigens (Polo et al., supra.). These packaging cells can be engineered to encode those structural proteins that were shown to mediate efficient immunization, for example through aerosol mediated immunization. As an e:~ample, the gene that encodes VEE envelope protein is replaced with that which encodes hantavirus glycoproteins.
Because VEE is known to infect mice by airborne challenge, the approach provides a method for aerosol mediated vaccinations of wild mice against hantavirus infections, which should greatly reduce the risk to humans of encountering hantavirus in endemic areas. A
significant advantage of the method is that the laboratory setting is useful in the initial screening, because mice can be infected with VEE by airborne challenge (Wright and Phillpotts, Arch. Yirol. (1998) 143: 1155-62). The best clones are subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
Example 3 Infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV1 Infectious bursal disease (IBD) emerged in 1957, spread rapidly, and became recognized throughout the U.S. broiler and commercial egg production areas by (Lasher and Davis, Avian Dis. (1997) 41: 11-9). Infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV) attacks the Bursa of Fabritius causing immunosuppression and death. The acute stage of IBD, the immunosuppression that follows, and the widespread distribution of IBD virus (IBDV), contribute to the major economic significance of the disease (Saif, Poult. Sci.
(1998) 77:1186-9). A live attenuated vaccine was developed and demonstrated a rather good efficacy (Lasher and Davis, supra.). However, in the mid-1980s novel variants emerged, such as the Delaware variants, and variants with increased virulence were identified in Europe and Asia in 1989 (Id.). In addition, maternal immunity significantly reduces the efficacy of the vaccines (Bayyari et al., Avian Dis. (1996) 40: 588-99), and vaccines with improved efficacy are desired.
IBDV is a double stranded RNA virus and belongs to the family Birnaviridae of the genus Avibirnavirus (Nagarajan and Kibenge, Can. J. Vet. Res. (1997) 61: 81-8). The genome consists of two segments, designated A and B. cDNA clones encoding the segments A and B of IBDV have been shown to generate viable virus progeny. Independent full-length cDNA clones were constructed that contained the entire coding and noncoding regions of R~'~tA segments A and B (Mundt and Vakharia, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA
(1996) 93:
11131-6). These cDNAs provide an excellent starting point for DNA shuffling.
In addition, because the NS protein is dispensable for viral replication in vitro and in vivo plays an important role in viral pathogenesis (Yao et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72: 2647-54), the segment encoding the NS protein is a particularly useful target for evolution by DNA
shuffling.
Furthermore, the existence of several natural variants of IBDV (Nagarajan and Kibenge, supra.), provides a source of natural diversity for family DNA shuffling to generate attenuated strains and chimeras of the different serotypes.
Libraries of recombinant IBDV nucleic acids are generated by shuffling both A and B segments. In addition, libraries of viruses that contain shuffled NS
genes are generated by shuffling NS genes that are then incorporated back into the viral genome. The libraries of viruses is initially screened for attenuation in vitro. However, because chicken are accessible in large numbers, the primary screen is for attenuation and immunogenicity in vivo. More specifically the viruses or pools of viruses are injected in ovo, at one day of age or applied to the drinking water at 7-14 days of age. Attenuated viruses not causing clinical disease are identified, and the immunized animals are subsequently screened for protective immune responses by challenging them with the live wild-type viruses. The best viruses are subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
Example 4 Canine parvovirus~ evolution of vaccine strains that can escape interference by maternal antibodies Canine parvovirus is a newly emerged pathogen of dogs that was identified in the late 1970s (Pollock and Coyne, Yet. Clin. North Am. Small. Anim. Pract.
(1993) 23:555-68). Although parvoviral enteritis was initially seen as epidemic disease in all dogs, the disease now primarily occurs in 1- to 6-month-old dogs. Interference by maternal antibodies accounts for the vast majority of vaccine failures (Id.; Waner et al., J. Vet.
Diagn. Invest.
(1996) 8: 427-32). Maternally derived hemagglutination inhibition (HI) titers have also been shown to correlate to the efficacy of attenuated CPV vaccines (Hoare et al., Vaccine (1997) 15: 273-5). Intranasal vaccination of pups with maternal antibodies has demonstrated some success in avoiding the interference, but vaccines that have improved immunogenicity in ti'~e presence of such antibodies are desired (Buonavoglia et al., Zentralbl.
Veterinarmed. (1994) 41: 3-8). Molecular virologic methods have also revealed continued evolution of the virus adding to the antigenic heterogeneity of the virus and to the challenges in vaccine development.
In this Example, canine parvovirus strains are_evolved and screened to identify those that, when used as vaccines, do not interfere with maternal antibodies. Either the entire vaccine strain, or the immunogenic antigens of the vaccine alone, is shuffled and negatively selected so that the vaccines that are recognized by maternal antibodies are removed from the libraries. For example, amity selection using flasks or columns coated with the maternal antibodies are used. To identify strains that have epitopes derived form multiple different strains of CPV, monoclonal antibodies that discriminate among different strains of CPV (Sagazio et al., J. Virol. Methods (1998) 73: 197-200) can be used, provided these antibody specificities are not a major component of the maternal antibodies. These multivalent strains are likely to be more potent in inducing crossprotection against all different existing and emerging variants of CPV.
Molecular infectious clones of parvoviruses have been generated (Bloom et al., J. Virol. (1993) 67: 5976-88). Such clones provide a suitable substrate for family DNA
shuffling. The family shuffling approach has the advantage that one will simultaneously generate chimeras of the different strains. These chimeras can then be screened for optimal immunogenicity and crossprotection in vivo. In one approach, libraries of canine parvoviruses are generated, and these libraries are initially screened for lack of binding to antibodies derived from dogs previously immunized against CPV. The immunogenicity of the selected vaccines can be verified by immunizing dogs, and subsequently challenging the vaccinated animals with different strains of live CPV. Vaccines that have reduced binding to maternal antibodies are expected have improved efficacy, and chimeric vaccines are expected to provide crossprotective immune responses.
Example 5 Flaviviruses; evolution of chimeric attenuated vaccine strains of Dengue viruses Dengue viruses are transmitted through mosquito bites and 50-100 million people each year. The virus causes serious clinical manifestations, such as dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF). There are four major serotypes of Dengue virus, namely Dengue 1, 2, 3 and 4. The spread of the four dengue virus serotypes had led to increased incidence of DHF and estimated 2.~ billion people at risk of the infection (Cardosa, Br.
Med. Bull. (1998) 54: 395-40~). No efficient vaccine against dengue infections are currently available.
The envelope protein of Dengue virus has been shown to provide an immune response that protects from a future challenge with the same strain of virus.
However, the levels of neutralizing antibodies produced in response to subunit vaccines are relatively low and protection from live virus challenge is not always observed. For example, mice injected with genetic vaccines encoding envelope protein of Dengue-2 virus develop neutralizing antibodies when analyzed by zn vitro neutralization assays, but the mice did not survive the challenge with live Dengue-2 virus (Kochel et al., Vaccine (1997) ~15: 547-552). However, protective immune responses were observed in mice immunized with recombinant vaccinia virus expressing Dengue 4 virus structural proteins (Bray et al., (1989) J.
Yirol. 63: 2853.
Furthermore, live attenuated Dengue-2 vaccines protected monkeys against homologous challenge (Velzing et al., Vaccine (1999) 17: 1312-20). These data suggest that live attenuated Dengue vaccines will be an efficient approach to Dengue vaccine development.
However, a tetravalent vaccine that induces neutralizing antibodies against all four strains of Dengue is required to avoid antibody-mediated enhancement of the disease when the individual encounters Dengue virus of different serotype. Family DNA shuffling provides a technology that simultaneously enables attenuation and generation of chimeric viruses that protect against all four serotypes.
Infectious cDNA clones of Dengue viruses have been generated and the immunogenic envelope genes sequenced, providing a good starting point for shuffling (Lai et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA (1991) 88: 5139-43; Lanciotti et al., J.
Gen. Virol. (1994) 75: 65-75; Kinrey et al., Virology (1997) 230: 300-8; Puri et al., Virus Genes (1998) 17: 85-8).
In this Example, the entire cDNAs encoding dengue viruses are shuffled to obtain proper attenuation. Alternatively, selected regions of the virus are be shuffled to generate attenuated strains. Such viral genes that are useful targets for shuffling include the prM, E, NS1 and NS3 genes (Pryor et al., J. Gen. Virol. (1998) 79: 2631-9;
Valle and Falgout, J. Virol. (1998) 72: 624-32). Additionally, the envelope genes of all four serotypes can be shuffled separately to generate crossprotective antigens, which can subsequently be incorporated back into the attenuated clones. Efficient chimerism is expected to be achieved also by family shuffling the entire infectious cDNA clones. The E proteins of the different dengue viruses share 62% to 77% of their amino acids. Dengue l and Dengue 3 are most closely related (77% identical), followed by Dengue 2 (69%) and Dengue 4 (62%). These identities are well in the range that allows efficient family shuffling.
Initially, screening for proper attenuation can be performed in vitro. For example, passaging in primary dog kidney cells can be used (Puri et al., J.
Gen. Virol.
(1997) 78: 2287-91). One can also select temperature sensitive mutants. The immunogenicity and crossprotection provided by the.attenuated vaccine strains can be further studied in mice challenged with the various live wild-type pathogens.
If desired, further studies are performed in large non-human primates to verify the level of attenuation.
This enables simultaneous studies of the immune responses. Infectivity in monkeys has been shown to correlate with that in humans, indicating that the monkey model is useful in selecting the properly attenuated strains (Marchette et al., Am. J. Trop. Med.
Hyg. (1990) 43:
212-8). Eventually, the attenuated, shuffled vaccines are tested in humans for their capacity to protect against infections with the different dengue serotypes.
Example 6 Flaviviruses: Hepatitis C virus (HCVI
Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection is a major health problem that leads to cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma in a substantial number of infected individuals, estimated to be 100-200 million worldwide (Martin et al., Biochemistry (1998) 37: 11459-68). Vaccines or effective treatments for HCV infection are not available.
Antigenic heterogeneity of different strains of hepatitis C virus (HCV) is a major problem in development of efficient vaccines against HCV. Antibodies or CTLs specific for one strain of HCV typically do not protects against other strains. Multivalent vaccine antigens that simultaneously protect against several strains of HCV would be of major importance when developing efficient vaccines against HCV.
HCV is a particularly suitable target for attenuation by DNA shuffling because full-length cDNAs have been constructed (Yanigi et al., Proc. Nat'l.
Acid Sci.
USA (1997) 94: 8738-43) and infectious HCV cDNA can be obtained from infectious blood samples (Aizaki et al., Hepatolo~ (1998) 27:621-7). Thus, the naturally existing diversity of HCV can be directly isolated from the blood of infected individuals providing an excellent starting point for family DNA shuffling.
Several approaches to attenuation of HCV by DNA shuffling are available.
First, the entire cDNA clones may shuffled and the libraries screened using the methods described below. Secondly, the polymerise gene may be replaced by that derived from other related viruses, such as other flaviviruses. Polymerise genes from flaviviruses, such as Dengue virus, may allow replication of the HCV in tissue culture cells, which is not possible with the wild-type HCV. The NSSB protein of HCV is an RhIA-dependent RNA
polymerise that is required for virus replication (Behrens et al., EMBO J. (1996) 15: 12-22). Because other flaviviruses readily replicate in vitro, RNA-polymerise genes derived from other flavivirus family members may allow HCV to replicate in vitro. Importantly, family DNA
shuffling of flavivirus derived polymerise genes can be used to optimize the genes to enable the most potent replication in vitro. Generation of a library of HCV viruses with shuffled polymerise genes improves the chance to identify the viruses that efficiently grow in vitro.
Another useful target for DNA shuffling is the internal ribosome entry site of HCV, which is required for viral translation (Honda et al., J. Virol. (1999) 73: 1165-74).
The region has been shown to be relatively conserved in the different flaviviruses, indicating that family shuffling is a particularly attractive approach (Id.).
The libraries of shuffled HCV, generated by shuffling the entire genomes, or fragments thereof, are generally screened for growth in vitro and in vivo.
Family DNA
shuffling allows the simultaneous generation of chimeric viruses and viral proteins. This is expected to improve the crossprotection against the different strains of HCV.
One important approach to attenuation is the selection of variants that grow in tissue culture cells as described above. A particularly significant selection is that which occurs in vivo. Virus clones isolated during the acute phase from patients and chimpanzees had identical sequences in the hypervariable region, and the infectious clones derived from patients were infectious in chimpanzees (Aizaki et al., Hepatology (1998) 27:621-7).
Therefore, the chimpanzee model will be useful when analyzing the level of attenuation and immune response in animals. The degree of attenuation of the selected HCV variants can thus be readily analyzed in chimpanzees. The animals are subsequently challenged with various wild-type HCV isolates to detect the most protective and crossprotective vaccine strains.
The best variants can be selected for new rounds of shuffling and screening, when desired.
Example 7 Porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus Porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus (PRRSV) is a recently identified virus that continues to challenge swine producers, veterinary practitioners, and animal health researchers. The prevalence of infection is high, approximately 60% to 80% of herds, and the clinical effects of infection vary widely among the farms (Zimmerman et al., Vet. Microbiol. (1997) 55: 187-96). In many herds, infection is subclinical and productivity seemingly unaffected. However, some infected herds report occasional respiratory disease outbreaks in young pigs, periodic outbreaks of reproductive disease, or severe, chronic disease problems, particularly in young pigs. In these herds, secondary infections with viral or bacterial pathogens, such as Salmonella choleraesuis, Streptococcus suis, or Haemophilus parasuis typically occur concurrently with PRRSV infections (Zimmerman et al., Yet.
Microbiol. (1997) 55: 187-96).
There is evidence that existing candidate vaccine strains may persist and mutate to a less attenuated form in vivo (Mengeling et al., Am. J. Vet. Res.
(1999) 60: 334-4).
Moreover, different isolates of PRRSV have been shown to differ substantially in their antigenic properties increasing the challenges in vaccine development (Pirzadeh et al., Can.
,l. Yet. Res. (1998) 62: 170-7). Protection against heterologous strains is poor (van Woensel et al., Vet. Rec. (1998) 142: 510-2), and need for improved vaccines is evident.
DNA shuffling is used to generate improved, attenuated vaccine strains of PRRSV. Infectious transcripts from cloned genome-length cDNA of PRRSV have been generated (Meulenberg et al., .I. Virol. (1998) 72: 380-7). Thus, family DNA
shuffling of such infectious cDNA clones derived from various isolates provides a means to generate chimeras that simultaneously protect against the different serotypes.
Furthermore, the genetic heterogeneity of the different isolates provides an excellent starting pool to generate optimally attenuated strains that provide efficient protection without clinical disease. As an example, porcine alveolar lung macrophages or CL2621 cells can be used to grow the viruses to address the level of attenuation (Meulenberg et al., J. Virol.
(1998) 72: 380-7).
Furthermore, BHK-21 cells are useful in the initial screening, because they are readily transfectable by the cDNA clones (Meulenberg et al., J. Virol. (1998) 72: 380-7). The subsequent analysis of the attenuated strains can be done in pigs or other suitable test animal.
For example, pigs are immunized with the attenuated strains, and the animals that do not become ill are challenged with the wild-type viruses to assess the efficacy of the vaccines.
The attenuated viruses that provided the most efficient protection can be subjected to new rounds of shuffling and selection, when desired.
Example 8 Human immunodeficiency virus (Hf~
The development of a safe and effective vaccine for the prevention of HIV
infections has proven to be extremely difficult, at least in part because of the complexity associated with HIV-1 and its pathogenesis (Hulskotte et al., Vaccine (1998) 16: 904-15).
Previous studies suggest that that HIV infections in human may be abrogated by the host immune system supporting the conclusion that it is possible to generate a weakened virus that induces a protective immune response, but does not cause a disease. In addition, some individuals survive the infection for more than 15 years, further suggesting that the immune response can control HIV-1 infection at least in some individuals (Id.). Live, attenuated viruses have been the most successful vaccines in monkey models of HIV-1 infection (Berkhout et al., J. Virol. (1999) 73: 1138-45).
A number of infectious molecular clones from various HIV isolates have been constructed (Srinivasan et al., Gene (1987); 52: 71-82; Sauermann et al., AIDS
Res. Hum.
Retroviruses (1990) 6: 813-23; Collman et al., J. Virol. (1992) 66: 717-21), thus providing suitable substrates for using family DNA shuffling to achieve evolution of attenuated vaccine strains of HIV. Libraries of HIV viruses are generated by family shuffling the entire molecular clones or fragments thereof. Useful HIV regions for evolution by DNA
shuffling are the genes encoding the Gag and Env structural proteins MA (matrix), CA
(capsid), NC
(nucleocapsid), p6, SU (surface), and TM (transmembrane); the Pol enzymes PR
(protease), RT (reverse transcriptase), and IN (integrase); the gene regulatory proteins Tat and Rev; and the accessory proteins Nef, Vif, Vpr, and Vpu (Frankel and Young, Annu. Rev.
Biochem.
(1998) 67: 1-25; Turner and Summers, J. Mol. Biol. (1999) 285: 1-32). Nucleic acids that encode any of these proteins can be targeted by DNA shuffling. In addition, combination libraries can be generated by combining shuffled libraries of different viral genes.
The shuffled libraries are screened for attenuation using in vitro and in vivo methods. In vitro methods include, but are not limited to, selection of strains with altered host cell specificity, selection of temperature sensitive mutants and selection of variants that can enter the human host cells but do not replicate. In vivo methods include selection of variants that grow in animals that cannot be infected with the wild-type virus. The chimpanzee model provides an excellent in vivo system to address the degree of attenuation of the selected variants (Murthy et al., AIDS Res. Hum. Retroviruses (1998) Suppl 3:S271-6). Because chimpanzees can also be challenged with the live viruses resulting in AIDS, the model simultaneously provides an opportunity to address the efficacy of the vaccines. The chimpanzees that are immunized with the attenuated, shuffled vaccine strains of HIV can be challenged with various wild-type strains to analyze the level of protection and crossprotection. The clones demonstrating optimal level of attenuation with efficient protection against subsequent challenge can be chosen for additional rounds of shuffling and selection, if so desired.
Example 9 Evolution of Multivalent HPV Vaccines Background Mucosal/genital HPV is one of the most common sexually transmitted diseases worldwide, with approximately 5.5 million new cases diagnosed per year in the US
alone. Estimates of up to 40 million infected individuals have been reported in the United States alone (Cancer Weekly Plus, June 29, 1998). Approximately 20 different HPV types infect the mucosal area, the majority of which are classified as "high risk"
HPV types because of their association with over 90 % of cervical carcinomas (Bosch et al., J. Natl.
Cancer Inst. 87:796-802 (1995)) and other ano-genital and oral malignancies.
Human papillomavirus infections are the primary cause of cervical cancers (Bosch et al, J. Natl.
Cancer Inst. 87:796-802, 1995) and have been also linked to anal, vaginal, vulvar, oral and cutaneous cancers. In the United States alone, 1 x,000 women a year are diagnosed with cervical cancer, resulting in 5,000 annual deaths (U.S. CDC). A summary of the association of different HPV types with human diseases is outlined is Table 2 (source: M.
Stanley, Antiviral Research 24:1-1~, 1994).. It has been estimated that up to 50% of sexually active women are infected with these so-called 'high risk' HPVs. There are no curative treatments to date.
Table 2 Skin Common warts, hands and 1. 2. 4. (26), (27), 29.
feet etc. 57 Plane warts 3. 10, 28, (49) Butchers' warts 7 Epidcrrnodysplasia verruciformis, 5, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 17, bcnign 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,25,36,4b,47,50 Epidermodysplasia verruciformis, 5, 8, 14, 17, 20 SCC
Keiatocanthoma 37 Malignant melanoma 38 Actinic kcratosis 5,8 SCC - 41 , (48) Epidcrmoid cyst 60 Genitalia and mucous membranes Normal cervix 16,53 Gcnital warts 6,11,44,54 Busclike Lowenstein tumours 6,11 Cervical intracphlielial 6,11, 16, 18, 30, 31, 33, ncoplasia 34, 35, 39, 40, 42, (43), (44), 45, 51, 52, 56, 57, 58, 66*
Cervical carcinoma 16, 18, 31, 33, 35, 39, 45, 51, 52, 56,.66*
Vulvar intracpithelial 16,18,43,59 neoplasia Penile intracpithelial 16,18,39,40 ncoplasia Bowen's disease 34 Bowenoid papulosis 16,39,55 Laryngeal papillomas 6,11 Laryngeal carcinoma 30 Focal epithelia] hyperplasia 13,32 (Ileck's) Oral paoillomis 32 Papillomavirus are small, non-enveloped DNA virus with a circular genome of 7.8 kb in size. Expression of the viral early and late proteins as well as episomal replication are regulated by a complex interaction of viral and host transcription and replication factors (Bernard and Apt, Arch. Dermatol. 130:210 (1994)). The viral early proteins E6 and E7 of "high risk" HPVs are powerful oncogenes and are constitutively expressed in cancer cells. They can thus serve as tumor antigens for therapeutic vaccine development. Vaccination of mice with recombinant E6 and E7 proteins has been shown to elicit a CTL mediated protective immune response against challenge with E6/E7 expressing tumors (Hariharan et al, Int. J. Oncol., 12:1229-35 (1998)).
Two structural proteins, L1 and L2, form papillomavirus viruses, which are expressed in the late viral life cycle. A virus is composed of 72 capsomers, each of which is formed by 5 L 1 molecules. The ratio of the maj or capsid protein L 1 to the minor capsid protein L2 is estimated as 30:1. The inability of HPVs to productively grow in cell culture has severely hampered attempts to generate sufficient amounts of viruses for experimental vaccination. The discovery that papillomavirus Ll proteins have the intrinsic capacity to self assemble into viral like-particles (VLPs) when expressed in the absence of other viral gene products and epithelial differentiation (Kirnbauer et al., Proc. Nat'1.
Acad. Sci. USA 89:
12180-84 (1992)) was the technological breakthrough that has driven the recent flurry of prophylactic vaccine development. Papillomavirus VLPs were used in animal models as effective virus surrogates to induce protective immunity. They provide essential conformational epitopes without being infectious. There is no experimental system for testing prophylactic anti-HPV vaccines due to the species specificity of all papillomaviruses.
However, experimental animal vaccinations have resulted in antibody-mediated protection of domestic rabbits, cows and dogs following infections with cotton-tail rabbit papillomavirus, bovine papillomavirus and canine oral papillomavirus, respectively (Lowy and Schiller, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1423: M1-8, 1998, and references herein). Post-attachment neutralization of PVs by antibodies could also be demonstrated.
Effective immune surveillance of human papillomavirus may be difficult to achieve. Natural HPV infections at the genital mucosal surface are poorly immunogenic, presumably reflecting the non-lytic viral life cycle and the co-evolution of the viruses with their natural hosts. Individuals infected with HPVs are usually seropositive both for the late viral proteins and for the viral early oncogenes, but antibody titers are low.
For epitheliotropic genital HPVs, which have no blood-borne phase in the viral cycle, the relevance of circulating antibodies will be restricted to their availability on the mucosal surface. The demonstration that systemic immunization with viral-like particles (VLPs) in African green monkeys induced neutralizing IgG in both sera and cervical-vaginal secretions makes it likely that VLP immunization will give similar results in humans (Lowe et al, J.
Infect. Dis. 176: 1141-1145 (1997)). However, any enhancement of the elicited immune response will result in greater clinical benefit.
HPV pseudotype assays have shown that VLP based prophylactic vaccines are type specific and do not mediate cross-protection (Roden et al., J.
Virol., 70: 587-3383 (1996)). Efficient prophylactic vaccines should therefore include antigenic determinants from several HPV types. Recent experimental studies point to the minor capsid protein L2 as an alternative target for vaccine development. Immunization of mice with L2 proteins led to the induction of neutralizing antibodies with some degree of cross-neutralization. The antibody titers were, however, very low compared to the titers induced by VLP
immunization.
Immunotrerapy may offer a novel and more effective means for both prevention and treatment of HPV infection and associated diseases. The majority of current efforts in vaccine development are directed against two of the more prevalent "high risk"
types, HPV-16 and HPV-18, which are most commonly found in malignant cancers.
However, in vztro neutralization assays have demonstrated that the immune surveillance of HPV is type specific (Roden et al, J. Virol. 70:5875-5883 (1996)). Eradication of the rivo major HPV types, HPV-16 and HPV-18 could, therefore, drive the evolution of the large number of serological distinct genotypes. Additionally, different HPV-type specific variants, co-evolved with human races, need to be considered in effective prophylactic vaccine 1 ~ development. There is epidemiological evidence that minor variations within HPV-types may be more strongly associated with the risk of developing cancer (Xi et al, J. Nat'1.
Cancer Inst. 89: 796-802 (1997)). Broadly protective HPV vaccines therefore must be multivalent.
Rational design of cross protective, multivalent VLP vaccines is extremely difficult given the lack of knowledge concerning the structure, localization and sequences involved in the antigenic epitopes exposed on the virus surfaces. Furthermore, direct approaches to study HPV immune surveillance are not possible due to the lack ef animal models. Papillomavirus evolved with their hosts and are strictly species-specific.
Evolution of Polwalent HPV Vaccines In this Example, the challenges that have hampered development of HPV
vaccines are addressed by the use of molecular breeding by recursive rounds of DNA family shuffling and screening. Since shuffling does not require an understanding of the mode or mechanism of infection, but simply relies on a functional screen for desired improvements, it is the tool most likely to quickly yield a product of clinical and commercial relevance.
Recombination of antigenic sequences from related "high risk" HPVs are used to generate large pools of functionally diverse chimeric sequences from which the best are selected based on improved immunogenic and cross-reactive properties. For example, one can generate potent multivalent VLP vaccines by shuffling nucleic acids that encode antigen epitopes from different L 1 proteins and/or L2 genes to improve cross-neutralizing epitopes and antibody titers.
Nucleic acids that encode the antigens are used to generate complex, high-quality antigen libraries that are screened with high throughput (HTP) screening assays in vitro and in vivo for the selection of superior cross protective antigens against the major "high risk" HPV types. An example of a suitable strategy is summarized in Figure 3. The naturally existing diversity of HPV virus antigens is combined to generate complex antigen libraries by DNA shuffling. HTP in vitro assay systems are then used for the production of VLPs and subsequent screening to enrich the libraries for antigenic epitope display. An in vivo antigen library screen with subsequent neutralization assays then allows one to select for broad-spectrum VLP vaccines.
A. Generation of chimeric LI anPigen libraries First, different L1 genes are isolated from "high risk" HPVs and associated variants to generate complex libraries. Papillomaviruses are a large family of related viruses with specific tropism for different epithelia. Based on sequence alignment of the viral genomes, papillomaviruses can be divided into several distinct groups. A
phylogenetic tree, computed for 108 different papillomavirus L 1 genes, contains three supergroups (mucosal/genital, cutaneous/EV, and certain animal PVs) and 24 subgroups (Figure 4). The phylogenetic relationship is reflected by a similar tissue tropism (cutaneous, mucosal/oral, ano-genital) of the virus and the pathogenic lesions they induce (benign or malignant tumors). Eight "high risk" HPV types (HPV-18, 39, 45 and HPV-16, 31, 33, 35, 52) are found in the majority of malignant cancers and cluster in two distinct subgroups of the phylogenetic tree (A7 and A9, Figure 4).
The phylogenetic distance between the two subgroups is, however, greater than desired for successful DNA family shuffling. Therefore, two different libraries are generated, one for each subgroup. HPV-16 and HPV-18, which are associated with 80 % of the HPV-related cancers, are used as major templates and different amounts of sequences from related types are added to the shuffling reactions.
HPV-16 L1 genes are pooled with the closely related variants HPV-31, 33, 3~, 52 as well as different HPV-16 variants, and HPV-18 genes are pooled with HPV-45 and HPV-39. Pools of related Ll genes are subjected to random fragmentation and subsequent reassembly in a primerless PCR reaction according to established DNA family shuffling protocols as described herein (see also, Crameri et al., Nature 391: 288 (1998)). Additional sequence heterogeneity can be added by spiking homologous sequences from more distant "high risk" HPV types (e.g., HPV-51, 56 and 66, subgroup A~ and A6, Figure 4) into the assembly reaction, in the form of short oligonucleotides with homologous ends.
Reassembled L 1 chimeras are amplified by PCR with primers flanking the L 1 genes and subcloned into shuttle vectors, which allow for high throughput DNA
amplification in E. coli and protein expression in mammalian cells. The complexity of the libraries is estimated by restriction analyses and sequencing of randomly selected clones. The quantitative goal is to gain large libraries (>105), with 90 - 100 % chimeric sequences. The same experimental strategy can be applied to the L2 genes.
B. Development of high throughput in vitro screening assays The next step is to establish HTP assay systems for selection of L1 and L2 chimeras displaying antigenic epitopes. The ultimate goal is to select the best L1 and L2 chimeras for their ability to induce broadly reactive antibodies in vivo. DNA
family shuffling, however, can generate "wrongly" assembled genes, which give rise to abortive protein expression. Therefore, pre-screening the libraries in vitro for L 1 and L2 protein expression and for ability to display immunogenic epitopes will help to avoid unnecessary animal studies during subsequent in vivo screening.
A general strategy of a high throughput in vitro assay is outlined in Figure 5.
Chimeric L 1 and L2 genes are transfected into mammalian cells for L T, L2 protein expression and VLP assembly. Cell lysates are prepared from random clones to check the library quality by immunoblotting or simple plate ELISA assays. If the libraries show a higher than desired "knock out" rate, one can apply milder shuffling conditions by using lower percentages of L 1 genes which are most distant from the main types, HPV
-16 and HPV-18.
The in vitro screening assays generally involve the following components:
(i) For expression in mammalian cells and amplification in E. coli, the shuffled L 1 and L2 genes are linked to a strong eukaryotic promoter and cloned into plasmid vectors containing a bacterial origin of replication and a drug selection marker. For Ll, it is particularly preferred to use a strong promoter, e.g., a CMV promoter or a promoter that has been improved using DNA shuffling. High expression of Ll is desirable to obtain expression levels that are sufficiently high for efficient VLP assembly.
(ii) Different mammalian cell lines are tested with different transfection agents to optimize transfection efficiencies. An efficiency of 80-90 % is desirable. Human 293 cells are often suitable. Transfection efficiency levels and promoter strength can be tested using a control plasmid (e.g., one that expresses GFP), which allows rapid fluorescence read outs. Random clones of the library are transfected into the selected cell line. ELISA or Western blotting is used to examine the cell lysates for L1 and L2 protein expression.
(iii) Preferred screening assays are based on immune recognition, for which specific antibodies are needed. For some embodiments, it is sufficient for the in vitro screening assays to use antibodies against HPV-16 and HPV-18 Ll and L2 proteins, since they are most prevalent in malignant cancers and selected chimeras should have the property to induce high levels of antibodies against these two types. Cross protection of the antigens against the related HPV types is tested in the final in vivo screening assays.
For the generation of polyclonal antisera against L1/L2 proteins and conformational L1 VLP epitopes, the L1 and L2 genes of HPV-16 and HPV-18 are cloned into bacterial expression vectors (e.g., pET-3a) from which proteins can be expressed in quantitative amounts in appropriate bacterial strains (BL21/DE3, HMS174/DE3).
It has been shown that HPV-L 1 proteins can reassemble into VLPs during the subsequent protein purification steps (Gripe et al., J. Virol. 71: 2988-2995 (1997)). Purified Ll and L2 proteins and sucrose gradient purified L1 VLPs can be used to inject rabbits or mice for induction antibodies against conformational antigen epitopes.
C. HTP in vitro screening assay To select and enrich for chimeric clones that give rise to L1/L2 proteins that expose conformational antigenic epitopes, the libraries are subjected to subsequent rounds of screening in vitro. A schematic overview of the in vitro screening assay is illustrated in Figure 5. The libraries are transfected into mammalian cells for protein expression and VLP
formation. For subsequent screening, Ll/L2 proteins and VLPs are preferably purified from the crude cell lysates. To achieve high throughput purification for the L 1 VLPs, one can use expression vectors LI'~at direct the expression of the chimeric L1/L2 proteins as fusions with a heterologous antigenic epitope (e.g., a hexahistidine tag). The presence of such heterologous amino acid sequences does not hamper the self assembly of L 1 proteins into VLPs and the display of conformational antigenic epitopes (Peng et al., Virology 240:1800-1805 (1998)).
Fusion of a hexahistidine tag to the C-terminus of the protein chimeras provides an efficient and fast way of protein purification in HTP plate assays. The hexahistidine tag is uncharged at physiological pH and rarely interferes with protein structure and function.
The His tag can be linked to the C-terminal part of the shuffled chimeras by simply adding a short sequence coding for 6 histidine residues to the 3'-PCR primers used for the final amplification of the shuffled products.
Following amplification of the shuffled libraries in E. coli, plasmid DNA
from individual clones can be robotically prepared in a high throughput 96 well format.
Robotic plasmid purification protocols that allow purification of 600-800 plasmids per day or more are feasible. The quantity and purity of the DNA can also be analyzed on the plates.
The libraries are transfected into mammalian cells seeded in 96 well formats, allowing for up to 1000 individual transfections at a time. Crude lysates are prepared after culturing the cells for two days. The lysates are transferred to new 96 well plates coated with nickel-nitrilotriacetic acid (Ni-NTA HisSorb plates, Qiagen), to effciently immobilize the 6xHis tagged L 1 / L2 proteins and VLPs on the plates. The plates are incubated with the anti-HPV-16 and HPV-18 L1/L2 antibodies and the detection conjugate, and analyzed by automated plate read out. The HPV-16 and 18 wild type genes will serve as positive controls for the assay. HPV-16 and HPV-18 do not display cross-reactive epitopes and can be used as background control. The quantitative goal of the in vitro assay is to select 1000 or more chimeras from each library for subsequent immune stimulation in mice.
D. Alternative assays for YAP production and screening:
An alternative HTP assay can be set up by making use of the ability of VLPs to package plasmid DNA of up to 10 kb in size (Stauffer et al., J. Mol. Biol.
263: 529-536 (1998)). A marker gene expressing a photon emitting protein (e.g., GFP, LacZ, luciferase) is cloned into the Ll expression plasmids, which are packaged during the VLP
assembly.
After VLP production in one cell line, all cells from a 96 well plate are pooled, and VLPs can be purified in a single reaction. Subsequent incubation of the VLPs with mammalian cells leads to marker transfer for L1 chimeras, which have the capacity to assemble into infectious VLPs. Cells expressing the marker gene can be easily monitored by fluorescence microscopy and plate ELISA, and selected by FACS sorting. The plasmid DNA can be purified by Hirt preparation, followed by amplification in E. coli. This direct screening assay is more stringent, but selection is only for VLPs which are able to package DNA, so variants that have lost the ability to package DNA but express strong immunogenic epitopes might be missed.
Other alternative transfection protocols and low-throughput (LTP) chromatographic VLP purification steps (affinity chromatography, capillary electrophoresis or sucrose centrifugation) can also be used.
E. Analyses of the shuffled library in vivo Pre-selected chimeric library clones from in vitro assays are used to immunize mice. Two different routes of application can be envisioned: (1) Injection of L2 proteins and purified L 1 VLPs, which has been successfully used in other experimental studies, and (2) naked DNA delivery, which offers the advantage of easy commercial scale vaccine manufacturing and non-invasive dermal application, specifically for future clinical applications. Naked DNA vaccinations have resulted in sufficient conformational L 1 epitope delivery and immune protection in an experimental rabbit model (Sundaram et al., Vaccine 15: 664-671 (1997)).
One can initially conduct the in vivo screening experiments using dermal naked DNA application. If this assay is not sufficiently sensitive, one can express and purify VLPs. L 1 proteins can be quantitatively expressed in, for example, E. coli (or yeast), assembled into VLPs in vitro and purified by sucrose/CsCI gradients for injection. Using the naked DNA delivery approach in the experimental system has the additional advantage of enabling one to select concomitantly for L1 chimeras with the highest ability to assemble into VLPs in vivo.
Pooling plasmids or VLPs and deconvoluting in subsequent screening rounds can reduce the number of small animals required to identify potent immunogens.
The lowest concentration of plasmids or VLPs, which leads to induction of neutralizing antibodies in mice, are evaluated with the HPV-16 wild-type L1 and L2 plasmids or proteins.
Pools of 10 or 20 clones of the library can be used in a small number of experiments to examine whether the strategy of pooling and deconvolution in subsequent screening rounds is feasible. If no significant differences can be detected between different pools and the wild type control, single clones can be used for library immunization.
F. Neutralization assay and analyses of cross protective immunity Sera from immunized mice is collected and tested for cross-neutralization efficiency of the wild type VLPs in 96 well plate assays. Papillomavirus Ll/VLPs retain the ability of natural viruses to agglutinate mouse erythrocytes in culture and antibodies raised against VLPs can inhibit agglutination (Roden et al., J. Virol. 70: 3298-3201 (1996)).
Hemagglutination inhibition assays (HIA) provide therefore reliable and sensitive surrogate neutralization assays. VLPs from all wild-type high risk HPVs can be prepared by expression in E. coli and seeded together with the mouse erythrocytes in 96 well plates.
Collected sera will be added in serial dilutions to evaluate the neutralization titers and cross-neutralization ability. L1 and L2 chimeras from pooling experiments, which induced antibodies with improved neutralization titers compared to anti-wild type antigens and are cross reactive with other related wild type VLPs, can then be deconvoluted in the next round of in vivo screening. The improved characteristics of selected clones can be confirmed in direct neutralization assays using marker gene transfer as described above.
To further improve the quality of the novel antigens, a second round of shuffling and screening is preferably applied to obtain the best variants.
Improved variants--defmed as those inducing potent cross-reactive immunity against a broad range of related HPV--are reshuffled and screened. Shuffled chimeras can be backcrossed with the wild type genes to further improve the antibody titers. Backcrossing is performed by shuffling the improved sequence with a large molar excess of the parental sequence and provides a means to breed the shuffled chimeras/mutants back to a parental or wild-type sequence, while retaining the mutations that are critical to the phenotype that provides cross-protective antibody responses. In addition to removing the neutral mutations, molecular backcrossing can also be used to characterize which of the many mutations in an improved variant contribute most to the phenotype. This cannot be accomplished in an efficient library fashion by any other method.
It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modificatior_s or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes.
Claims (76)
1. A method of obtaining an attenuated vaccine, the method comprising:
(1) recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments that comprise a complete or partial genomic library of a virus or a cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments to form a library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments;
(2) screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism; and (3) screening the attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that can induce an immune response against a pathogenic agent that displays an immunogenic determinant that is also displayed by the attenuated viruses or cells;
wherein the attenuated viruses or cells that can induce the immune response are useful as attenuated vaccines against the pathogenic agent.
(1) recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments that comprise a complete or partial genomic library of a virus or a cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments to form a library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments;
(2) screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism; and (3) screening the attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that can induce an immune response against a pathogenic agent that displays an immunogenic determinant that is also displayed by the attenuated viruses or cells;
wherein the attenuated viruses or cells that can induce the immune response are useful as attenuated vaccines against the pathogenic agent.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the screening of (2) is performed simultaneously with or after the screening of (3).
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the attenuated vaccine is a cell and the library of recombinant DNA fragments is created by introducing the nucleic acids of the second set into a plurality of cells, whereby at least one of the nucleic acids undergoes recombination with a nucleic acid segment in the genome or an episome of the cells.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the attenuated vaccine is a bacterium, fungus or parasite.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the attenuated vaccine is a virus or a virus-like particle.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the attenuated vaccine is a virus which is selected from the group consisting of influenza virus, human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis A, B, C, D and E viruses, rotavirus, parvovirus B 19, herpes simplex virus 1, herpes simplex virus 2, cytomegalovirus, varicella zoster virus, Epstein-Barr virus, encephalitis virus, respiratory syncytial virus, feline calicivirus, infectious bursal disease, virus, dengue virus type 2, swine fever virus, coxcackievirus B3, equine arteritis virus, yellow fever virus, human astrovirus, and porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus.
7. The method of claim 5, wherein the attenuated vaccine is a virus which is a member of a family selected from the group consisting of picornavirus, togavirus, coronavirus, rhabdovirus, paramyxovirus, bungavirus, arenavirus, retrovirus, papomrus, parvovirus, herpesvirus, poxvirus, and hepadnavirus.
8. The method of claim 5, wherein the attenuated vaccine is a virus-like particle comprises one or more polypeptides of a virus selected from the group consisting of human papillomavirus, human immunodeficiency virus, Semliki-Forest virus, human polyomavirus, rotavirus, parvovirus, and hepatitis E virus.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
(4) recombining DNA from the attenuated cells or viruses with a further set of one or more forms of a nucleic acid, to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids;
(5) screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are further attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism; and (6) repeating (4) and (5) as required until the further attenuated viruses or cells have lost the ability to replicate or cause disease under physiological conditions that exist in the host organism.
(4) recombining DNA from the attenuated cells or viruses with a further set of one or more forms of a nucleic acid, to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids;
(5) screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are further attenuated under physiological conditions that exist in a host organism; and (6) repeating (4) and (5) as required until the further attenuated viruses or cells have lost the ability to replicate or cause disease under physiological conditions that exist in the host organism.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the further set of nucleic acid segments comprises nucleic acids from the attenuated cells or viruses identified in (3).
11. The method of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid segments of the second set are derived from a pathogenic agent.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the second set of nucleic acid segments comprises a substantially complete genomic library from at least one heterologous cell or virus type.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the second set of nucleic acid segments comprises a partial genomic library from at least one heterologous cell or virus type.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein the second set of nucleic acid segments encode an immunogenic determinant from a heterologous organism.
15. The method of claim 1, wherein the nucleic acid segments of either or both of the first or second sets comprise natural variants of a gene from different individual cells or viruses.
16. The method of claim 1, wherein the attenuated vaccines are unable to replicate or cause a disease or other adverse effect when present in an inoculated host organism.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein a naturally occurring isolate of the attenuated viruses or cells is capable of replicating or causing a disease or other adverse effect when present in a host organism infected by the naturally occurring isolate.
18. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
backcrossing nucleic acids of the attenuated viruses or cells by recombining the nucleic acids with a library of nucleic acids from a wild-type strain of the virus or cell to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids; and screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acids to identify backcrossed viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions present in an inoculated host organism.
backcrossing nucleic acids of the attenuated viruses or cells by recombining the nucleic acids with a library of nucleic acids from a wild-type strain of the virus or cell to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids; and screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant nucleic acids to identify backcrossed viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions present in an inoculated host organism.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the library of nucleic acids from the wild-type strain comprises a complete or partial genomic library of the virus or cell.
20. The method of claim 18, wherein the method further comprises screening the backcrossed attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that can induce an immune response against a pathogenic agent that displays an immunogenic determinant that is also displayed by the attenuated viruses or cells.
21. The method of claim 1, wherein (2) comprises screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that exhibit reduced ability to bind to a host cell or host tissue.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the viruses are screened by panning using purified or recombinantly produced receptors of the host cell.
23. The method of claim 1, wherein (2) comprises screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that exhibit reduced ability to bind to a complement component.
24. The method of claim 1, wherein (2) comprises screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that exhibit enhanced susceptibility to a humoral or a cell mediated immune response.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the viruses or cells are screened by contacting the viruses or cells with antibodies that specifically bind to a naturally occurring isolate of the viruses or cells.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the method further comprises testing the viruses or cells that bind to the antibodies to identify those that are inactivated by the antibodies.
27. The method of claim 1, wherein (2) comprises screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments to identify those viruses or cells that do not bind to maternal antibodies.
28. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises screening the attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that propagate under permissive conditions used for production of the attenuated viruses or cells.
29. The method or claim 28, wherein the permissive conditions differ from the physiological conditions in a property selected from the group consisting of temperature, pH, sugar content, a compromised immune system, absence of complement or complement components, and presence or absence of serum proteins.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the permissive conditions comprise an immunocompromised host organism.
31. The method of claim 28, wherein the permissive conditions comprise a medium that contains a nutrient which is absent under the physiological conditions.
32. The method of claim 28, wherein the method comprises identifying cells or viruses that propagate rapidly in producer cells or culture conditions prior to (1).
33. The method of claim 28, wherein:
the permissive conditions comprise the presence of a suppressor tRNA
molecule;
the sets of nucleic acid segments comprise:
a) a first set of one or more polynucleotides that encode all or part of a polypeptide that is involved in replication of the viruses or cells;
and b) a second set of one or more oligonucleotides that comprise one or more stop codons interspersed within a polynucleotide sequence that encodes the polypeptide;
wherein the oligonucleotides undergo recombination with the polypeptide-encoding polynucleotides to form a library of recombinant nucleic acids that comprise one or more recombinant nucleic acids in which at least one nonnaturally occurring stop codon is interspersed within the coding sequence of the polypeptide; and the attenuated viruses or cells are obtained by contacting the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments with suppressor tRNA molecules that suppress the termination of translation at the nonnaturally occurring stop codons and collecting progeny viruses or cells that propagate in the presence of the suppressor tRNA
molecules but not in the absence of the suppressor tRNA molecules.
the permissive conditions comprise the presence of a suppressor tRNA
molecule;
the sets of nucleic acid segments comprise:
a) a first set of one or more polynucleotides that encode all or part of a polypeptide that is involved in replication of the viruses or cells;
and b) a second set of one or more oligonucleotides that comprise one or more stop codons interspersed within a polynucleotide sequence that encodes the polypeptide;
wherein the oligonucleotides undergo recombination with the polypeptide-encoding polynucleotides to form a library of recombinant nucleic acids that comprise one or more recombinant nucleic acids in which at least one nonnaturally occurring stop codon is interspersed within the coding sequence of the polypeptide; and the attenuated viruses or cells are obtained by contacting the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments with suppressor tRNA molecules that suppress the termination of translation at the nonnaturally occurring stop codons and collecting progeny viruses or cells that propagate in the presence of the suppressor tRNA
molecules but not in the absence of the suppressor tRNA molecules.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the suppressor tRNA molecules are present in a suppressor cell that is used for production of the attenuated viruses or cells.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein the first set comprises a partial or complete genomic library of the viruses or cells.
36. The method of claim 33, wherein the suppressor tRNA molecules are absent in cells of a mammal that is to be inoculated with the attenuated viruses or cells.
37. The method of claim 33, wherein the method further comprises:
(4) recombining one or more recombinant nucleic acid segments from the attenuated viruses or cells with a further population of oligonucleotides to produce a further library of recombinant nucleic acid segments;
(5) contacting the further library of recombinant nucleic acid segments with the suppressor tRNA molecules, and collecting progeny viruses or cells;
(6) contacting non-suppressor cells with the progeny viruses or cells to identify attenuated viruses or cells that are incapable of replicating in the non-suppressor cells; and (7) repeating (4) to (6), as necessary, until a further progeny virus or cell has acquired a desired degree of ability to replicate in suppressor cells and inability to replicate in non-suppressor cells.
(4) recombining one or more recombinant nucleic acid segments from the attenuated viruses or cells with a further population of oligonucleotides to produce a further library of recombinant nucleic acid segments;
(5) contacting the further library of recombinant nucleic acid segments with the suppressor tRNA molecules, and collecting progeny viruses or cells;
(6) contacting non-suppressor cells with the progeny viruses or cells to identify attenuated viruses or cells that are incapable of replicating in the non-suppressor cells; and (7) repeating (4) to (6), as necessary, until a further progeny virus or cell has acquired a desired degree of ability to replicate in suppressor cells and inability to replicate in non-suppressor cells.
38. The method of claim 28, wherein the permissive conditions comprise a producer cell or organism in which a naturally occurring isolate of the virus or cell does not propagate, and the method comprises introducing viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant nucleic acid fragments into the producer cell or organism to identify those viruses or cells that can propagate in the producer cell or organism.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the producer cells are monkey cells and the attenuated viruses or cells propagate in the monkey cells but not in human cells.
40. The method of claim 38, wherein the viruses or cells are introduced into a mixed population of producer cells and cells of the host organism and the method further comprises performing a subsequent recombination and screening in a population of producer cells in the absence of host cells.
41. The method of claim 38, wherein the method further comprises performing a subsequent recombination and screening in a population of a second type of producer cells.
42. An attenuated virus or cell obtained by the method of claim 1.
43. A vaccine composition which comprises an attenuated virus or cell of claim 42, or a polynucleotide obtained from the attenuated virus or cell, and a carrier.
44. A method of vaccinating an animal, the method comprising administering to the animal a vaccine composition of claim 43.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the vaccination is performed for a prophylactic purpose.
46. The method of claim 44, wherein the vaccination is performed for a therapeutic purpose.
47. A method of obtaining an attenuated vaccine, the method comprising:
(1) introducing a library of DNA fragments into a plurality of cells, whereby at least one of the fragments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the cells to produce modified cells;
(2) screening the modified cells to identify conditionally defective cells that have evolved toward loss of the ability to proliferate under physiological conditions as found in a host organism; and (3) screening the conditionally defective cells to identify those modified cells that have maintained the ability to replicate under the permissive conditions;
wherein conditionally defective cells that replicate under permissive conditions but not in a host mammal are suitable for use as an attenuated vaccine organism.
(1) introducing a library of DNA fragments into a plurality of cells, whereby at least one of the fragments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the cells to produce modified cells;
(2) screening the modified cells to identify conditionally defective cells that have evolved toward loss of the ability to proliferate under physiological conditions as found in a host organism; and (3) screening the conditionally defective cells to identify those modified cells that have maintained the ability to replicate under the permissive conditions;
wherein conditionally defective cells that replicate under permissive conditions but not in a host mammal are suitable for use as an attenuated vaccine organism.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein the method further comprises:
(4) recombining DNA from the modified cells that have evolved toward inability to replicate under physiological conditions with a further library of DNA fragments, at least one of which undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or the episome of the modified cells to produce further modified cells, or recombining DNA
between the modified cells that have evolved toward the desired function to produce further modified cells;
(5) screening the further modified cells for further modified cells that have further evolved toward loss of ability to replicate under physiological conditions and have maintained the ability to replicate under permissive conditions;
(6) repeating (4) and (5) as required until the further modified cells have lost the ability to replicate under physiological conditions in a host mammal and have maintained the ability to replicate under permissive conditions.
(4) recombining DNA from the modified cells that have evolved toward inability to replicate under physiological conditions with a further library of DNA fragments, at least one of which undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or the episome of the modified cells to produce further modified cells, or recombining DNA
between the modified cells that have evolved toward the desired function to produce further modified cells;
(5) screening the further modified cells for further modified cells that have further evolved toward loss of ability to replicate under physiological conditions and have maintained the ability to replicate under permissive conditions;
(6) repeating (4) and (5) as required until the further modified cells have lost the ability to replicate under physiological conditions in a host mammal and have maintained the ability to replicate under permissive conditions.
49. A method of obtaining a chimeric attenuated vaccine, the method comprising:
(1) recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments from a virus or cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments, wherein the nucleic acid segments of the second set confer upon viruses or cells that contain the nucleic acid segments a property that is desirable for vaccination, to form a library of recombinant DNA fragments;
(2) identifying attenuated viruses or cells by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant DNA fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions present in a host organism inoculated with the viruses or cells; and (3) screening the attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that exhibit an improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
(1) recombining a first set of one or more nucleic acid segments from a virus or cell with at least a second set of one or more nucleic acid segments, wherein the nucleic acid segments of the second set confer upon viruses or cells that contain the nucleic acid segments a property that is desirable for vaccination, to form a library of recombinant DNA fragments;
(2) identifying attenuated viruses or cells by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the library of recombinant DNA fragments to identify those viruses or cells that are attenuated under physiological conditions present in a host organism inoculated with the viruses or cells; and (3) screening the attenuated viruses or cells to identify those that exhibit an improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
50. A chimeric attenuated vaccine that comprises an attenuated virus or cell obtained by the method of claim 49.
51. The method of claim 49, wherein the screening of (2) is performed simultaneously with or after the screening of (3).
52. The method of claim 49, wherein the property that is desirable for vaccination is enhanced stability of the attenuated chimeric vaccine in vitro and (3) comprises exposing viruses or cells that contain recombinant DNA fragments to desired storage conditions.
53. The method of claim 49, wherein the first set of nucleic acid segments comprises a full or a partial genomic library of a nonpathogenic cell or virus.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the recombination is performed by introducing the second set of nucleic acid segments into a plurality of nonpathogenic cells, whereby at least one member of the second set of nucleic acid segments undergoes recombination with a segment in the genome or an episome of the nonpathogenic cells to produce modified cells; and the modified cells are screened to identify attenuated chimeric cells, which are nonpathogenic and exhibit an improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
55. The method of claim 53, wherein the nonpathogenic cells are selected from the group consisting of Lactococcus lactis, Mycobacterium bovis (BCG), Mycobacterium vaccae, nonpathogenic Salmonella species, and nonpathogenic Bacillus species.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the nonpathogenic cells are Mycobacterium bovis or M. vaccae, and the second set of nucleic acid segments comprises a full or partial genomic library of M. tuberculosis.
57. The method of claim 49, wherein the method further comprises:
(4) recombining DNA from the attenuated chimeric cells or viruses with a further set of nucleic acid segments to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids;
(5) obtaining improved attenuated chimeric viruses or cells that exhibit further improvement in attenuation or in the property that is desirable for vaccination by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant DNA
fragments to identify those that exhibit further improved attenuation or desirable property;
and (6) repeating (4) and (5) as required until the attenuated chimeric viruses or cells have achieved a desired level of pathogenicity loss or improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
(4) recombining DNA from the attenuated chimeric cells or viruses with a further set of nucleic acid segments to form a further library of recombinant nucleic acids;
(5) obtaining improved attenuated chimeric viruses or cells that exhibit further improvement in attenuation or in the property that is desirable for vaccination by screening viruses or cells that contain members of the further library of recombinant DNA
fragments to identify those that exhibit further improved attenuation or desirable property;
and (6) repeating (4) and (5) as required until the attenuated chimeric viruses or cells have achieved a desired level of pathogenicity loss or improvement in the property that is desirable for vaccination.
58. The method of claim 57, wherein the property that is desirable for vaccination in (5) is different from the property that is desirable for vaccination in (3).
59. The method of claim 57, wherein the further set of nucleic acid segments comprises polynucleotides that encode one or more polypeptides that confer upon a viruses or cells that include the polypeptide an improvement in a property that is desirable for vaccination.
60. The method of claim 57, wherein the further set of nucleic acid segments comprises a full or partial genomic library of a wild-type strain of the cell or virus, and the improvement in a property that is desirable for vaccination is removal from the attenuated chimeric virus or cell one or more superfluous mutations.
61. The method of claim 49, wherein the second set of nucleic acid segments comprises polynucleotides that encode an immunogenic polypeptide, or a portion thereof, of a pathogenic cell or virus and the desired property is induction of a prophylactic or therapeutic immune response against the pathogenic cell or virus in an animal that has been inoculated with the attenuated chimeric cell or virus.
62. The method of claim 61, wherein the screening for ability to induce an immune response against the pathogenic cells or viruses is performed by testing for ability of the attenuated chimeric cells or viruses to induce protective immunity in vivo.
63. The method of claim 61, wherein the second set of nucleic acid segments comprises a substantially complete or partial genomic library of a pathogenic cell or virus.
64. The method of claim 61, wherein the pathogenic cells are selected from the group consisting of gram-positive cocci, gram-negative cocci, enteric gram-negative bacilli, anaerobic bacteria, pathogenic fungi, and parasites.
65. The method of claim 64, wherein the pathogenic cells are bacterial cells selected from the group consisting of pneumococci, staphylococci, streptococci, meningococci, gonococci, enterobacteriaceae, melioidosis, salmonella, shigellosis, hemophilus, chancroid, brucellosis, tularemia, yersinia, streptobacilli, listeria monocytogenes, and erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, and causative agents of conditions selected from the group consisting of diptheria, cholera, anthrax, donovanosis, bartonellosis, tetanus, botulism, tuberculosis, leprosy, syphilis, treponematoses, and leptospirosis.
66. The method of claim 61, wherein the pathogenic cells are causative agents of a condition selected from the group of actinomycosis, nocardiosis, cryptococcosis, blastomycosis, histoplasmosis, coccidioidomycosis, candidiasis, aspergillosis, mucormycosis, sporotrichosis, paracoccidiodomycosis, petriellidiosis, torulopsosis, mycetoma, chromomycosis, dermatophytosis, rickettsial infections, mycoplasma and chlamydial infections, amebiasis, malaria, leishmaniasis, trypanosomiasis, toxoplasmosis, pneumocystis carinii, babesiosis, giardiasis, trichinosis, filariasis, schistosomiasis, nematodes, trematodes or flukes, and cestode (tapeworm) infections.
67. The method of claim 49, wherein the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of an immunomodulatory molecule and a therapeutic protein.
68. The method of claim 49, wherein the property that is desirable for vaccination is improved expression of an immunogenic polypeptide, specific uptake of the attenuated vaccine, enhanced stability, and enhanced immunogenicity.
69. The method of claim 49, wherein either or both of the first and second sets of nucleic acid segments comprise polynucleotides that encode a viral polypeptide that can associate into a virus-like particle (VLP).
70. The method of claim 69, wherein the viral polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotides of the first set of nucleic acid segments is of a nonpathogenic viral strain and the viral polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotides of the second set of nucleic acid segments is of one or more pathogenic viral strains.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein the nonpathogenic viral strain and the pathogenic viral strain are of different species.
72. An attenuated virus or cell obtained by the method of claim 49.
73. A vaccine composition which comprises an attenuated virus or cell of claim 72, or a polynucleotide obtained from the attenuated virus or cell, and a carrier.
74. A method of vaccinating an animal, the method comprising administering to the animal a vaccine composition of claim 73.
75. The method of claim 74, wherein the vaccination is performed for a prophylactic purpose.
76. The method of claim 74, wherein the vaccination is performed for a therapeutic purpose.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/344,655 US6121736A (en) | 1998-07-10 | 1999-06-25 | Control apparatus for motor, and motor unit having the control apparatus |
US09/344,655 | 1999-06-25 | ||
PCT/US2000/016984 WO2001000234A2 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2000-06-20 | Methods and compositions for engineering of attenuated vaccines |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2377084A1 true CA2377084A1 (en) | 2001-01-04 |
Family
ID=23351426
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002377084A Abandoned CA2377084A1 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2000-06-20 | Methods and compositions for engineering of attenuated vaccines |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1196552A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2003503039A (en) |
AU (1) | AU5880900A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2377084A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2001000234A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6537776B1 (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2003-03-25 | Diversa Corporation | Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution |
US6764835B2 (en) | 1995-12-07 | 2004-07-20 | Diversa Corporation | Saturation mutageneis in directed evolution |
EP2471938A3 (en) * | 2005-11-24 | 2013-04-24 | The Research Foundation for Microbial Diseases of Osaka University | Recombinant polyvalent vaccine |
PL2337846T3 (en) * | 2008-09-26 | 2018-06-29 | Ambrx, Inc. | Non-natural amino acid replication-dependent microorganisms and vaccines |
WO2011153351A2 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. | Novel modified live-attenuated vaccines (mlv) and subunit vaccines created by dna shuffling against porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus (prrsv) |
WO2014095956A1 (en) * | 2012-12-19 | 2014-06-26 | Intervet International B.V. | CANINE PARVOVIRUS TYPE 2c ISOLATES AND METHODS OF USE |
JP2014236748A (en) * | 2014-08-26 | 2014-12-18 | 一般財団法人阪大微生物病研究会 | Recombinant polyvalent vaccine |
CA3022392A1 (en) * | 2016-04-26 | 2017-11-02 | London School Of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine | Reoviridae vaccine |
US10174295B1 (en) * | 2017-08-01 | 2019-01-08 | The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. | Composition of matter: engineering of Escherichia coli phage K1E |
CN108641993A (en) * | 2018-05-17 | 2018-10-12 | 新疆农垦科学院 | A kind of recombinant lactic acid bacteria oral vaccine strain of food-grade expression bovine viral diarrhea virus E2 albumen |
BR112021008440A2 (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2021-09-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmedica Gmbh | IBV 4/91 VACCINE WITH HETEROLOGOUS SPICLE PROTEIN |
CN110184242B (en) * | 2019-06-11 | 2021-08-20 | 武汉生物制品研究所有限责任公司 | Mouse virulent challenge strain of Coxsackie virus group A6 (CVA6) and application thereof |
GB202009701D0 (en) * | 2020-06-25 | 2020-08-12 | Theolytics Ltd | Generation of diverse viral libraries |
CN113061581A (en) * | 2021-03-22 | 2021-07-02 | 华中农业大学 | Goat-derived bovine herpes virus type 1 strain and application thereof |
CN116036253B (en) * | 2022-11-24 | 2023-12-26 | 畜科生物工程有限公司 | Live vaccine for porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome and preparation method thereof |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6117679A (en) * | 1994-02-17 | 2000-09-12 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods for generating polynucleotides having desired characteristics by iterative selection and recombination |
EP1690868A1 (en) * | 1997-10-31 | 2006-08-16 | Maxygen, Inc. | Modification of virus tropism and host range by viral genome shuffling |
-
2000
- 2000-06-20 WO PCT/US2000/016984 patent/WO2001000234A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-06-20 AU AU58809/00A patent/AU5880900A/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-06-20 EP EP00944760A patent/EP1196552A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-06-20 CA CA002377084A patent/CA2377084A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-06-20 JP JP2001505941A patent/JP2003503039A/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP1196552A2 (en) | 2002-04-17 |
AU5880900A (en) | 2001-01-31 |
JP2003503039A (en) | 2003-01-28 |
WO2001000234A2 (en) | 2001-01-04 |
WO2001000234A3 (en) | 2001-08-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2016348675B2 (en) | Vaccines against Hepatitis B virus | |
US20220396810A1 (en) | Vaccines and uses thereof to induce an immune response to sars-cov2 | |
ES2685124T3 (en) | Poxvirus expression system | |
CA2377084A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for engineering of attenuated vaccines | |
US20200171141A1 (en) | Compositions and Methods for Generating an Immune Response to LASV | |
Kapoor et al. | Equine herpesviruses: a brief review | |
JP3602759B2 (en) | Attenuated bovine viral diarrhea virus | |
JP7387623B2 (en) | Recombinant virus that can stably express target proteins | |
US20020197711A1 (en) | Coxsackievirus B4 expression vectors and uses thereof | |
Cottingham et al. | Use of feline herpesvirus as a vaccine vector offers alternative applications for feline health | |
Netherton | African swine fever vaccines | |
JP4664072B2 (en) | Pestivirus replicons that do not express C and / or E1 protein and infectious viral particles comprising said replicons that can be used in vaccines | |
JP2024504878A (en) | Attenuated African swine fever virus and its use as a vaccine | |
Henke et al. | Vaccination procedures against Coxsackievirus-induced heart disease | |
WO2010005474A1 (en) | Recombinant modified vaccinia virus ankara (mva) expressing chlamydia polypeptide antigens | |
AU2767602A (en) | Methods and compositions for engineering of attenuated vaccines | |
Eriksson et al. | Towards a coronavirus‐based HIV multigene vaccine | |
RU2819672C2 (en) | African swine fever vaccine | |
US9402891B2 (en) | Norovirus immunogens and related materials and methods | |
US20240226273A1 (en) | Highly Attenuated Replication-Competent Recombinant Poxvirus As A Vaccine Platform And Methods Of Use | |
Jiménez-Cabello et al. | Viral Vector Vaccines against Bluetongue Virus. Microorganisms 2021, 9, 42 | |
EA045753B1 (en) | VIB H52 VACCINE WITH HETEROLOGUS SPIKE PROTEIN | |
Chang | DNA vaccination against infectious bursal disease | |
JP2014515925A (en) | Anti-PRRS recombinant vaccine in viral vector | |
Elahi | Recombinant adenovirus and fowlpox: new approach in bovine viral diarrhea virus vaccination |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |